0 DOCUMENT usunE 0

ED 126 934 IR 003 850 ,

AUTHOR Walzl, F. Neil TITLE The Development and Implementaticm of a District Computer Education Program. Final Report. INSTITUTION Newark School

DATE . Nov75 NOTE 395p.; Ed.D Practicum, NovacUniversity; Not available in hard, copy due-to marginal reproducibility of original

EDRS PRICE MF-$0.83 Plus Postage. BC Not Available from EMS. DESCRIPTORS. Computer. Assisted Instruction; Computers; *Computer Science Education; Doctoral Theses;--Inservice Teacher Education; Master Plans; Models; *Planning; Program Descri"ptions; *School Districts; *Secondary Education IDENTIFIERS Delaware (Newark); Glasgow High School °

- ABSTRACT The Devekopmett and Implementation of a District '&omputer Educatior, Program conducted at Glasgow High School, Neuark, Delaware, was des ned- to model full utilization of _computer- services in a public high school. The phaSes of the project included: (1). development'of goals and objectives at the district level; (2) workshops for teacher training;(3) minrcourses for students; (4) developing courses ior the- 1975-76 school year; and (5) establishing a long-range computer services plan for thedistrict. This report discusses the historical development of the project, summarizes events in each phase, provides results of an evaluation. including numerous documents arid exhibits illustrating theactivities which took place during the project. '(EMB)

*******************************************************4*************** * Documents acquired by ERIC ...nclude may infprmal unpublished * * materials not available from other sources._ERIC makes every effort * * to oh4in the best copy available. Nevertheless,items of marginal * * reproducibility are often encountered' and this affects thequality * * of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makesavailable * * via the ERIC DocuAent reproduction Service.(EDRS). EDRS isnot '*- * responsible for the quality of the original document.Reproddctions * * supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from theoriginal. * 0*****************4!***********************4*********************0*****4 a THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A DTSTRthfrCOPUTEREDUCATIONLIIROGRAM

by

F. Neil Walzl

submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirementfor the degree of Doc or of Education, NOVA,University_.

MAXIII PRACTICUM OBSERVERS

D. Randall L.Broyles Mr. Jo A ,n en ent Principal bepartment of Public InstructionGlasgow High School John C. Townsend tuilding 1901 South College Avenue Dover;. Delaware i9901 New-ark, Delaware 19702. (302) 678-4646 (302) 731 2381

Mr. H:-Ners-,on-Fyeidly-,:-Jr. Mr. Catharine_Y_Bonney _Director of Secondary Education Supervisor of Science Newark School. District ---Newark-Schoot Distri-ct 83 E..Main Streei 83. E..Main Street . Newark, Delaware,19711 Newark, Delaware 19711 (302) /31-2450 --(1102)-71 12-2-4

U.S DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. EDUCATION & WELFARE NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS SEEN t REPRO. DUCE° q4ACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR.ORGANIZATIGN ORIGIN. ATING IT POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS STATED 00 NOT NECESSARILYREPRE SENT OFFICIALWATIONAL INSTITUTE OF eoucA-riorrposnrioN-OR -POEICY

4.

DelawareClus ter Maxi II.Practicum Dr. RandeIl,L. Broyles FINAL REPORT November, 1975 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS' a 'ABSTRACT

PREFACE ii O INTRODUCTION

CO HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT 4

. EDTECH 5 . , DSAA and. Project DELTA a 11, .

.. '16 DICE. /. / Newark District Involvement .18

THE DEVELOPMENT OFGOALS AND OBJECTIVES AND A

LONG-RANGE PLAN FORIMPLEMENTATION p '20. Computer.Ed'ucatkbn Workshop, Phase I; is

Formed 20 --;i-- .CompUtet EduCation Workshop., Phase II,

Pioceeds on Schedule '23

STAFF DEVELOPMENT 26

Staff Member Attends In=Deptll Triining 4...... "...... ,......

Sessioii,:-.--; , O. a i 26

Spring 'Computer lnservice Workshop"

Conducted 28

Infortational Meetings Held 30 SumMer Computer Workshop Conducted 31

School Level Workshops Conducted

.3 STUDENT iVOLVPIENt 35

Glasgow High'SchoblMini-Courses Held 35

, Extended Year Program Computei-Course

Established ,0

------RELATED ACTIVITIES tr...... 44 ----,, State-Wide-Council for Computer Education - '6 v,-

Formed --,- 44 . I State-Wide Computer TaskForC-e'tormed 45 . .-.-.---. ______. _ LB: 509 Proposal Submitted' --,,,46 -. Newark 'School Board Supports Computer O V Education

ACTIVITIES PLANNED FOR 1975-76 50

Computer Offerings (1975 -76) 50

-.A-Night School Class--is-PIanned ..... SI

Computer Related Activities are'Planned for

IpSerVice,Days 52

EVALUATION' 53

_- -- - Iritroduction - 53'

Participants Evaluate Workshops . .54

Work au-L15die Eva-I-crated 5-5

- 1 Composition of Workshop Participation is , Eyaivated 57 Zs

1.

.1. ' , , \ ., make the gathering of data-, arid the writing 'of this

-s .. pract icum `:,a rewarding\exper*iepee. o

a 4

C.

1'

4.

0

c' P

4

4

iv

46 lIII7

A5) Preliminary Goals and Objectives and . Preliminary Long-Range Plan.

. , 1 A6: Breliminary Goals and" Objectives Distribution List 0 .Long -Range Plan Included as a Part Of Report toDeputy'Superintendent

A8: List of Phase II Workshop Participants

A9: Computer Education Currimilum Guide- Interim Draft

A10: Computer Education Curriculum Guide - Distribution List. 0 APPENDIX B: Staff Reyelopment

Bl: Funding Approval for Staff Member to Attend In-depth School

B2: Report on the Attendance of a Staff Member at an In-dppth Computer Training School

B3: Spring Computer Inservice Wcrkshop Class List

B4: Spring ComputerInser vice Workshop Objectives

B5: Spring Computer Inservice Workshop Assignment' Sheets

B6: Invitations for Computer Informational

o Meetings O

B7: Proposal for Summer Computer Workshop for Teachers ''

equest to Princkval-s Computer- Workshop Participapts 4 B9: Invitation to Summer Computer Workshop Participants

.0 S10: Summer Computer Workshop Participatir List

Summer Computer Workshop Agenda, Objectives, and Worksheets

B12: Glasgow HighSchool Summer Wohop.Pr.oposai

B13: Christiana High Scho 1 Summer Workshop Pro- posal 0

APPENDIX C: Student Involveme t

G1: School NewspaperArticle ,Advertising

Mini- Course's ,

C2: 'Invitations Sentto Students for the Mini-Courses

C3: Mini-Course Class Lists

C4: Student Materials for Mini-Courses

C5,: Tape CassetteClieck7OutList

.C6: Additional Check =0ut Lists

C7: Samples of Student Generated Programs

C8: "Mathematics Through the Computer" Course Guide

C9: Summer School Catalog Description for "Mathematics Through the Computer"

C10: Special Flyer for "Mathematics Through the Computer"

Cli: "Mathematics Through the Computer" Class List ok Progr.amsGenerateh_hyttudetts Attending "Mathematics Through the Computer"

APPENDIX D: Related Activities eP M.:. Minutes of First Council for Computer Edu- cation Meeting

7 4 I

ABSTRACT

1 '

- The practicum, "The Develbpment and Implementation of g

District Computer Education Program," was designed fgr

the purpose of insuring full utilization of an in-house

computer'system dria- high school. A second purpose was.

to establish goals, objectives, and directions for

computer educationon a Distric.t-widebabi-§.. Phases conducted to accomplish these goals consisted of staff

trainingstudent training, and the preparatj.on of a

District Computer Education Curriculum Guide.

All phases were completed satisfactorily. Outcome

measures indicate that there is asignificantly higher

number of teachers and students involved in'computer

education in the District in 1.975 -76 than in 1974-75.

SignifiCant, also, is the number of-non-mathematics

teachers involved. Finally, a District-wide Curriculum Guide was produced, which will provide the guidance

necessary for-the expansion of computereducation in the

:othet two high schools in the District,

0 ti

PREFACE

O

A wide array. of scientific,- economic, social, and technical s factors are reshaping our worldand, with it; the:course

of modern education One such technological development

is the computer, which is being_utilized ciitensiSfelyand

is playing,a pervasive role in moderti society. Banking,

0 business, kranspertatiGn, engine,ring,medicine,' and social,and scientific research are only a few ofthe.many

areas which are increasinglydependent upon the computer's X speed in problem solving and Itscapacity for handling

, vastamounts of data-. In addition, the computer is fast becomifig a significant tool in the administrativeand

instructional, processes of education.

The. President's Science Advisory Committee statedthat, since the computer is such a vauabl&andversatile tdol,

in society, students attending school inthe 1970's who

have not been exposed to.knowledge abnutcomputers will

be poorly prepared for theworld -of the 1980's and 1990's. Although most school students will nbt be computer

technologists, the influence of the computer_an_their

--future---1-&s-o_iroportant that they should be made aware of

its nature and function.

9 The influence of'the 'computer will be felt by students in

many ways. These include career selection, leisure

activities, and management of personalfinances. .Moreover,

the constitutional rights and.the depersonalization of

each individual clan be affected.

"The Development, and ImplemeAtation of a District Computer

Education Program" attempts to formalize and pilot the

necessary steps to bring this needed computer awareness'

to the students and staff in ore school district. Although

, the direction taken-was heavily influenced by such local

factors as availabili':y of hardware andflint,it as r possible that this project could become a model for other 05 school dtstricts to emulate.

Whatever effectiveness this presentation might have results

to.a considerable extent from the interest, cooperation,

and assistance provided by various personnel of the Newark

School District. The assistance of Mr. John Brandt,

Princiiml, Mr. Thomas Comer,,As.sociate Principal, and

Mr. Darrell Pelley, all of Glasgow High .Schbol, was

-particularly valuable. The insights and encouragement.. constantly extended by Superintendent Dr. George V. Kirk,

and hy°Deputy Superintendent Dr. John E. Allen helped

i.i33 10.

I

O J -

I make the gatheringI of datat, and the writing of this r 4 -practicum ',a rewarding ,experlenbe.

a a I

O

Me

.r

4

. 4

iv

4'

0 !INTRODUCTION .

DeVelop0 "The ment and Implementation of a District Computer

Education Program" is a multi-phased project designed,to

solve the problem of utilizing fully the computer System

at Glasgow High School located in the Newark School

District in the State of Delaware.

.Briefly, the Newark School District is a K-12 District

consisting of thitteen el@ entary'schools, four middle

schools, and three: high scho . There are.16,900 pupils in the District. Elementary schools contain grades K-5,

middle schools contain grades 6-8, and high schools., o contain.grades 9-12. In addition, a state school for

the hearing impaired is located in; and tdministered by.,

the District. There is also a vocational school under construction (scheduled to open'in.September, 1976) which

will serve several districts but will,be administered by - the .Newark' District. InaddLtion tp Glasgow High School,

the other two high schoglsare Christiana 'and Newark.

Eith tof these high' schools has approximately 1600 students

.N The population- of the-Newark SChool pistrict Contains people representihg all socio-eo0nomic backgrounds: While

#. 2

largelyt.svburban middle class, all strata of society are represented. In short, its population looks more like a miniature cross section of the nation. This, then, is the setting in which this practicum was carried out.

The various phases of,. the project consisted-- o- f--the developing of goals and objectivss at the District level for omputer education, t'he instituting of T.4Okshdps for teache\r training, the conducting-of mini course for

\ students, the developing of courses for the 1975-7'6 school

and .the estabbishing of a long range plan for the

District. In additton_., a library of textbooks -and' programs currently .in use, wasgatheredand a bibliography of pertfnent articles and publications was compiled.-

The success,of-previous attempts to establish computer education has been minimal largely becuse computer echl'qationwas retarded. as the domain of the mathematics

deartment. To overcome thii problem, teachers from many disciplines were involved in the preparation of the _ . District-wide goals and objectives and were also included N 4 in the teacher training sessions.

Active student invol7ement was also considered a necessary"

condition for the success of the project. Thus, students

4 were given the opportunity to participate inmini-courses

during the spring-of 1975. In addition, a formal course

-- -was.offered throug-h- the District's- exten-d-ed--year----program---- 0 during the summer of 1975 Tl'e students. who' attenddd the

summer-cOurse -wee-alven-the opportunity-to-react to -the

District-wide goals and objectives as these were 'being

. formulated.

Although the major emphasis for implementation was to be

in one school, efforts were made iO-IncIUde

. high schools and tharea vocational high school in the

development of District plans. One result. of the District- _

-wide-ttiVOIve-are-nt--h-as been a unifiet approach-- to-the ^G implementation of computer education. Subsequently,- when

the decision was reached' uring the course of the practicum,

to inscaIl in-house equipment in the sister highschools,

many of theproblems/which Glasgow High School faced had

,already been solved, or at least ccnsidered.

While all phases of the practicum have been conducted,

several have been expanded or modified as thesituation

warranted. Moreover, several, 'additional-activities

relcated to thd practicum were carried out. Where applicable,

discpssion of these will be included later in the body

ofthis report.

40.

14 4

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

r For practical purposes, the use of computers inTelaware

Public School Districts and, more specifically, in the

- 'Newark District, began in the summer of 1966 -.---The initial-- thrust was aimed largely at the- admnatve =recta ores

of business applications, student-scheduling, and student

reporting procedures. Minimal attempts were made_ to use

the oomplitpr for instructional purposes.

Basically, Chree different organizations made,:and are-

continuing to make, contributions to effective

utiIilzat-ton-o-ft-he-compnter_in education The first of 4

these was an_ESEA Title III plojedt entitled Educational.

Development through Technology .(EDTECH). The second-is

a project sponsored by.the DelawareSchools Auxiliary

Associatiod'(DSAA)* which came to be known in 1971 as

Delaware's Total Approach to Computer Knowledge, more ;.,

commonly called Project DELTA. The third. organization is

the DataInfor;ation Center for Education (DICE) which is

a dataprocessing'installatiOn funded wholly by a consortium of local school districts and devoted exclusively

*DSSA is a private, non-profit organization which;derives ,its funds from school districts,'"by providing a building -plan inspection service. These monies are then to be used- to fund pilot experimental.projects in education.

13 r. O

A brief description of the . to serving school districts.

activities of each of these organizations follows.

EDTECH EDTnil was conceived, written, and originally fundedthrough

the Capital and the Marshalltpn School DistrictS itthe

State of,Delaware under the ESEA Title III Act.

The major goal of-this project was to-integrate- the computer

into the everyday activities ofeaucatian-through

_statewide program. In addition to the sponWoffitig-district.s,

O cooperating agencies included the_ school districtsof

WilTington, Newark, and Dickinson-McKean; theDelaware

Department of Public Instruction; aridthe University of

-Defraware. The project was funded at $150;000 for the

1966-67 school year.

During that suMmer, severalactivities.were.

ninar-tit-le-d-Educational

Data _Sytems which wasdesigned to acquaint administrators withathe potentialuses of the computer ineducation and

to emphasize administrativefunctionS.

A'sirmilar seminar devoted to computer-assistedinstruction if (CAI) was offered. Participants investigated the

0 .Cf V

psychological implicationS of this type of instruction

4 as we-i -I as-an introduction to writ-ding-GAI-programs-in-

coursewrfterI '(an IBM CAI language).

Another activity was the computer scheduling of three 0,

'schools: Wilmington, Dover, and Christiana' High Schools.

In order to carry out theadministrative functions, during

--the pilot year funds Were budgeted to secure computer

% services. Thiough an agreement with the Universigy of . Delaware e-in which each agreed to cover 50%-of the costs,

an TBM 1401 comp-utei'

the University's Computing Center.,

During the school year of 1966-67, a major,activity'of the

project consisted of implementingadministrativefunctions

such as report card printing'. Meetings were heldfor .

administrators and teachers to acquaintthem with these

various ;Unctions. A minimal attempt was made duringthe

year to pilot ComputerAssisted Instruction (CAI) and

Math Instruction Program (MIP)techniques.'. Hqwever, since

only 7% of the budget was devoted tothis phase, these

activities were minimal.

political, the EDTECH project O For various reasons, mainly

was notfunded.durinkthe 1967-68 school year. Because

17 the second year's- proposed budget 'was approximately

$500,000, this One projecI'Would hiV*6 tied up all the';

Title- III funds in the state. This was-not popular with_

those who were submitting other proposals. There was°N

. also a question about which district would assume the

leadership role for the project.

The project was funded fOr a second year in April, 1968. --ThlscausedLan_awkward financial situation in as Ouch as

the project's fiscal -year-waVtiotco-tiourrent itli41e

fisc'al year of therestof the state. The funding level -

for the second year was approximately 025,000, less than Ct. half the amount or.iWally.requested. Major cuts were .

( ., / N.. madein the daoinistrative application aspects'of the . . project. The net result. was a project which was 20%

devoted to adininistrative functions of theCbmpute-and

80% devoted.to mu and CAI.

The summer's activities included many seminarsconducted

through the University/ of-Delaware to acquaintand train

teachers and a inistrators in various aspects, of the 0 computer in edu Ation. Tha course originallytaught relating

to the admini$ ratite aspects wasrepeated. -Int,

cooperationwithD$AA, math and science teachers Were 8

strained in writing Fortran programs and in the use of

terminals: Non-math-oriented teachers received training in writing,basic programs, in the use of simulations,and

in terminal operations. Still other teachers were being

,instructed in CAI. and-were writing programs which would

eventually be used on the Philadelphia system,,with which

a cooperative venture hadbeenestablit'shed. ihe_majority , --_, . , , of the teachers trained were from the Newark, Marshallto

an& Capital School Districts.

During the 1968-69 school year, three major activities were

conducted. The first, called COMDET, was a joint venture

. -> hetweenEDTECH and IBM in. which,touch-tone telephones

were used to enable fifth grade students to interactwith

a computer for mathethatics drill and practice. The- ] materials used were adayted from the work of Dr. Patrick Suppes of-Stanford/ University. The-telephoneg, 12 each, were loctqd-in three-eleMentay§-ehEiials.%::

Students would dial the computer which wA's lOcated in

Yorktown Heighta,-New York. After recognizing the student, she computer would verbally present a series of drill,

o problems, the level of which was based On the student's

previous successes or failures. The computer had'a

limited vocabulary, but -it was sufficient to present problems

liD 0

9

and respond to students. . The computer recorded the

student's results and suppl-ied the teacher with- a daily 4 summary. A statistical study showed no significant ,difference between this method and the traditional paper ,,,,, _ ,, aid" pencil drill and practice method employed by control

groups.

0 The second major activity involved three middle schools

using computer-assisted instruction-in'reading., Two ' -teletype terminals ang,-ope CRTterminal with a lIght pen Although the program was , ,:-.,response were utIlized.

eS-s-entially ladapdtd from the one used in the Philadelphia

School System, some locally written material was' also used.

, --- The third major' activity waScalled,the Math Instruction'

.Program (MIP) . Under' this phase, each high-zehool_in

Newark (2) and Dover (1) was equipped with a terminal for .---

,itime-sharine.' Students Were taught programming in various Ways: through formal computer education courses; through

-1? informalcourses before and after scllool; and throughthe

existing math and science courses. Computer time was 4

ptrcfiased froM the Philco Ford Company,Valley Forge,

Pennsylvania, and the Computer Sciences Corporation, Bala

Cynwyd, Pennsylvania. As the utilization of the do -line

20 terminal increased, additional eCluipmerit was added. The

first configuration included one on-line telptype'terminal,

three off-lineteletypes for tape preparation, and one

Demex card reader attached to the teletype for card input.

(Card' preparation could be carried out on key punches

__Located in the business department of ach schoof.)

Under MIP, a portable teletype was available for time-sharing

. -'*-. in the middle schools. For periods froM two to four weekS*,

each, the middle schools had the terminal avaaable for

computer instruction: Such instruction.,. was directed ., toward the goal of increasing the students'.(and the teachers')

. . . ts: computer - under the MIP concept... zol

,,, '- S The funding for the `third year was drastically reduced

from that of the second year to $50,000. Again, state level

politics played a significant ro;in the amount finally

granted:

The only activity conducted during the summer of 1969, and

the following school year was devoted to MIP. A"single"

terminal was supplied to each of the three high schools. Thy time-sharing service was provided by in IBM 1130

comput housed at. the University. of Delawaie and funded

jointly by DTECH and DSAA.,,During this year, the two

o 21 projects conducted essentially the'same activities, sharing

costs and, personnel alike.' After the sophistication of

the equipment utilized,the previous year the three EDTECH

high schools were generally dissatisfied with the service.

Since it wasttheir first time- sharing experience, however,

the Schools sponsored through the DSAA project were

generally satisfied. The EDTECH project officially was

terminated in June, 1970.

DSAA and'dprojeCt DtLTA

The original DSAA projects started in the summer of 1966.

Lt was designed to train high school mathematics and

.science teachers-to teach computer programming to two or P , three high-ability seniors in each schbol during:the 1966,67

school year. airing the first year, the project was limited'

.to eight-public and,private high schools located in

New- Castie County,- Del- awe--e.

The teachers chosen to participateattendreda summer

workshop in programming at the University. Of Delaware.

The language taught was Fortran, and the machine Used was

an IBM 1620.housed at the .

Participating teachers had dii'ect access to the computer.

ti 22 During the school; year, the teachersinstructed, their a students before-or after school. On alternate Satgrdays

they accompanied their students tothe University of

elaware ' s- -computing,center. 0.. these days, the- students

had the opportunity to run the programsthey had Twritten

6u-ring the previous two wee? In or -de togi -the students maximum "hands on" computer time on the1620,

key punches were provided in eacschool for card

preparation. The teachers were -reimbursed for their-time and the cost for computer time and keypunches was

absorbed by DSAA.

During the 1967-68 year, the projectcontinued much\ the

same as it had thefirst year. Contact wasesabliShed

"between DS .A and EDTECHabOut the-possibility of combining

efforts ,11-Ould the EDTECHproject'bettefunded.

During ,ethe summer of.1968, DSAA sponsored the,training

of additional teachers to expand theirproject. The

Graining was conducted in cooperation with_,the ,EDTECH

project. Furthermore the goals were revised 'to reflect more student involvementduring the school year. Teachere

were now encouraged toinvolve a class of Students

instead of merely the brightest two or,three. ..The

. result was that the DSAA projectand the EDTECH project

2 3,

t. 13

were row operatinga along.similar lines in the area of

4 The next. school year's activities proceeded as in the

previous year, but-with increased student involvement,

reflecting the change--in-phito-sop-hy-.Frariswere

-for the joint funding-of the_IBM 1130 time-sharing system

with the EDTECH project for the 1969-79 school yeat-T-with_

---the result-that -PS -AA ' s activities- were essentially the

same as EDTECH's.__

I During1970-7I, DSAA continued to grant minimal support

to schools to provide time-sharing to high schools. This

service waS supplied through the University of, Delaware's

expanded computer center utilizing a Burroughs B5500:

However, this arrangement proved less than satisfactory.

Plans were formulated V DSAA from which-the projeCt

known as Detaware's Total Approach to Computer Knowledge.

(DBLTA) emerged. A project director was employed on a,

half-time basis; the other half of hisetime was spent O

working for the Data Information CenterfO'r Education

Thi's sharing arrangement continued through, the

1974142 school year., In succeeding years,-a full-time

director has been employed.

ti

2 4 (

For the spring of 1971, a_D4italEqUIpment Corporation (DEC) PDP8/L was installed as an interim machinefor the schools to"use,for tthejshgring. In 1971-72, the PDP8/L was replaced by a PDP11/20. During thiS period,, the machines were housed at DICE. In 19120 the project m9yed

to the University ofDelaware, campus to facilities

located in ,the.College of Engineering. (It is .riteresting

to note that they remain as aseparate entity from-the

. University of Delaware Computer Center.) In 1973, a PDP11/45 was installed tocOmpieMent the-PDP11/20. ,

Currently, a PDP10 is beink,installed for the1975-76

school year.

7 These_machines were purchased9py DSAA withfinancial

support for operations-recelvedfrom, the participating 2 schbolsc Each school pays a flat rate which coversthd teletype terminal, telephone charges, and computer

service, 'over the .year's, the school ratehas been

increasing to facilifiate their gradual assumption, of

the total operating costs.

According to Project DELTA literature, itsannounced

goals were to. supply time-sharing servicesfor high schools in Defaware; to break theprejudice that computer

knowledge is for "math - orientedstudents;" to explore how

25 15 ,/

"COputer knowledge could become alearnable' Or ateacflable

concept; and to'make Clear-toteachers the difference

between CAI and computer knowledge.

s-In addition tá these, several newobiectiVes were added

in 1974: These are:1

-To provide stability and Ctiltinuity forat least three years -o that rational decisions.can be .'made about computer education; --- : To work with theUriiversitiof Delaware in the deVelopment of teaching methods courses lb the many disciplinesutilizing a computer; 07 students, To determine a feasible way whereby all Jr K through 12, can eventually gain computer knowledge; To establish DELTA at the University as a research

installation to provide all schools with:a . resource center constantlyimproving computer- technology and curricula for the instruction '74-'- of students on HUC (How to Use the computer) arid tO:s4pport teachers'ever-iriCrea'sitig,' knowledg4and interest in.bOmputerutiliJzations 40 , .and applications. .., 0 r.

. ,, .. 'In addition to offdtingtime-- sharing toteach programming, DELTA has an extensive program library available and .. ( various simulatiOn packages includingthe Huntington # 4 Project matecri'41S'. A guidance package taken from the ,i. Dartmouth:Rroject(EXPRESS)'. data base .has beenvoffered,

4 . ,' . 1/4, ,. ,,"='--W t.t, package marketed by but this iS'-being replace:W,the,

- -TiMe Share CorPoAtion.-=

2i

. 144

Z

16

,Seventeeri .schools were'-originally affiliated with DELTA

in 1971. Currently, about 50% of the high schools irb the

State are affiliated with DELTA,.% '

1 ' Plants are for,Project DELTA to be funded-for-three more

years4 by DSAA, with a gradual phasing out oftheir

suppbrt as theschools assume a.gteater proportion

the operating ceSts,

DICE .Thellata Information Center or Education (DICE) is4a

datapro'cessing installation which was formed by a

consortium of school districts in 1965. Previous*to

1965, several districts maintained their own punch card

shops. For the first two years, DICEcontinued as a

ard shs).p_atn-d-Irtit-i-te the EDTECH sponsored computer in

Originally,three school districts, Newark, Marshallton,

and Dickinson-McKean, mere supporting the .system. Over

the years other school districts have joined this 0 consortium. At present, seven school districts serving t approimately 50:000 students are full-member,districts.

In 1967-68, DICE.initalled an IBM .1401 4K card system..

27

rfl 9

17

This machine was supplemented by purchasing time on

larger machines as needed for functions suCh-aS scheduling. In July, 1973.,the 1401 system was replaCed

with an IBM 360 Mode-1,22 computer.

Initialley,°DICE provided business and student accounting

functions.. In 1966, prescheduling data preparation services were provided to the schools using externai

computer scheduling packages. For instance, two high schools, Dickinsdn High School and McKean High School,

stared using the Stanford 4-S Program in 1966. DICE

4 prepared the necessary cards for theirscheduling runs. . , This resulted in a savings to them when they were

actually sent to Stanford for their scheduling run.

Per theschools who had a moretraditional schedule,

the IBM 360 scheduler package was utilized. (This

package has b4en modified extensively to reflect local

DICE computer.) Currently, needs and to utilize the 4 the IBM EPIC Socrates Package is being utilized onthe

DICE machine.

In 1971, test scoring and analysis,were added as regular

services. For the first two years, the analysis was conducted on a contract basis by DELTA. In 1973, test At,

23 "L8

-scaringbecame an in-house function utilizing the IBM S EPICFacStPackage:Extensive modifications to the

packagk were made to reflect local-needs.-

Over the years, DICE has remained devoted to serving the

administrative needs of the school diStriCts, preferring

to leave the educational computer applications toothers.

°Newark District Involvement

Through the years, the Newark District involvement in

computer, applications and computer education,has been

extensive. The District ha's contributed personnel and space to each of the three projectspreviously discussed.

0. .

Currently, all business functions, student accounting

including secondary report cards, and test scoring are

computerized through the services of DICE. The Newark

District has had extensive influence on the addition

services by DICE since it was one/of the.original members

of the consortium and 1-DecauSe it is the largest District

in the State,

Through DSAA and EDTECH, manyteacheis were trained in dprogrammi techniques and the utilization of computers

in the instr 'ctional process. Time-sharing facilities

20 ,which1 continue to be supported in the secondary schOols

\ . . are u\tilized primarily by mathematics and science teachers

. . , for teaching computer programming. However, some science,

1 studies teachers are using simulation packages ,: an o\pial x .' ,------as an integral,part of their instructional program,

2------Continupus 'support to computer-,re1ated activities has been given b' the Newark District adminiition. The use of

the computer for administrativa.4functions has been firmly

established,but the degree of instructional utilization

has fluctiated. However, in 1974, 'the opportunity 'to

inse;t1!fn-houseequipment in the District's newest

high sao° became a reality. An' outgrowth of this hardward acquisition was this practicum, rresulting in a commitment o establish a completecomputer education _program 1 he high schools of the Newark District

In summary, he preceeding is by no means a:complete history

of organiz ti ns and events affecting computer education

in the Stage of Delaware and the Newark School District.'

In fact, tie p rpose of this historical developmentis

merely to= stablish the levelof computer utiliiation at

the start f th s practicum. Some of the recent activities

have been nti ned and, where necessary, will, be discussed,..

in greater etai

a

I as-

= THE DEVELOPNT OF GOALS AND OBJECTIVES AND A LONG -RANGE PLAN FOR INPIIMENTATION

The first major.phase undertaken in'this project was the development of d set of preliminary goals and objectives and a long-range District plan for computer f education. Initial planning called for the development of each df these documents by separate committees.

However', the two. tasks- appeared to-be so 666Pletely

-interrelated that one Committee divided into two subcommittees was formed to accomplish both tasks concurrently.

Computer Education Workshop, Phase I,is Firmed

For obvious 'reasons, meetings held at the conclusion of the school day are seldom productive. Thug, a proposal

(Appendix - Al) was submitted to the Newark School District for the purpose" of conducting a workshop for the committee durihg school hours,The site chosen was Glasgow High

School. Following approval of the proposal, pOtential participants were identified and invited to the workshop.

Concurrently, a second proposal (Appendix- A2) for a summer workshop Was submitted for the purpose,of preparing a formal computer education curriculum guide for the District.

31 21,'

. In addit,on to insuring thatcommittee members would be

.fresh a d alert, holding ,the; meetings during the school

day ena1 d other interested staff members to participate.

Also, he :committeememberstouldsolicit student inptit

S I 1 immedi tely when it was needed. In all, four sessions

were held during February, March, and April,1975.

Each v)as a full day session.

C. The committee consisted of twelve regular members.-

Included were four members of-the Christiana High School

staff, three members of*the Newark High School staff,, ,,t four members,of the Glasgow High School staff, and the

District Supervisor of Mathematics. Departments

represented were business education, mathematics, science, 0 and social studies. Others in attendance at various meetings included district administrators, a University, 0 of Delaware professor, and the principal-elect of the

)distiict vocational school (Appendix - A3).

Prior to the first full day session, participants were

asked to bring any materials which might be pertinent

to the tasks of the committee. Letters requesting information relating to computer education at the

secondary level were'sent to schools and organizations

0A 22

which had been identified as having sometypeo.f

,Ovolvement with computer-related activities. These. potential sources were identified' from ERICdocuments and bibliagraphies included in various articles and books. A sample letter, a sample response, and a list of the organizations contacted are ,included in Appendix

A4. The response to these inquiries was disappointin.

Many schools and organizations have implemented computer education programs at the secondary level, but the vast majority do not have formal goals andobjoecqves established. _However, during the-course of the workshop, additional letters of inquiry were sent as additional , sources were identified, in the hope that awell- defined set of goals,and objectives couldbe obtained.

None, were received. Thus, for practjzal.purpoSes, the

committee started at point zero.

The first full day meeting was spent discussing the possible directions the Districts might take to ,establish

a workable computereducation program, to indiCate what hardware needs'would be necessary to carry olit sups a

prclgram, and to determine hothe programwould affect. the

curriculum as a whole. Subsequent meetings were devoted

9 to discussing the specificneeds of students and teachers

33 and to formulating the long-range District-plan and a

preliminary set of goals and objectives, A copy of each

of these, is included in Appendix- A5. In addition, the

problem Of incorporating .these goals andobjectives1

into ne curriculum was' considered.

At the, conclus ion of the workshop, the preliminary goals

and objectives produced were distr ibuted (Appen,lik. A6)

to approximately 60 secondary teachers for theirreaction

-,and comments. ' lon g7range_plan--(Appendix -- A7) was

included, as part of the yearly repor t on computer

- - activities and was formrded to the Depdty Superintendent

for his information and possible. action.

All materials gathered, the preliminary gcs1.§amliobjectives,

inCthe comments' received from the teachers' were

subsequently used as input for the summer workshop.

O Computer Education Workshop,' Phase II, Proceeds on Schedule

The summer. workshop was held during June andJuly, 1975,

and.was three weeks in duration. Many of .the staff, members

' O. who served on the original committee participated in the

summer workshop.- (See Appendix-- A8)1-, It was felt that

this would help make the task at hand easier.since

e 24

less time would be required for orienting people to

what-had taken place during the first workshop.

In order to facilitate the writing of the final curriculum

guide, three members of-theworkshop worked full-time st while the remainder participated only in the afternoons..

The three working in the mornings devoted their time to

the "hard writing; the fa. group reacted to these

effc%ts in the afte'rnoons. In this-way, more people-were

_available for brainstorming and reactions to drafti which

were generated at a faster rate byfewer-people. The

1J I composition of the summer workshop was imilar to that

of the spring workshop -The_total nUmbersof participants

was less, but the samedepartments were represented.

Concurrent with the slimmer workshop, two other'activities

were held:ai Glasgow High School. One Was a one-week

teacher training workshop and the second was a seven- , week summer School class for high school students. Each

of these activities will bedisaissed lateiin greater

detail. However; it is necessary to mention them at this pointr-because input for the-curriculum-guide-was,solicited--,

from the students and teachersopartidirating in them.

By the conclusion of the workshop, acurriculum glade for

3 5 -the-District-had b'eSn prepared-. (See Appendix - A9)

The guide is student - oriented, and it attempts to overcome

the pervasive idea that computer education is the sole

responsibility of the, mathematics teachers.

In addition to goals°and objectives, two appendices were

included in the guide. The first is a list of. films

which can be used to meet some of the objectives in the , . . guide.. The second is a list of1 computer programs / available in the District.

ApprOximately 200 copies of the elide have been prepared

and 'have been circulated5 to teachers in ,the secondary

schools. 'Ole guide ins calledan interiii draft and will z 6 be revised,as necessary after the. 19)5-7.6 school year

However,to date it has .been well received by the teachers and should Serathe purpose for which it was writtqn. <

. % STAFF DEVUOPMENT

/

The seccind imajor phase of this ISiojept was directed .

, I , t6ward.staff development.',A major objective of this . (phase was to introduce as many of the secondary teachers

as possible to the computer. To accompliS,h- this,

several school and District level workshops were , , 1

canduc Lp d-: In----addi-tion-,---otre-vDistripts taff member was

sent to a workshopconducted"by Wang' Laboraturies, Inc:

Staff Member Attends It-Depth_Training Session

With-the installation of the computer system at Glasgow

'High'School in the fall of 1974,.it nuidkly became evident that ;here was a need for at last one person to 1. have in-epth training pn the system. This was especially

crucial if the hardware wat to be used effectively -41.thin

'the scheol.. Thus, when funds became availablA, (Appendix'-

Al) one erson, Mr. Darrell Pelley, Mathematics pepattment

chairmar(ofGlasgowIlizh Sehool, was chosen to attend a .

five-day in-depth training school.at Wang Laboratories,

located in Tewksbtry, Massachusetts.'The reasons for hoosing,Mr. Pelley were his previous computer knowledge

. and his ability to work constructively with other staff

members. 0

Mr. Pelley attended the school during the week of

February 3,1975. This particular week was chosen 1,:n

order th-at'his training would be accomplished0prior to

the first District-wide inservice day. This was

necessary because he was-.scheduled to conduct a

workshop. on comp'uter education on those days.

Mr. Pelley's reaction to the school was extremely positive. , - He related that the class size was limited r participants. Also, an attempt was made to create a

group with differ'''ent backgrounds and varied application

interest areas. Thus, he was the.onfy educator in his

group and had an opportunity to interact with people

involved in military, medical, industrial, and

construction applications.

The training Mr. Pelley received was very valuable fdr

o . him personally. In addition, his expertise hasbe4n tapped

. . by. having him Conduct workshops and by employinghim-as

a leader of the workshop which'developedthe final goals

and objectives for the District. Thus, the funds

/(Appendix - B2) used to send him were conside-red well

4-- spent, especially since similar hardware is being

installed in the other high schools of the District for,

the 1975-76 school year.

38 4. S rin Com uter Inservice Worksho Cond ed

Each yearthee days during the second semester are

designated as District-wide. inseivice days-in-the Oewark

School District fowhich the Office of Instructional

Services is r ponsible. In recent years, the trend has

been to to'o fer Mini-courses for teachers designed to

p ide staff members with concrete experiences which

can be later used in the perforMance of their jobs.

,,Staff members are free-either to choose any of the

offerings provided by _the District, or to submit an.

independent proposal for consideration.

/. One such.course offered at the District level was

designed to provide teachers with an exposure to computers

in general, andto equipment at Glasgow High School in

particular. The workshop was aimed, at., but 'not limited

to, the members, of The Glasgow High School staff. Twenty-ieveft'saff members (Appendix - B3) elected to take

, the cOurSe, kfthough some elementary and middle school. .teacher6 participated, the majority of the participants

were from the highjszhools'of the District.

'Two sets of objectivo (Appendix - B4) were identified:. The first set.farlarticipants who knew little or nothing

3 9

1. ti

O .24 p .

C 1

about the. And eh& BASIC languav,'and a second, ,,''

I sd for participants who:knew BASIC and werealr6dy familiar.T , .1 'with a computer systems The participants were divided,

into these tWO groups, and ehe "beginners" were further . ..i subdivided ii6 Brolipsof?kthree.

FolloWing a short overview -.y the workshOp leader, th6 I r .* instructional approaCh_used for the "experts" was to turn

Slbi.em-741,70-reon a machine aes4.ted..by a staff- member who

had already mastered the .mae.'ne. Half of the "beginners it, At, groups were gathered into a lectUre .ection,where they

were givenZ'shocrt presentation of about I.,minutes and

. . _ then given an assIgrinent (from the assignment sheet,

Appendix - B5),e n the'hardware: Thesecondhalf of the p, beginners were then given the spme presentation followed

by th --"hands on" assignment. In this Ay, 'the lecture . ,--- . ,---Iroups and-the "hands on!' groups were rotated In order

that the amount ofknowiaTe to' be handledwasnot excessive and to insure that immediate reinforcemenvria

the hardware was accomp'li'shed.

Throughout the three-day workshop, an informal .atTospherd

was maintained. The advantages and disadvantages.of.the Glasgow hardwre were pointed.out.to theparticipants,;

I

1%. 4 " , S

it` p 5

0t -i 30

and efforts were made. to provide the participants with ay examples of applications pf the Computer within their

cs existing programs.

-In summary, the participants rated the workshop extremely

sticcessful: This, was significant/whet-1 considering the

fat that on the morning of the first day of the

workshop.,,a,vote was taken which authorized a state-wide

strike, and teachers were highly agitated:

Informational Meetings Held,

Following the District inservide workshop, a seriAg-ofk. . \-- ., . . 1 two-hour,informational works ops ware held for District

personnel. Invitations peldiX.- B6),were,sent to the . b - , . -- . .. secondary, schools in the istrict'inviting staff mem)oe 1 / ,. ,, - / to see -and .try the complterfacilities at Glasgow High

School. ,' 1 //' . i Thi-ee such-meetings were held,with approximately twenty , staff members atenoing each. The participants ere given . -/ a short presentation about theequipMent, and G1 sgow'Hlgh School's plans for utilikingit. . presentation!, the participants Were given an .Opportunity

to interact with the hardware, using.cannedisimilation I and game.programs.-

f F 41 LLva

The purposes for.holding these meetings were to acquaint

District personnel with the equipment and also-to instill

a more positive feeling about the use of computers in

education. It appeared' hat the'se purposes were achieved,

since many participants stayed for longer' than tWO hours

interacting with the equipment and discussing its

possible applications.

Summer ComputerVorkshop Conducted

A proposal (Appendix - B7) for a slimmer wogkshop. for .

training teachers in the use of computers was quickly

submitted in April, 1975, when it became apparent that the installation of'computer systems in Christiana High

and Newark High Schools was a distinct possibility.

Following approval of the workshop proposal in May, 1975,

a memorandum (Appendix - 88)Was sent to the principals

of the three District high schools requesting thit they

select ten partitciparits for Ole workshop. They were

encouraged to sehd teachers representing as many . '. . departments as pOs'sible, and,in particular, the business

education department_

Following receipt of the names of potential participants

from the' principals, letters of 'invitation (Appendix - B9),

0

0 32

were sent. In all, thirty teachers representing many

.departments / attended the Workshop- SSee Appendix - B10)

Departments regesented were English, social studies,

science, business education, mathematics,.indUstrial arts,

and physical education.

The workshop which Was held during the week of

June 23, 1975, was similar in format to that Of tfle" 4 spring workshop. Activities (App-endix - Bli) included

a brief survey of the historical development of computers

and the growth of theh istorical development (yucatignal

and administrative) in the. Newark" School Digtrict. The

partixipants were then given instructions on the use of

the Wang 2Z00 computer. Following machine familiaization,

the participants were introduced to the BASIC computer

language and were given an oppOrtunity to write prograffis. v Finally, the participants were made aware of the canned

programs available and were given an opportunity to try

several for their reactions.

Throughout, the workshop was conducted, informally. As in

the spring workshop, the usual method of instruction was

for half the participants to be working independently on

the machines while the instructor was working more formally

43 with the remaining half. In this way, hands-on time

was'maximized.

In general, the workshop appeared to meet its objectives.

The participants, rated the leader excellent, and except

for the length (too short)- and the number ofparticipants

(too many), they rated the workshop above average.

School Level luorkshops Conducted

- .--,Two related school-level workshops were arso conducted

during,August, 1975. The first wa's a one-week workshop/

i (Appendix - B12) held by the mathematics staff of //

Glasgow High School for the purpose of fina iz g their

12th'grade mathematics program. In addi4on', two of their

objectives were to finalize the 'plansor the Computers I

and Computers II courses and to comlititer programs

for use in mathematics. courses/

// The second workshop was a one -week workshop (Appendix - B13>

held by the mathemati9S staff of Christiana HighSchoOl

for the purpose of/Introducing the mathematics staff

_ - to the computer/hardware which wasinstalled in

September,, 19/5. Activities* included instruction on this

hardwareandidentifying and writing canned programs which

can be/Used in the, currentmathematics Classes.

44 34

Each of these workshops was planried to supplement work

.boi.ng done at the District level on computer education.

. . f

4

O

N,

1

I

-o

Q 45

:1 .

STUDENTINVOLVEMENT

Glasgow High School Mini-Courses Held

Although teachei involvement is a'necessary condition,

is not-sufficient for successfully implementing computer

education in.the district. A second necessary condition

is active student involvement.- Thus, in order to-make students aware of the capabilities of the computer.system

and the exciting activities that can be carried outwith , it, several mini-courses._ were conducted during the third

quarter of the1974:-.8 school year Glasgow ,High School. Originally, the plan was to offer two such courses, but 0 the student,demand'and the structure of theexisting

master schedule necessitated that sixsuch-courses be

formed.

In order to generate student interest in the mini-courses; , \, several methods were utilizpd. These included: placing

an article "in the student newspaper(Appendix -Cl); presenting daily, announcements over the school intercom;

and making announcements by the mathematics teachers to

ft their classes. Efforts werelmade to ,encourage

students of all levels to participate, and-each student

who indicated an interest was invited to attend theclasses.

4`0 -,Since the course was computer-oriented,'Student invitations

were\printed on the computer (Appendix -C2), Thus, when

the classes were actually initiated,forty-three students

.(Appendix - C3) representing all grade levelsand all

.fte ability levels were enrolled.

ClasseS for instruction consisted of the studentsmeeting

with the District Supervisor ofMathematics on a formal

basis one, two, or three periods a week. The students

then spent several additionalperiOds per week working

independently. The instructor (the Supervisorpf, Mathematics) was availableon Tuesday and Friday mornings

and on Wednesday afternoons forthis formal instruction. During the periods when the instructor wasnot available,

several members of-the mathematicsdepartment donated

their time to assist the students. Even with this additional help; there were certainperiods when there was

no adultsupervision.' However, the students were still

encouraged .,to utilize theequipment during these 'periods

if they were free. It was gratifying to note that no acts .

C of vandalism took place duringthe unsupervised time.

Topics covered during the formalinstructional periods

included: rilacEine operation, including use of the machine

in the immediate,,mode, tape loading,and execution of canned program; elements of the BASIClanguage; diagnosing

4'7 a of pri:., im errors; and simple, computer progrmoing(See' .... . , . , Append-i,: C4 for sample student materials) .For the students ,Isho quickly masterei thesetopics,indivirluaI prograi oiling problems wereassigned.- These problems were c;lo.;en on the' basis of the students' currentcurriculum. For instance, a business educationstuderit,would be ass i opc1 a problem towri-e a progran which would generate coy pound interestwhile a college preparatory sMdent Mould be assigned a problem to write a progr-mwhim. , find the factors of a gmadradz equation.

V :valuation of students-wasAtceducted on an'individual-

. Since no credit was laeing awarded,formal lett.,r grades were not kept.Rather: a record of task completion ,c was compiled.Each student -romplel the competency ,sks in the presence of tleInv:rim-tor when the student felt he was ready-. 'TFor exagge', lama astudent mastered the handling of the case tm tapes, herequested a competency check-out.He weld then perform the tasks on the TapeCassette Che*-out41. List tAppendix - C5) in a random order designated by -die' instructor.If the student'

did not successfully compl.-e the mks, nofailure was . recorded.Similar check -olists (Appendix - C6) were used for other rasks.Only succesal completions ware recorded.

48 3.8

In addition to the students who formally signed up for this course, many others participated informally.

Students who dropped in to see what was,going onwere'. encouraged to playa game on the computer or, use a canned program. The formal participants were eager to 1 assist these drop-ins by helping them use the games and canned programs and by explaining what they were currently working on. (See Appendix,-"0 for examples of student- generated programs) Many of these drop-ins were business education students who were encouraged to participate in this manner by their, teachers.

. Although the courses were scheduled only for'the third quarter, many students requested that the program be continued into the fourth quarter-. Howevet,obecauSe of time constraints, the instructor was available'on

Tuesdays only. Although less formal instructton was now et available, the program continued because there w ere.now many students knowledgeable enough to answer the questions that the new participants would raise.

Overall, the program was considered a, successful one.

Students signed up 'knowing they would not receive credit.

They continued to participate even though it meant

49 .

giving up their free time. Further, many of these

students elected to take the credit courses established-

< for the 1975-76 school year.

Excerided Year Program Computer Course Established

Each summer, the Newark School District conducts an

extended-year program as part of the regular summerschool

The courses included, in this program are . program.

- ,designed to give students experiences' they could,not obtain dpring the regular school year."The courses are

free and credit is given for the'ones designated high

school level.

For the summer of 1974, an attempt wasmade to initiate

a Course called"Mathematics Through the Computer."For several reasons (the main one being lack ofpublicity) t1e

,course did not "make." However, since it was felt that

the course had merit, plans were made toimplement a

similar one in thesummer of 1975%

n 1974, the only computerservice was through a single

terminal. Thus., it was necessary to revise the course - guide for the summer of 1975, to teflect theinstallation

of the in-house equipment. The revision of the course guide (Appendix - C8) was contracted to thepotential .. , . : \ ./.., s instructor, Mr. Carl Jacobson, of Glasgow HighSchool.

\ \,- In addition to a brief description(Appendix - C9) in \ the summer schoOl catalog, a flyer (Appendix - C10) was ,--- \ distributes'i to the secondary,schools of the District

to publicize the course.

Becauseithe majority of the summer school courses are

conducted' at Newark High School, a problein relating to the -

transpotifig of students arose. This problem was solved

by establishing a shuttle run fromNewark'High School'

supplement the regular bus routes. However, the

le h of 'the-course then needed to be-extended to a seven weeks to make upthe time lost for transporting

studen in order that a credit could be awarded. Thus, the cours- met for seven weeks instead ofthe regular

six week-S.1

Initially, f-ve students (-Appendix -C11) enrolled in the summer cour e, eleven boys and onegirl. Ten students

attend GlasgoW H. School and two attend Newark High

-School. Nine of th twelve completed the course

satisfactorily. Seve al other students ",o-Originally indicated an interest the course gave as their reasons

4 41

for not enrolling ihetransportation,problem andthe

need for extending the class to sevenweeks. There was

also 'a'communication problem inthat one high school

(Christiana) and the four, Districtmiddn schools did not

receive 'the special flyers \describing.the course. Thus,

a sizeable potentialpopulation was missed,

Four of the students whocompletedthe course are currently

in eleven-01 gradg.:*hiLe theremaining five 'are tenth

graders'''. Three levels of students wererepresented: honOrs level; regular college prepatatorylevel; and

technical track level. On the basis of hismperiences

in the simmer course,.. onestudent'ha's changed his math coutse from the technical level (ElementaryGeometry) collegt AParatoryjevel (Geometry I). . to the

Many materials were used in the course. These included

technical manuals supplied by Wan&Laboratories, 'a text 4

by Neal golden (ComputerProgramming in the BASICLanguage), 4 a text byRudd Ctawford.and,David Copp(Introduction to

ComputerProgramming), and a wide array of regular mathematics textbooks.

Because of the limited enrollmentand? the varied.backgrOunds V. of the students an individualizedinstructional apprpach r

C

'was desiiable and, in fact,necessa4r. Fqllawing an

introduction to the hardWare andminid al instructiono'

.1;, . 'C irk elementarycomputer-prograMming,,eachsadent-Was

4 r _assigned 'specific ptograms. to warde. The student's

program assignment was ghosenon.the basis of his ... 'mathematical baCkground.However, irateadof.choosing

topics which had been covered in,his previous course,_

the topics were chosen from the coursehe would be

entering Thus, the student was not onlyresponsible for a programming azsignmult,he4asalso responsible for

determining andthen learning the'necessary mathematics

'needed to theprogiam:'' By usingthis approach, the student assliMed the tole'of.' programmer analys± as e. opposed.to.being merely 'a programmer-

The benefitS o this approachwereNthree-fold. The student had the oportunity not onlyto learn and practice

. . . . , 4rogramming.skills, but to leat,n additionalmathematical 4 . . 0 , cobtent. The third benefit was the skill,that the ,students ... , . 'developedconcrning the use ofvlathematics'tex,tboOks as.

references. Initially, then student's were extremely. I reluctant to investigate amathematical topic on their'

own However, as the course ptogresed,-thestudents became less dependent uponthe teacher and,relied more

5 3

0 Q

A

43.

heavily on ,their own abilit to.inurpret material, found

in the texts,

Because credit was Offered for the course, a more !formal

evaluation probedure was necess ry. Students were, given

grades based on the .number and d gree of sophistication' o of the programs written. (See Appendix C12 for a liSt,

of 'the moresophisticated-programs generated by' the 1 students.) in addition, a7-final ex m.was administered . which Covered 411 aspects of programming. Finalgrades - .q awarded consisted of two A's-, foue-t's,.and three C'S.

, . .. It might have been expected that thegrades would closely

. 1 ...... correspond with the level of the course which the. student, 2 . . vfcruld be entering, 'but this was not necessarily

,,

.:' The4was acbrrespondence, but it was weak,'at best. , ,

, 0 / Overall, the 'summer course.wA sucCessful. At the end of

1 thq course the student exhibited a knowledge of., programming skills which/should be useful to' them in ,/

' future years. Although the enrollment was somewhat' disappointingthe'course will be offered again next' summer.

. Plahs,are being made to overcome the emrollment problems

and, should theid be successful, it is expected that'many

additional studenEsvwilftae acAnt4e of the benefits: .

of the course.

54

e 4:9

RELATED ACTIVITIES.

activities took place whickhe a direct bearing on, or . . \ . . were an outgrowth t,f,ethe-pract cum. Somewere local in

, natute, while others have State-wide impli atio

State-Wide Council for Computer Education Formed \ Ini1973a State-wide councilfor Computer Education\was

formed by the State Superviior of Mathematics(Appenciix

D1). The council consists of members from education,

. business, and industry and its purpose is to advise the

State Department of Public Instruction on matters relating

. to computer education. This author has been a member of

the council since its inception.

Each year, one of the recommendations of the council has

been for State support for computer education. In 1975,

this recommendation was adopted by the State Board and includecT the State budget; with the result that districts'could apply for matching fundsjorthe 1975-76

school year. A total of $48,000 was 4.10caed by the_

Sta e for this purpose. These funds can be used for

It te inal rental, computer maintenance, or pilirchasing computer hardware. The amount budgeted for 1975-76 is minimal i$1,5061 per high school, to be matchedby the- local district), but it is a step in the rightdirection.

To date, the Newark School District hasreceived State fundstotaling,$4,500 (Apriiendix '- D2), and is scheduled to receive an additional 2,200.

The council has alsoengbgedin other activities. These include sponsoring info mationalmeetings (Appendix - D3), and computer education /courses at the Universityof

Delaware, such as the o e designed to acquaint'mathematics

teachers with the Col tado Algebra through theComputer,

Project.

State -Wide Computer Task Force Formed.

A second State -wide effort inwhich this author is

involved is the State Computer Task Forcewhich is charged with the resparsiaility of creating a State-wide planfor

computer utilization in education. The task force

initially met 1975,\and expects to complete its

work by Februar 1976, (Appendix - D4). The plan will

encompass both cational and administrative uses of the

computer. Many cf e members of this taskforce are also

members of the St Council for Computer Education; thus

53 46

the task force will be generating a plan very much in

line with the thoughts of the advisory committee.

H.B. 509 Pro osal Submitted

'Shortly aftert this practicum was started, a conversation

with the District Supervisor of Occupational and

Vocational Edbcation precipitated avproposal (Appendix D5)

For louse Bill 509 funds. Briefly, H.B. 509 provideS

State support for teachers, and operational funds for

approved occupational-vocational programs conducted in

the comprehensive or vocational schools, grades 7-12.

The proposal was submitted and initially rejected. However, after meeting with State officials, minor

modifications were made, the project was resubmitted,

and approval was\granDed in May; 197 5.

The approval of this proposal at Level 3 fundingmeans

that three times the,-normal operating f ndswill be

available to Glasgow High School for theiComputers I

\\ and Computers II courses.

:',1wark School Board Supports Computer Education \\

Another item of interest which has been an outgrowth

5'7' 47

this practicum is the complete support of the Newark

School District Board of Education to computer education.

On May 20, 1975, the Board unanimously pt.ssed a motion

(APpendix 7.D6) to amend the budget by $.80,000 for the purpose of installing in-house computer equipment in the

District's ether two high schools (Newark and Christiana), and to add a time-sharing terminal at Glasgow High School, which only had in-house equipment.

The major presentation to gain support for this motion was made by a student at Glasgow High School. Supportive data were supplied by a teacher and the associate principal at Glasgow High School. Thus, through,the unselfish efforts of the-p-eople at Glasgow High School, the two sia6t schools gained immensely.

After the approval of the bUdget amendment, bids

(Appendix D7) were solicited for computer systems for

\ Newark and Christiana High Schools. The low bidder was

Wang Laboratories, Inc. The bid was awarded to them by the Board in July, 1975, (Appendix D8) and systems similar to the Glasgow in-house system were installed in

September, 1975.

Concurrently,. time- sharing terminals were ordered

5G 48

(Appndix - D9) for all three high schoolsfor the 1975-76

school year; one each for Glasgow andNewark High_Schools,

-s-\ and two for Christiana High School. The decision was made

to place two atChristiana High School because of the

.physical nature of the plant. The.pchool consists of

twQ buildings, with the mathematicsand guidance departments housed in one, and the sciencesand social

studies departments housed in the other. F,lacing afi extra

terminal at Christiana High Schoolseemed to be the logical direction to take becauseof the heavy utilization

mentioned. 4 by the departments previously

Computer service is supplied byProjeCt DELTA's system

on a twenty -fourhour basis. Inaddition io providing

computer ,time and.a libraryof canned programs, for the

first time this year the system isproviding a guidance

package.suppoi.ted by State funds. The guidance package

is the one marketed by TimeShare Corporation, and provides informatiOn on both collegeand vocational

choices open to students.

Heavy utilization of the guidancepackage is expected in

each of the three high schools. Guidance counselors

have been giveninstruction on how to use tkhe package.

59 49

Each school has instituted a system utilizing student aides.:These aides assist other students who need help accessing the package., In this manner, the schools expect to acquaint each junior and senior with the system.

Mass utilization of the guidance package.is now possible because of the installation of in-house computer equipment in each school... This enables students who are learning programming to do their work op the inhouse machines, thus ledving the time-sharing terminal free for utilization of the special packagds.

a.

<1.

9

60 ACTIVITIES PLANNED FOR 197.5-'76

Computer Offerings (1975-76)

For the 1975-76-school year-, two "courses, Computers I and Computers.II, are being implemented at Glasgow High

School. Computers I isa nine-week course, while

Computers" II is an eighteen-week course. In addition, an independent study course, Computers III, will be implemented during the 1976-77 .school year.

Seventy two students have enrolled in Computers I, while thirty-seven students have enrolled in Computers II. The majority of the students who elected these courses are juniors and seniors. In future years, it is hoped that more freshmen and sophomores will be able to elect the courses. This will enable them to use the computer- knowledge in subsequent'studies.

To insure that all busin.?.3s students will have an exposure to computersa one-Week blockof the Typing I class will'be devoted to the subject. This subject was' chosen because it is the only class in which all business students are enrolled. It is anticipated that the same plan will be utilized at the sister high schools (Newark and Christiana) either this year or next. 51

As schedules had already been establishedhe&)re the decision to install in-house equipment had be'ep made, compute] offerings at Newark an4;Christiana High Schools .; are limited Co a single eighte0-week coursein\.each school. This course is comparable to'Computers II

Offered at Glasgow High School. Eighteen students are enrolled at Christiana High School, and twenty-or\e students are enrolled at Newark High School. Plans are being made to expand these offerings for the 1976 -\77 school year, and the meeting of certain objectives in existing courses (especially social studies) will be accomplished during the 1975-76 school year. In addition, both Newark High School and Christiana High School are planning to offer Computers III (tbe independent study course)' for a few students this year.

Thus, course offerings in computer education have been expanded at Glasgow High School for the 1975-7e6 school, year, and will be expanded at Christiana andNewark High

School's for the 1976-77 school year.

A Night School Class is Planned

Plans have been formulated to offer an introductory computer education course in the Newark. School District

62 Adult Evening School. The course will be offered during

the spring of 1976, and will be.open to anyone who is

interested, including students who might not be able to:,

schedule a computer course during the regular school day. o

Because funds for computer time are no longer necessary,

the tuition will be minimal. (Lt has tentatively been

set at $16 for the ten-week course.) The course can be

conducted at any one of the District high schools.

Computer-Related Activities are Planned for Inservice Days

Several compute-related activities were planned for the .

secondary half-day inservice sessions. The'first was a

scliool-wide program, held on October 21, 1975, at

Glasgow High School, where the personnel of each department

were shown the canned programs available and given an

opportunity:to evaluate them. Informational meetings for,

the business education and social studies departments of

Christiana and Newark High Schools were planned for

November, 1975, and a "swap" session for all three'high

schools is to be held in December, 1975. Additional

sessions will be held as the need arises.

63 EVALUATION

Introduction:

Because the overall goal of this practicum was to provide a curriculum incomputer, education for students, and thus utilize the existing computer system at Glasgow

High School, the overall success of-the implementation phase was to be evaiaatc.ld on the basis of the degree of student and teacher involvement in computer education at the schOol in September, 1975. However, as the practicum progressed, sufficient involv.ment of%tudents and teachers from Newark High School and Christiana High School has necessitated that data on their involvement also be included.

In additionan attempt was made at the completion of he practicum to-conduct a goal-free evaluation. That is, what was happening in computer education in the District when the practicum started was compared to what is. happening now.

Throughout the practicum, formative evaluations were carried out based on task completion, evaluation of workshops by participants, the evaluation of workshop

63 54

O

participants, and the evaluation cf student performance.

Participants Evaluate Workshops,.

Newark District policy dictates that participants ar.e to-

be given the opportunity to evaluate. inservice programs

and workshops. ThUs, at the conclusion of the computer education inservice courses, each participant was asked

to complete the District's Inservice and Workshop.

Opinion Survey. Using this form, participants cpn rate

the various aspects of the-program on one to five

scale where one is low and five is high. In addition,

they are asked to list any strengths and-forweaknesses

they observed during the workshop.

Twenty of the twenty-seven participants in'the spring'

:computer inservice program returned a completed form.

The vast majority of the participants rated the eleven

items on the form aboveaverage. That is, they were given

a four or five rating. Comments listed under strengths

of the workshop included the instructor'sknowledge,

and sufficient equipment for hands-on experiences.

Comments noted under weaknesses included too many

participants, and mixing "experts" with people,who .

"know nothing." 65 / 55

.

Twenty-eight ofthr, thirty participants of the summer

workshop returned a completed, form. The responseswere/

similar'to those obtained from the spring workshop.. The 0 majority, of the participants gave nearly all items on the

survey sheet a rating of four or five. The single

,exception was the length of the workshop. A second item , which was not rated as h.gh by this group as the spring

group was the one askingabout ''take home-" plans One .

possible reason for these lower ratin,-,s was the composition .d.

. . . ofthe classes. .:The spring classcontainAda significant a

/ k number of mathematilS etcherswhilethe/sAmer class did

1 / \ 1 not. 1

In' summary, the overall impressiori of the workshops 'by

the participants was highly satisfactory, and plahs are

being made to provide similar offerings during the 1975-76

1 pchool year. The complete results of these surveys-are

contained in Appendix - El.

Workshop participants are Evaluated

During each worksilop, each participant was tested to .1 determine bis knowledge ofhardwaire utilizaticip-and of th

BASIC computer language.-Testing was conducted by having

each participant demonstrate tothe instructor, or his

, 6V

- 56

designee (usually 4 participant who hadlready mastered the skill), his ability to carry out the. task. The following is a list of the tasks and the p'ercentate of participantcompleting each task satisfactorily.

% Completed Task Spring Summer

1. initialize the computer- 100% . 1:00%

2. Use the machine in the , t f..... immediate mode 100%'. 100% ; op 1 3. Load'a program) from tape ',. 100% 0

4. Save a'program on tape 100% . 100%

5. Write a simple program without branching 100% ,A'100% .,,

'6. Write a simple program

with unconditional branching 100%. . ,00% A

7. ' Write a 'simple program with conditional branching 100(k) 100%;

8. Write a simple program with a loop 100% 1007: ' 9, Write: a prograM which utilizes

array variables . 78% 63%

10. Write ,a program' which utilizes string-variables .52% 43%

11. Write a program which utilizes hex codes' 37% 33%

. . ,i . t.r-'-' Thus,\based on the observations made by the inst uctor, -J S. ...,

. . every p'articipant was abletc, cinitialize the com uter,.use

* O

O ,

57

.it in,the'immediate mode, load computer programs fr6m

'tape, sale computer programs on tape, and succeisfdlly.

1.7ritd simple programs ip BASIC at the'conclusion of the

. . . workshop. In addition, many participants, could use.mare., . complex commandsj and were starting to prepare,a computer

. program Which could be used .iii\tlieir own courses. In -,\. shoFtthe ma.ority of the participants met the

. .. , obj'ectives o'E the workshdp. ,

Composition of Workshop Participation is Evaluated\

- One of the iniplied gOals of,this pratticum was to inVolve- -- as many people as possible on a DistrictWide basis. To

deteimine if this goal was accomplished, background data

on workshop participants was,coMpiled... Tables. #1, #1, and '

#3 summarize this effort.

COmposit-iorN2S WoIrkshops by Sex

Table\ #1 ,

Workshop 0/0 `F %

. ; , Spring Computer Inservice Wprkshop 16 59 11 41

Summer Computer Workshop 18 60 12 40 - . CoMputer Education Workshop - Phase I 10 83. 2.

Computer Educa:ion Workshop --,Phase II 11 92 1 8

7' / Glasgow High School Workshop ,/ :6 .75 2 25

Chriscian%High School Workshqp 562 37

TOTAILS 66 68 31. 32

Q P 68 r":" 1.

58

c Compo-".tiOn of WOrksho s by School ] Table ,#2"

Workshop 'CHS GHS NHS OTHER # % # % # % # %

Spring Computer Inservice 5 18 9 33 6 22 7 26

Summer C.omputer Workshop 9 30 11 37'10 33

Computer Education-Phase I4 33 4 33 3 25 1 8

Computer Education-Phase II4 33 4 42. 2 17 8

Glasgow High School \-- 8100

\ Christiana High School 8 100 -- 0 TOTALS 31 _.)1\37 --38 21 22 9 9

*Includes participants from middle schools, elemqntary

R." schools, Central Administration, and Sterck School. - Composition of Workshops by'Silbject area "/ 0 Table '#3/ Bus./Lang. Soc. Ed.,/ Arts Math Sci. Stud. Ot er* Workshop 70 # 1 % # %It .t'10 IP 70 If 17.

/ Spring Computerl Inservice 1 4 1 416 59' 2 7 2 7 5 19%

Sumffier Computer 310 7-23 3.10 3 1 10 33 4 13 (1 Computer\Educaton Phase I 217 542 2 17 2 17

ComputerEdliCation - Phase II 758 2_17 _1 8-

Glasgow High School 100 I

Christiana HigSchool 100

TOTALS 7 84 49 9 4 4 10 10

*Includes physical education,administration, indstrial

arts, elementa y education, d foreign language/

o It canbe seen from the preceing tables that members

T from all threehigh schools w re involved in t1 training

workshOps,and iTi the preparatin of the curric lum guide.

Further, it can\ be seen-et:116:c- a ignificant number of

I persons reprezeting-areas-othethan

1)iirticipated. he number of fem lesparticipliatingwas also

\encouraging. \ I I Success was not achieved in theattemptsmaie.toinvolve

7 0

Q 60'

the me ers of the Hodgson Vocatiolpal-Technical High

School. 'lis was probably due to the fact that only

two staff members (principal and curriculum coordinator)

have been appointed to date. With construction

problems foremost in their minds, they have little time available to devote to matters pertaining to curriculum.

Contact has-been maintained, and several teachers who

participated in the development of the District Computer

Curriculum Guide will be involved when Hodgson's computer

curriculum is est-ablished.

Thus, while there is still a tendency for computer

education activities to be dominated by males'and

mathematics teachers (especially in the development of the

computer curriculum guide), inroads have been made to

dispel the thinking that computers should be controlled

by males and are'only for the mathematics department.

A.FollowUp Survey of Workshop Participants is Conducted

In order tb determine if the computer education workshops

made an impact on the participants, a survey was conducted

in October, 1975. Each person who.attepded one of the

workshops and who has access to an in- house. computer was

asked to complete the follow-up survey, form. Sixty-our

71 61

forms were sent out and_fifty-seven (eighty-nine percent)

were retu:ned.

\ \ Question's i-ndlluded in The survey were generally directed / \ toward personal knowledge, instructional applications,

and other applications. The majority of the participants

who returned the survey indicated they thought they

t could operate the in-house equipment,explainto another

person how to operate the equipment, and w ite a simple ,

program in BASIC; however, only about fiftpercent have

actually done so.

In the area of instructional applications, thirty-three

percent of the respondents indicated one or more

classroom applications were being used. An additional

thirty-four percent indicated they were planning to make

use of computer applications in the future. Thus, sixty- , :seven percent have made use, or are planning to make use,

of computer applications in their classroom. In addition,

sixty-five per nt indicated they have discussed

computers and their uses in their classrooms,-and gn

additional twenty-four percent indicated they plan to

do so.

Me number of people indicating they developed computer

t.. Try 62

applications in non-instructional areis was the same as the,number indicating instructional uses; however, the applications were less varied, with the majority being grading applications.

In summary, sixty -five percent of the respcmdenq discussed computers in their classroom-8.; thirty-three percent have implemented computer applications in their classrooms; and thirty-three percent have developed non- instructional uses. If the respondents who have indicated they are Planning to discuss or use comptters follow through, a significant number of worksp-participants will have utilized information gained from one of the workshops. (See Appendix - E2 for a summary of survey results.)

Students in Mini=Courses are Evaluated

As was done with teachers who participated in workshops, students who participated in the mini - course were tested to determine their knowledge of hardware utilization and of the BASIC computer language.,,Testing was carried out , . by havini each student\demonstrate his ability to carry

. ,. . . out the task. The followireg is_ a list of the tasks and the number and percentage of participants completing each task satisfadtofily.

I. Task Number .

1. Initialize the computer 43 100%

2. Use tha machine in the immediate mode 43 100%

3. Load a program from tape 43 lan

4. aave a program on tape 42 98%

5. Write a simple program without branching 42 98%.

6. Write'a simple program with 38 88% . unconditional branching.

7. Write a sinipleprogram with conditional branching . 29 67%

8. Write a,simple program with a loop 36 84%

9. Write a program which utilizes array variables 12 28%

10. Write a program which utilizes string variables 14, 33% f 11. Write a program which utilizes hex codes 19 . 44%

As can be seen from the list, all studentsdemonstrated

the ability to initialize the computer, usei.FTh the

immediate mode, and load specific programs. The majority

_of the students also demonstrated the ability to write - .

and execute simple programs.

Students were less successful when the moresophisticated

commands were presented; however, this Was probably-due

74 64

to their inadequatemathematical background. This was

particularly noticeable in their inability to easily

master the ideas behind array variables. More success*was

seen with the use of hex.codes. The novelty of being

able to. control the curser on the cathode ray screen may

possibly have, contributed to this.

Overall, however, the mini - courses served their initial

purposes. Students were made aware of the capabilities

of the computer system, and'they demonstrated the skills 1

. nccessary to utilize it.

A 'Follow-Up Student Survey is Conducted

Students who partiCipated in the mini-courses, and those

who completed. the summer course, were surveyed in

Octber, 1975, to determine if they were utilizing the

knowledge acquired. The survey was conducted by inspecting

the class lists for Computers I and Computers II at

Glasgow. High School to see how many had signed up for a

_Earmal course, talking with the students, and contacting

staff members who might be utilizing their services.

The, class lists indicated that twelve of the forty-three

students had signed up for Computers I and/or Computers II:

v 0

A 65

Four had signed up for Computers I only two had signed

up for both courses; and ,six had signed up for ComputersII.

.In addition, nine students have indicated they intend to

sign up for one of the-courses next year. One student

who par'ticipated in the mini-course also completed the

summer course. Thus, thirteen students, or thirty percent

'of.the mini-course participants, are participating in

formal courses, and twenty-one percent have indicated

they plan to do so in; the future.

Three summer participants and two mini-course participants

are acting as student aides to the guidance counselors

r,espoqsible for introducing students to the guidance

.package on the time-sharing terminal. Two oE the summer

participants are at Newark High School, while the two

Glasgow High School mini-course participants are also among

those who have signed up.for formal courses this year.

Five students (two who were previously included as

participating ina formal course this year) are.cUlrently

working on a project for two social studies teachers in

Ohich they are, attempting to analyze data for an economics

' class. Three others are preparing.demonstration programs

'for four science teachers who are team 'teaching ,an'

76 -41 66

introductory science survey course. In addition, nearly all the students who'are currently enrolled in a mathematics course indicated that they are doing some programming in these courses.

Thus, of the fifty-one students who participated in a mini-course and/or the summer course, eighteen, or thirty-five percent,.are actively engaged in a formal course and /or -an- assistant role. In addition, others have indicated they plan 'to participate at a later' date, a or are currently using/their knowledge in their current mathematics courses. Therefore, it seems safe to conclude that a groupof knowledgeable and interested students now exists.

A Computer Curriculum Guide is Produced and Accepted

One of the major goals of this practidum was to produce a District Computer Curriculum Guide. ,As indicated previously, this was completed in July, 1975. The guide has been endorsed by the Director of Instruction ofthe

New4ark School-- District as. indicated by his signature on the Forewordand'has been distributed to all members of the business education, mathematics, science, and social studids departments of each-high school. In addition,

<- 0

0 77 -67

4.0 administrators and members of other''departments who participated in computer education workshops also received

a Copy. .

ACtion is Taken on Recommendations and Long-Range Plans

The recommendations and long-range hardware implementation

O plans generated bythe committee working in "the spring ( were well received,and'action has already been taken on

1 many of them. One measure of success in this area is the

;mount of money spent by the Newark School District for

computer-related 'activities: $1,300 has been spent for

workshops;$12,60 fot time-sharing terminals; and $71,000 for it house 'computers, for a total of $90,390.

In addition,/$35,000 was previously spent for the

in-house computers at Glasgow High School.

Thus, with the hardware onhand, 'recommendations are

being accepted relative toestablishing courses and

involv,ing computers in thecurriculum.- School level

personnel now view computer educationas being here and

now/ and not something which would be "nice for the

future."

78 eV

z 68

r

A Summary of "Wha-.ii,Happening:Now" at Glagow High School

IS Conducted . In the curse of determining whateffeCt the mini-courses

and workshops had n students and,teachers at Glasgow

High school, an attempt was also made toascertain the

scope of currentcomputer- related activities. In

October, 1975, two days were scheduledfor an on-site

school visitation to accomplish this task. During the

visitation, conversations withadministrators, teachers,

and Students produced the followingcomposite list of

3 current activities:

1. Three sections of Computers Iwith an enrollment

of seventy-two;

2. Two sections of Computers IIwith an enrollment

of thirty-seven;

3. Five students serving as_aides tothe guidance counselor responsible for introducingstudents

to the computerizedguidance package;

4. Eleven teachers using a computerizedgrading

system. Several others indicated they are going to convert to a computerized system.

5. Three mathematics teachers usingthe computers .for tutorial Zrills in the basicskill's classes.

79 69

These same teadh-E-6 aribuse ,thecomputerized

games as a reward -for studentswbosatisfactorily

. :,.r. complete -their work.

. , 0 One mathematics teacher teaching Compute programming

to a basic mathematics skins'claSs as an enrichment )

)

The. baseball coach utilizing a program which

updates-the team statistics after each game.

The agriculture teacher using .the computer for CAI

and testing in the area of plallt identification.

9: The German teacher and theFrench teacher each

corking on a CAI program for th0.study of

cabuTary and sentence structure.

10. .P ysics students using the computer as a problem-

) 11. Bidlogy students utilizing statistics programs in

confection with yeast growing experiments in two

.biology classes..

12 Math(Vmatics students (all levels), using the

computer-as aproblem-solving/tool. )

13. Social studies studentsprepaL-ingcomputeripd

simulations for a project.

14. BusineSs education students 11n the Business

Machines cOurSe'beIngexposedto the computer. In addition, many staff members andstudeiltsindicated .

that they, are planning additional activi Ees; however,

these were'not included in-the previous/lisit as the

intentwas to determine what, was' actually happenink.

Thus, it seems r'eas'onable to conclude that many

'computer activities are, being carried out and the .

in-house equipment is being utilized extensively.

Comparison 'of thedPast to the Present

FrOm 1968 until 1974, the Use of computers for

instructional purposes, with one exception, was limited

to a single time-sharing terminal "iheach'highschool.

) , \ The exception was during the 1968-69 school year, when

Lditional back -up equipment wasinstalled irithe high

schools, andsome CAI activities took place in one I

middle school and one elementary school when Federal \/ i

f+tdingwas available. During this period, the 1

st\ident-terminalratio was approximately 1800 ,po 1. .

\

I During the 1974-75 school year, f in-house computersfr

9 were installed in Glasgow High School, and terminals

were maintained in the other two ,high schools% In 1974,

Christiana High School and Neark High School each

received four n-house computers, and, two additional

81

7. \

I -7 t\ie--ha4ngterminalswere installed. Thus, the'present

student-terminal ratiois approximately 300 to 1: The

literature indicates aMaximum ratio of 500 to 1tO"

successfully implementa ,computer education program,and it isjanticipated thatthe program initiatedduring the

course of-this practicuM carOlemaintained, Further, since the financial effort has largely been at thelocal

level, the problem of program curtailment due tothe

expiration of external funding has,been by-pasSed.

A compatison of the numbers and types of personsinvolved,

over the years also indicatesthat computer education

- has become firmly established. Before 1974, the use of

computers was basically limited toapplications rne

; by mathematics and science teachers,affid limited to

high sthool students. During the,past year, this has

been exparidecr3to include students of allabilities

,Snd teachers of many disciplines. Thus, through

Alardwari acquisition and student andstaff training,

the Newnrk School District hasreached the point wher'e .

a meaningful'compUtereducation program,can be,mairitaindd. ,

i

.82.

. \ e

C

78 ,

Prorammin and 0 erations Lab I - Intermediate, Data Processing Technology, Miami, Florida: \Dade County Public Sclools, 072. .\ 121.2EKEE:ag and Operations Lab II - Intermediate, Data ProcessingTechp9logy, Dad County

\ Recominendations Regarding-Computers in High School \ Education, Washington, D.C.: Conference Board of the MaheEaTcal Sciences, 1972. \ Rourke, Martha and Patrick W: Rourke', You Are Planning to'Buy 'a Computer?," The Education Digest, Vol. 39, Nov., 1973, P. 30.

Sage, Edwin R., Problem-Solving with the Computer, Newburyport, Massachusetts: Entelek, Inc., 1969.

St., Cyr, Frederick, "Deriving Double-Duty Service From- a Teaching ComputerInstallation," Business Education World, Nov.-Dec., 1974, P. 24.

Sass, Richard E., A .Computer-Based Instructional Magage- ment Program for Classroom Use, Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania: Learning Research and Development Center, University of Pittsburgh,41971.

SimMs, Richard F., "Business Education and Computer -- Termihal,". The Balance Sheet, Vol. 56, No: 2, Nov., 1974, P., 119.

Spencer, Donald D., A Guide to Teaching About Computers in Secondary Schoors, Ormond Beach-, Florida: Abacus Computer Cocp., 1973. Spencer, Donald D., Game Playing With-Computers, Rochelle

4 Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book-Co.: 1968.

Stein, Philip, " ",:hat Makes Minis Cheap?," Computer Decisions Feb.., 1975, P. 14.

System 2200: 2200 A/B Basic Programming Manual, Tewksbury, --Wang Laboratbries, Inc., 1974.

8 9

\ 0 00 "Fa

/

\

.1 \ giantstep hasbeemItakeo,taken, and the transitiotwill be

, smoother,nd more orderly ast\he District mov stoward

I ,a, more refinedprogr\amof computer educaqon.

\ I

JI

84

v BIBLIOGRAPHY 0

The documents. in this bibliogrdphy have Veen

secured and are currently on file as a "Computer .Library"

at Glasgow High School. Anastasio, Eraest J., and Judith S. Morgan, Factors Inhibiting the Use of Computers in Instruction, Princetdn,.New Jersey:- EDUCOM Interuniversity Communications CcurvAl, Inc., 19.72.

Andrea, Richard V. ,Computer Programming and Related Mathematics, N,.: York, New YOkk: Whn,Wiley and ..v-4...,, ,,,,,, . Sons, Inc., 1967. ..- ,, . Baker, Justine, The Computer in the School, Bloomington, Indiana: The Phi Delta Kappa Educational Foundation, 1975. /4 Ball, Marion J., WhatiA a Com utor?, New York, New York:

Houghton MLEflin Co.',197 . -- Brown, Dean, and Phyllis M. Cole, "TheClasgroom Micro-' computer," Computer Decisions, -Feb., 1975; P.34.

Brown, Dean, "On Computersand Learning,".T.Iputer

Decisions, May, 1974, P. 41. ,

Clayman,' David, A Classroom Tool: Computer Solutions fs5r

Business and Indttstrial ProBirigTet Tewksbury, Maspaj . _ chusetts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1974. , 'Clayman, David, A Clacsroonl Tool: Probability And.Statistics on ,.the Computer, Tewksbury,Massachusetts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1974.. Computer.Facilities for Mathematics Instruction, Washington, D.C.: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 1967. CONTRACTING FOR COMPUTING: A Checklist of Terms and Clause for Use in Contracting with Vendors for Coffiputing Services, Princeton, New Jersey: EDUCOM Interuniversity CommunicationseCouncil, Inc., 19'73.

o

85 75

Crawford, Rudd A., andavid'H. Copp, Introduction to' - Computer Programming, Boston, Massachusetts: Houghton Mifflin-Co., 1969. ,

Crowley, Thomas H., Understanding Computers, New York New York:, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1967. Delaware Department of Public,,Instruction, A Report OA a Survezoljob Opportunities for Graduates of 'Data Frocessing_InstrUction Programs in-Delaware High Schools and Community 65IIeges, rm.

Douglas, John H., 'Computers 1: From_Number Cr;unchers to

. Pocket Genies," Science\NeWs, Vol. 108, Sept. 6, 1975, P. 154.

Douglas, John H., "Computers 2: -,Brave New Components," Science News, Vol. 108, Sept. 13, 1975, P. 170.

D'ougla's, John H., "Computers 3: Beyond the Industrial Revolution," Science News, Vol. 108, Oct. 4, 1975, , P. 220. Dwyer, Thomas A., and Michael S: KaUfman,A Guided Tour of Computer Programming in BASIC; Boston, Massectusetts: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1973:

Forsythe, Alexandra I.et al., Computer Science: A First Course, New York, New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1969. i/ Forsythe, Arexanslra I. et al, Computer Science: *Trimer, /r New York, New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1969. 7

Forsythe,( Alexandra I., et al,' BASIC Language Prdgramming, New York, New York:. John Wiley.and Sons,Inc`., 1970. Golden, Neal, Computer Programming in the BASICLanguage: New'York, New York:,Harcourt, Brace and JovanOvidh Corp.,,1975. o Hagelbrger, David,. .and Saul Fingeimaii7Cardiac, Na York, New York: Bell Telephone Laboratories,, Inc.,' 1968.

\ Hatfield, Larry 12., The Use of Computers in Mathematics Education Series: II. Computer.Extended Problem, Solvimg and Enquiry, Columbus, Ohio..: ERIC Information Analysis Center for Science, Mathematids, and Enon- mental Educatioh, 103.

88. Herberg, Theodore, and James D. Bristol;Elementary ' Mathematical Analysis, Lexington, Massachusetts: 157-C7Heath and Co, 1974.

Mickey, Albert E. ,"Using theComputer,to Individualize InstrpctionSnd Save Money," The Individualized _Learning 1..etter - Special Report,. Feb. 1974.

Horwitz, Geoffrey and Michael D. Young, Computer Operating ,Systems.: Investment or Overhead?, NewYork, New York: ANACOM, 1975. Indiana Department of Public,Instruction, MathGuidelines for Indiana Schools K-1.2; 197. _ . Jacobs,'kZeney'P., et al, Communigwith the, Computer: __:_Introductory Experiences,- WIC, t Teisey,: Allyn and Eaion,,Inc., 1975. .,

Johnson, David andLarry L. Hatfield, ComEjter - Assisted Mathematics Program First Course. Oakland; New Jersey: Scott,-1,oresuan. and Co. , 1768. .

, . .Johnson, David C., and John W. Walther, Computer Assisted Mathematics Program .Second 'Course, Oakland, New Jersey:. Scott Fotesman and Co. ,D69.

-Johnson; David-1C., and DaleE. LaFrenz, Com tter ,AsststedMathematics ProgyamA1Apbra, 0a land, New Jersey:' Scott.Forsi-aan and Co...,-41969.-.

Johnson, David C:, and Pa*mela W. .Katzman, CoTputer ASsisted,NatheMatic Program Geometry; Oakland; New .er Jersey, Scott, Foresman and Co., 1969.

Johnson, David C. ,and Thomas E. Kieren, ,Computer Assisted Mathematics. Program Intermediate Mathematics, Oakland,-NeWTeieFnott, Foresman and Co., 1969.

Jong , Ben, A Catalog of Non:Print Materials Useful in Computer Related Instruction, Fugene, Oregon: Lana County IntinmedriETWOOTTistridt, 1973. . Koch, tlarren J., "Using Time Shared Computers in Secondary Schobls: /A Status Report," NASSp Bulletin, Vol. 56, No. 363,. ,April, 1972: P. 46.7"--7-

6 77,

Koch, Warren J. , "Basic Facts About .Using the Computer in Instruction," Thetducation Digest, 761..38, March, 1973, P.28.

Letson, John W., "Terminal& Open the Door to Individualized Instruction," AEDS Monitor, Dec., 1971, P. 4.

Lundell, Jr. , E. Drake, "Computers in Society: Impact Still Burning Question," Computer World,Vol. 185, No. 4151, Aug., 1974, P. 9.

Lynch, Robert E., and John R. Rice, Computers: Their Impact and Use., New York, Nei York: HoltRinehart and WinstFETInc., 1975. ow' Molnar: Andi-ew R., The Use of Computers in Mathematics Education Resource Series: I. Com uter Innovations

in Education, Columbus,Ohio : ERIC In ormation Analysis Center for Science, Mathematics, and Environ- mental Education, 1973.

Moursund, David, "Selecting Goals for an Introductory Computer Programming Course,P Mathematics Teacher

. Vol, No. 7, Nov.,1973, P. 599. .

/ My Computer Likes Me When I Speak'Basic, Menlo Park," Cafir-Ornia: Dymax Corp., 1972. '..

Nolari, Richard L.,. Introduction to Computing Through the BASIC Langunge,2nT ed., New York, New York: Holt, .Rinehart and Winston Co., 19.74.

O'Neil, Carole and Mark Pytliki, Computers in Education: A Report of the Computer Services Branch, Canada: Province of Manitoba Department of Education, 1983.

asbQrne, Adam, "The Potential Use of Mini-Computers in Education," Journal of Educational Data Processing, Vol.8, No.6, 1971, F. 1. An Overview of the TICCIT Program, Washington, D.C.: .The Mitre CoiT., 1974. -

Pratt, Harold, "Interactive Computer Simulation in. Teaching Physics," National Science Supervisors 'Asso- ciation Newsletter, Vol.12, No. 3,-Jan., 1975, P. 6. o

Pro rammin and 0 erations Lab I - Interme late, Data

Processing Technolo , Miami, Florida: \Dade County NiElic Schools,

Programming and Operations Lab II - Intermedia e,Data

Processin: Technolo , Pu lc Sc oo s, -Recommendations Re arding-Camputers in High School Ej6cation, D.C. : Conference Board o'the Maliematfcal Sciences, 1972.

Rourke, Martha and, Patrick W: Rourke:, ."(:) You Are Planning to'Buy 'a Computer?,"The Education Digest, Vol. 39, Nov., 1973, P.30.

Sage, Edwin R., Problem-Solving with the Computer,Newburypo Massachusetts: Entelek, Inc., 1969:

St., Cyr, Frederick, "Deriving Double -Duty Service From- a Teaching ComputerInstallation," Business Education World, Nov.-Dec., 1974, P. 24. -

Sass, Richard E., A .Computer-Based Instructional Magage- ment Program for Classroom Use, Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania: Learning Research and Development Ceriter, University o.f Pittsburgh, ,1971.

Simths, Richard F., "Business Education and Computer L Terinihal,". The Balance Sheet, Vol: 56, No: 2, Nov., 1974,.P., 119. Spencer, Donald D., A Guide to Teachin bout Comuters in Secondary SchOFriTOrmon Beac , F orl a: Aacus Computer Cop., 1973. Spender, Donald D., Game Playing With-Coulputers, Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book-Co.,: 1968. Stein, Philip, "Aat Makes Minis Cheap?," Computer Decisions, Feb.., 1975, P. .14.

System 2200: 2200 A/B Basic Programming_ Manual, Tewksbury, Massachusetts: Wang Laboratbries, Inc., 19-74.

89 79

System 2200: 2200 A/B Reference Manual, Tewksbury, Massachusetts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1974.

System 2200: Finance/Utilities/Games General Program Library, Taksbury, Massachusetts: Wang Laboratories, Tric7,-19-73.

System 2200: Finance/Utilities/Games General Programming Library listirig-s, Tewksbury, Massachusetts:Wang Laboratories,

System 2200: General Utilities, VOl. 1, Tewksbury, Massa- ciitts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1974.

System 2200: General Utilities, Vol, 2,- Tewksbury, Massa- chusetts: Wang Lab oratories, Inc., 1974.

System 2200: Mathematics General Program Library, Tewlabury, MassuEhusetts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1973.

System 2200: Mathematics-General Program Library Listings, Tewksbury, Massachusetts:Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1973.

System 2200: Programming Tools, Tewksbury, Massachusetts: Wang Laboratories, Inc., 1774.

System 2200: Statistics/En ineetthGeneral Programming Library, Tewksbury, Massac usetts: Wang Laboratories,

Inc., 1973. .

System 2200: Statistics /Engineering General Program Library Listings, Tewkshuty, Massachusetts : Wang Laboratories, Inc. ,_973: , Topics'in Instructional Computing, ed.'by,Stuart D. Milner, Hanover, New Hampshire: SIGCUE, Kiewit Computation Center, 19/5. . .

. U. S. Office of Education, Computers and Careers: A N\ Suggested Curriculum for Grades 9-12, 1973.

TheUseof_Comouters in MathematicsEducation,Ser ies: The Use of Compuqrs in Mathematics Education: Bigli6g2:1apFy, ed. by Marilyn N. Suydam, Columbus, Ohio. ERIC InforMation Analysis .Center for Science, Mathematics, and Environmental Education, 1973.

C 80

The Use of Computers in Secondary Schools, ed. by Dudley P6it, Newburyport, Massachusetts: -Entelek Corp., 1970.

UItal, William, et al, Generative Computer-Assisted Instruction in Analy_t_ic Geometry, Newburyport, Massachusetts: Entelek Corp., 1970.

Wagner, Gerald E., "Career'Education via Data Processing," The Balance Shept, Vol. 56, No.5, Yelp., 1975, P. 196.

Wdshbarn, Warrdn, "Data Processing in the High School t7ricaum," the Balance Sheet, Vol. 56,.No. 1, Oct., 1 4, P. 61.

0

C

S

1 \

THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OFA

DISTRICT COMPUTER EDUCATION PROGRAM

4

APPENDIX A

The Development of Goals and Objectives

and a ILong -Range Plan for Implementation

:)p,)

Al: Proposal for Computer EduCation Workshop -Phase I

A2: Proposal -fc)r.Computer Education Workshop -Phase II/

A3: Materials Relating to Formation of PhaSeIliorkshap: and List of Phase I Workshop Participants

A4: List of Sources Solicited for PotentialInformatidn

AS: PreliMinary Goals and Objectives andPreliminary Long-Range Plan . A6:' Preliminary Goals,and ObjectivesDistribution List

A1: tong-Range Plan Inducted as a Part, ,of Report'to Deputy Superintendent

AS: List of Phase II WorkshopParticipants

A9: Computer EducationdUrriculumGuide InterimrDraft

A10: Computer Ed-libation Curriculum Guide -Di, tribution List

0* O -6

APPENDIX Al

4

Proposal for Computer EducationWorkshop - Phase I FORM 1004(Ram., 12/74) FOR OFFICE gSE ONLY: Approved: 042r FU DING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM Date:

D STAFF DEVELOPMENT' ACTIVITIES Amount: +CO...... Budget: /kip SUBMITTED: Jannary 23, 1975 S. Initial Report Due: J }puter Education, Workshop Phase I Final Report Due:// Funds Revert: NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT Newark, :DelaWare

I. Person(s) Making Request F. Neil Walzl Administi'ation Bldg. Name , SchOol II. Type of Request: Check appropriate line in. BOTH Column A and B Column A Column B staff development X school level -I program development district level

II. Respond as carefully as possible to ,each of the following questions: A. Statetent of the problem to be 'cOnsidered; B. 1. List the alternatives you have already attempted as a means of dealing with this problem; 2. List any activities that others in the district or elsewhere have already, undertaken'to deal with the problem; C. List your major goals and objectives in the following areas: 1. 'Preparation of instructional materials, curriculum guides, 1 course outlines, etc4 2. Wbat new or improved Competencies do you expect teachers to-have as a result of this activity; 3. What new or improved competencies do you expect students to have as a result of this activity; D. Describe the activities to be carried out (include a copy df the program or an ,agenda, whicheveri-sTapplicable)-7

E. Given the response to.B, why is the activity you proposed ' in D needed? F. Evaluation: J. Describe thee:procedures for evaluating the activities (upon completion of the activity); , 2. Describe the procedures,you will use, and determine the °date for final ematluation concerning: a. degree of suCoess in achieving the aims listed in C;, b. impact on the school'program, including student and/Or / staff behavioral changes.'

Iv. Reports: \ A. A report of your activities, including the evaluation results described in F 1, will be due one,Week aftet the activities .

are concluded. I

B. ' A final report will be due upon comiaetion of your firal

evaluation. , 1

\ ' , i REQU STS SUBMITTED ON FORM #1004 WILL BE CONSIDERED AS FOLLOWS:

1 -

Requ sts for fall inservice-(up to C4ristmas break) will be reviewed .

the third Monday-in 'September . \ Requests for'winter *iservice (after Christmas break) will bereviewed

the third Monday in November . , ,, Requests for summer ins6rvice will-be revieWed the third Monday

in March .

' 9

0 4 , V. EviDdET (include breakdown by categories, i.e., partic ants',

resource persons, materials, etc.) .

/ .v Categories Justification'* AMount ** - Personnel: , wia

provide/leadership and resourc ( , Leaders To , matOrlals/ 4.4., F. NeilWalz1 y .

, . Participants , .

.i

10 district - . To produce the documents des- personnel 'cribed in Part C ....-

N___ S , Resource Persons- , a .

.

0- .

. --

Released time Substitutes To provide rele&ee time: for Up to 40 teacher distiict teachers who will be Etervpig1 on the teomittee, days 0 $20/day 1040.00'

. , . ,

. ..t. Materials &' q'' Supplies Most materials have already been tgathered.

1 --

Clerical apd W141be handled by regular

I Other - selretarial1 staff.

., . .

- , . - , !. TOTAL p ---1-;0407*Cr Justification fOr ach blidget category should be Presented in, terms of the tasksto be accomplished, services rendered; etc., and,j4f1 relation tothe realization of the major goals and objece.ives, by n er, listed in C. o - ** Parcicipani.amount should reflect the state scalearia-the degree of involvemant of the participants.

142141. SIGNATURE OF P,ffri§' REQUESTING FUNDS 9ARE/

Re torn in Duplicate to 9 Di ector of Instruction J

. Aministration- Buildings Part III.

A. Computer education has beenoffered in the Rewark School'. District in variousforms at the Molt school: level for yzars.iVeraver, theprogram has beta hitoeiriseand

: highly de dent upon the aviOlabilitof * staff amber r who has an, interest in wafwa is aiitling_to put forth the

additional time toLoCot t *pr grim,Firthere the ipltgrasts vary widely frost school to school because there isnojestablishei district plan for impl liesntailion and no estairtisheddistrict goals andpbjectives..

Filth the installation of the computer system atGlasgow', the need for guidance in the form of a long rangeplaq: goals and objectives, and course outlines beameven more

apparent?Plus, the problem is to develop the necessary

.documents at the district level for computer education.

81.A. solution for this problem has not been--attempted before in the Newark District.

62.Attempts Are currently being lode to contact persons in other districts to establish whether or not forealplans exist elsewhere which could be utilized.

Cl.The major outcomes expected frog this endeavor will be the Production of the following: 93 - 2 -

a. A tentative district long range plan for =pater education.

b. A preliminary set of goals and objectives for computer education for the hiserk School District.

c. The identification ofaseqeence of courses for the district In =pater education.

C2. It is expected that with the foul establishment of goals,

objectives. etc., that teachers will be able to better utilize

the colter in their daily Instruction and increase the

numeer of course offerings in computereducation,

C3. Students will have. the cgportunity to 'woke/ en =14 :Intending of

computer knowledge and skill: netessery in the bpsiness and

technical areas. Further, studests will billable to develop the

skills in mathematics and preble selviei"iiiteugh flow charting,

progral coding, and on7line testing of comOuter program.

D. The activity to be carried cut will be to bring together ten

Persons for four days (not consecutively) to establish the

necessary documents. Oneteesiittee of five minimrespemeible for establishing alyreliminary at of feals and obJectives for

the district while a second committee of five will be responsible

for developing a long range tepleeentethme plan and the identification

of a sequence of course offerings.

yq 0 4 After these preliminary documents ere developed, they willbe

distributed to a representative sample of teachers and adminis-

trators in the district for revive and comments. It isexpected

97ft

t. -01/41, 3

Q. e' that these preliminar;dociintnts lilting with the comments mill

be used as the input for a summer workshop at which final

domments will be produced and course offerings will be

fleshed out.

Tentative dates for the committee meetings are as follows:

Date TiIme potilwk Per os

2/19/75 3:15.4:15 Glasgow High Organizational Fleeting

2/27/75 8:00-4:00 n Estailishing & Formalizing prolimincry plans

3/13/75 8:00-4:00

3/20/75 8:00-4:DO a us

4/17/75 8:00-4:00 Fivaltze preliminary plans for distribution to district personnel

E. Because the necessary docuaents do not now exist In tho district

and preliminary investigations indicate few exist elsewhere,

tkly,will have to be developed locally.

Fl. Documents produced will be evaluated by the Supervisor of

Mathematics on the basis of content, style, and format.

E2. A follow-up survey will be conducted in the fall of 1975 to

determine whether the documents are being utilized by teachers.

1/23/75

93 APPENDIX A2

Propozal for Computer Education Workshop -

:. a FORM 1004 (Rev. 12/74) FOR OFFICE USE ONLY: Approved: f FUNDING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM Date: iv/ AND S.AFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Amount: r.4, ;76 So Budget: DATE SUBMITTED: January 23, 1975. Initial Report Due: ler; puter Education Workshop - Phase II Final Report Due:7# Funds Revert: NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT Newark, Delaware

Perron(s) Making Request_ Nei _nazi Administration Bldg, Name School II. Type of Pequest: Check appropriate line in BOTH Column A and B ColunLn A Column B staff development Xschool level x program development district level

II. Respond as carefully as possible to each of the following questions: A. Statement of the problem to be considered; B. 1. List the alternatives you have already attemptedas a means of dealing with this problem; 2. List any activities that others in the district or elsewhere have already undertaken to deal with the problem; C. List your major goals and objectives in the following areas: 1. Preparation of instructional materials, curriculum guides, course outlines, etc.; 2. What new o:-'improved competencies do you expect teachers to have as a result of this activity; 3. What new or improved competencies do you expect students to have as a result of this activity; D. Describe the activities to be carried out (include .a copy of the program or an agenda, whichever is applicable); E. Given the response to B, why is the activity you proposed in D needed? F. Evaluation: 1. Describe the procedures for evaluating the activities (upon completion of the activity); 2. Describe the procedures you will use, and determine the date for final evaluation concerning: a. degree of success in achieving the aims listed in C; b. impact on the school program, including student and/or staff behavioral changes. IV. Reports: A. A report of your activities, including the evaluation results described in T J, will be due one week after the activities are concluded. B. A final report will be due upon completion of your final evaluation.

REQUESTS SUBMITTED ON FORM #1004 WILL BE CONSIDERED AS FOLLOWS:

Requests for fall inservice (up to Christmas break) will be reviewed the third Monday in September Requests for winter inservice (after Christmas break) will be reviewed the third Monday in November Requests for summer inservice will be reviewed the third Monday in March 130 V. BUDGET (include breakdown by categories, i.e., participants, resource persons, materials, etc.)

Categories Justification * ** Personnel: It le necessary.that any writing team have a responsible person in Leaders charge who is knowledgeable about the subject. 1-75 hours $637.56*

Participants A writing team is necessary to 5 teachers produce the documents. 75 hrs/teacher

. 2,625.00*t4

Resource Persons The supervisors will act as consultants and as members of District and the writing team. - State Supervisors c of Mathematics --

Released time NA Stibstitutes

Materials & Paper, etc. will be necessary for Supplies production of the final documents. Also, it might be necessary to purchase some additional resource materials_ 300.00 Clerical and Secretarial assistance is Other necessary for final typing of documents,produced.

200.00

* Tentatively based on $8.50/hr. TOTAL ** Tentatively based on $7.00/hr *-3 Justification for each budget category should be presented in terms of the tasks to be accomplished, services rendered, etc., and in relation to the realization of the major goals and objectives, by number, listed in C.

* * Participant amounts should reflect the state scale and the degree of involvement of the participants. ' SIGNATURE OF PERSON QUESTING FUNDS

Return in Duplicate to:

Director of Instruction 101 Administration Building III. A. Goals, objectives, andco outlines tercomputer education

courses for the Newark District do notnow exist.

8I. Tentative plans have been submittedfor developing preliminary

documents during the spring of 1975.

A search of the literature-tolocate sources in other districts

is currently being conducted.

Cl. The major expected outcomes will bethe production cf the

following:

a. A final district long range plan forcomputer education.

b. A finalized set of goals andobjectives for computer education for the Newark SchoolDistrict.

c. Course guides for a series of computereducation courses.

C2./1These documents should provide districtteachors with the

/ necessary background to offer a computer educationprogram which

C3:I will enablestudents to accomplishthe following:

a. Develop an understanding ofcomputer knowledge and skills necessary in the business and technicalareas.

b. Apply and extend mathematical skillsusing the computer and data processing techniquesas the vehicle.

c. Develop basic job entry skills andknowledge for the fields of data processing andcomputer programming.

d. Develop positive attitudes about therole and function of computers and their operations.

1.02 ,

-

D. A three week computer education curriculum development workshop

will be held during thesummer of y6., Participaitts will consist

of the supervisor of mathematics, one leader, and five teachers.

This group will act as a writing team to produ,:e the final

docume2ts listed in Pert C.

E. A continuous block of time will be necessary to complete final

documents.

Fl. Final documents will be evaluated by the supervisor of mathematics

on the basis of content, style, and format. The documents

will then be submitted to the director of instruction for final

review.

F2. In the fall, data will be gathered at the scho61 level to determine

the degree of student'and teacher involvement in computer education.

The number of students enrolled, the number of classes being 4

conducted and planned'fbr, the number of teachers involved, and the

number of departments involved will .all be considered.

Finally, an evaluation of student achiepseent will be conducted In

the spring of 1976.

FNW/mhh 1/23/75 103

0 APPENDIX A3

Materials Relating to Formation of Phase I Workshop

List of Phase I'Workshop Participants

0 4 NEWARK SCHOOLDISTRICT

NEWARK, DELAWARE1 971 . TELEPHONE 30Z:731-ZOO° O AUWNISTRATION BUILDING H EAST MAIN STREET

February 7, 1975

Dear'

4 In order to offer a program in computer education in theNewark School District, which will best serve the Reeds of thestudents and teachers, it will benecessary to develop district-wide goals, objectives, course guides,-anda long-range plan for implementation.

As a first step, a committee is being formed to draftpreliminary documents. . A This committeewill meeton the following days,:

Date Time Location . Purpose 0 2/27/75 ,8:00-3:30 Glasgow High, Organizational meeting Room M-208 Sub-Committee assignments 0' Reviewbf existing documents

3/13/75.. 8:00-3:30 Glasgow High Preparation of4preliminary Room M-208 documents

3/20/75 8:00-3:30 GlasgoW High Preparation of preliminary Room M-208 documents 4/17/75 8:00-3:30 Glasgow mivh Preparation of preliminary Room M-208 documents

Substitutes will be provided by Oa district. If you are willing to serve on this committee, please indicate on the bottom of this sheet and returnto Neil Walzl, AdministrationBuilding.

Should you decide to participate, please bring any documents thatyou have that might be pertinent to the first meeting. If you have any questions, please call me on Ext. 2220.

Sin rely, A44/ 4.4r4 F. Neil Walzl Supervisor of Mathematics FNW:bap

I (do) (do not) wish toparticipate. 105 (NAME) NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT go, OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIMALSERVICES 4EWARK. DELAWARE°.

February 6, 1976 Ay.

MEMORANDUM TO:Mr. Ott

Principal . ,Chvistiana High School

FROM: F. Neil Walzi X(/) Supervisor of thematici'

RE: Computer. Education Workshop

Just a follow-up note'to let you knmthat Ihave invited the following teachers from your building to participate in theworkshop.

Jack Baldino.. Steve'Pelmer Frank Haw

11$4) dates are as follows;

February 27, 1975 March 13, 1975

March 20,-1975 k April 17, 1975 .

Substitutes will be provided by thediitrict.

FHWalz1:bap

103 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES-

NEWARK, DELAWARE =

February 6, 1975'

4.

A

A MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Comer , Associate Principal

.Glasgow High Sc 1 q ..k.

FROM: .F. NeilWalzl /1.1Al" Supervisor of 'Ulematics

Computer Edu ?tion Workshop

Just a follow-up note to let you know that I have invit 'd the following . teachers from your building to participate in this workshop: ti Carl JacobtOn Ted Miller Ronald Hull

The dates are as foAlows:

February 27, 1975 March 13,1975 March 20,1975 April 17,1975

Substitutes will be provided by the district.

FNWalz1:bap

107 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRVIONAL SERVICES NEWARK, OELMARE

February 6, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Muss, lawn Associate Principal Newark High Sotto 1 1r" 4 FROM: F. Neil Vieth Supervisor of thematics

RE: Computer Education Workshop Just a follow-up note to let you know that I have invited the following teachers from your building to participate in this workthop. Liss Bartle Don Allen Rebecca Feikls The dates are as follows:

February 270 1975 March 13, 1976 March 20, 1975 April, X17, 1975 Substitutes will be-provided by the district.

FNWalz1:bap

109 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL. SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWARE

A

March 17, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Gilmore Ott Christians High chrl

IRON: F. Neil Walal tv" Supervisor of theaatics

RE: Ati:endanceof Mr.Ed Stowell at Computer Education Workshop

I have invited Mr. Stowell to attend our workshop meetingscheduled for April 17. 1975 at Glasgow High School. I will ask that a substitute authorization form be sent to you so you can arrangefor a substitute for him.

If you have any questions, please call me. Thanks.

FNW:bap VA.

NEWARK SCHOOL'DISTiiICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK; DELAWARE

April 11, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Computer Workshop Participants

FROM: F.Ne4il Walzl Supervisor of athematics

Just a note to remind you abbut the'comput4r:workshop meeting next Thursday, April 17, 1975, at Glasgow High School.

If possible, pleases bring along a synopsis of any computer activities you or others in your building have'conducted this year., .

FNW:jig

O

4

41. COMPUTER EDUCATION WORKSHOP - PHASE I

O PARTICIPANT LIST

SPRING;' 19/5 4 DATES ATTENDED-- NAME SCHOOL DEPARTMENT 2/27 3/13 2.02. 4/17

4ghn Balding Christiana Math. X X X X'

i Frank Hagen Christiana Soc.Stud. X X X X

Steve Palmer. Christiana -Math. X X X X A Edwin Stowell* Christiana Science -X

Kenneth ,IClimek Christiana Admin. X X X X

Rebecca Feikli Newark Bus. Educ. X X 'X

Lisa Bartle Newark Math. X X X X

Donald Allen Newark Science X X X

Thomas ConcavageGlasgow Bus. Educ. X X, X X

\ .

Ronald Hull , Glasgow Science X X X X

Ca'rl Jacobson Glasgow Math. X X X X'

Ted Miller Glasgow Math. X X X X

Dairen Pelley* Glasgow Math. X

David Yens** o U of D Educ. X X

Douglas Tilley**Hodgson Vo.Tech. Admin.- ,, X

F. Neil Walzl Newark District Math. X X 1 X

*Denotes Substitute

**Denotes GI:lest

111 ,f, * 4

0

O

APPENDIXA4

List-uf-Suurcea-Sodivitvid-for-Potential-Iiifolnation-

J.

4

112 s February 26, 1975

Chairman, Mathematics Department Einstein Nigh School Kensington, Maryland 20795

Dear Sir:

We are currently attempting to establish goals and objectives and formalize course guided for computer education at the high school level in the Newark School District.

I have been informed that your school currently offers courses in computer education. If you have any documents relating to these areas that you could share with me, it would be greatly appreciated. If there is any charge, let me know.

Sincerely, 7i4:7

F. Neil Walzl Supervisor of Mathematics

FNW:hap

1.13 14114011 ALBERT EINSTEIN SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 11135 NEWPORT MILL ROAD KENSINGTON, MARYLAND 20795

March-25T1975

Mr. F. Neil Walzl Supervisor of Mathematics Newark School District

. P.O. Box 360 Newark, Delaware 19711

Dear Mr. Walz1:

In response to your inquiry regarding our courses in computer education I can offer you the following information. A one-se- mester course in computer mathematics which wa$ scheduled to start this past February was canceled due to lack of enrollment. Because it is a new course in Montgomery County, specific objectives have not yet been completed. The general objectives, as described in the Montgomery County Program of Studies, Volume 5, are as follows:

By the end of Computer Mathematics, most students should be able to:

describe the histnrical highlights in the development of the compUter name the. main components in a computer configuration describe the functions of a computer and its peripheral equipment construct a flowchart for a given mathematics problem, commensurate with their backgrounds write a program in either BASIC or FORTRAN for a given mathematics problem, commensurate with their backgrounds diagnose and correct a program.

I hope that this information will prove useful in your attempt to ; establish a similar course in the Newark School District.

Sincerely,

(Mrs.)Margarita S. Escatell 1 14 Mathematics Resource Teacher 1

SCHOOLS AND' ORGANIZATIONS CONTACTED RECARDING POSSIBLE INFORMATION RELATING TO COMPUTER EDUCATION

Organization Date

Mr. Lee Shoff January 23, 1975 John Dickinson High School Stanton School District Stanton, Delaware \\ Mr, George Brown January 23, 1975 P , McKean High School Q Marshallton-McKean' High School Wi1mington,'Delaware 19808

Dr. Isabel Millei January 23, 1975 Conrad Senior High School 0 Conrad Area School District Wilmington, Delaware 19804

Mrs. Rhoda Witlin January 23, 1975 Concord High School 2501 Ebright Road Wilmington,, DE 19810

Mr. Gary E. Dunkleberger January 23, 1975 Alexis I. AuPont High School 50 Hillside Road Greenville, DE 19807

Mr. David Van Wickle January 23, 1975 Mount Pleasant High School Mount Pleasant School District Wilmington, Delaware

Mr. Harry Kutch January 23, 1975 William Penn High School New Castle-Gunning Bedford School District New Castle, Delaware 19720

Ms. Cynthia McGee January 23; 1975 Delmar High School Delmar School District Delmar, Delaware 19940

Dr. Sylvia Charp January 24, 1975 Director of Instructional Systems Philadelphia School District Benjamin Franklin Parkway and 21st Philadelphia, PA 19100 115 Organizations Contacted (Coned.) Page 2

° Dr. Allen Smith February 3,1975 ADCIS University of Maine 56 Falmouth Street Portland; Maine04103

Dr. Thomas Dwyer February 3, 1975 Project SOLO Computer Science Department_

= Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

Mr. Henry Peterson February 7,1975 Wayne, N.J. Computer Consortium ,Board of Education 14a.yme, New Jersey 07470

Sr. Ignatus, Chairman February 7, 1975 Mathematics Department St. Marks High School Henderson Road Wilmington, Delaware 19808

Director of Instrdctional Services February 26, 1975 Education Service Center, Region IV 'Houston, Texas 77000

Director of Instructional Services February 26, 1975 Northwestern Educational Development Laboratory Portland, Oregon 97200

Chairman, Computer "Education Department February 26, 1975 Lane Technical High School Chicago, Illinois 60600

Director February 26, 1975 South East Regional Computer Center Atlanta Public Schools Atlanta, Georgia 30300

Chairman April 16, 1975 Computer Education Department Admiral Peary Vocational- Technical. High School Ebensburg, Pennsylvania 15931

SIGCUE April 16, 1975 Kiewit Computation Center Dartmouth College Hanover, N.H. 30755

110 Organizations Contacted (Cont'd.) Page 3

Mr. Robert J. Seidel May 2, 1975 S.S.P.A.C.E. Project Director 300 North Washington Street Alexandria,. Virginia 22314

mhh 10/21/75

117 OBJECTIVES FOR. 180WEEKS

COMPUTER EDUCATION .COURSE

Demonstrate correct usage of the computerterminal 1. ,

through actualhands-on experience.

2. Translate complex arithmetic statements into computer language (Basic) and vice versa.

3. Write a complex flowchart for'a'givenproblem.

4. Write a computer program, incorporatingthe .correct

Basic Statements, when given theneceaary information.1

1 5. Employ the computer's list of stored programsforwork

in related subject'areas.

6 Operate a computer teletypewritersender-receiVer

st erminal6 and use a variety ofinput-output devices.

7. List,the limitations and strengths of thespecific

computer you use by noting what it canand what it

cannot do.

8. 'Develop a proficiency in thecompiler language BASIC

in order to write and prepare programs tosolve a

variety of mathematical and scientific programs.

than 94. Develop an awareness of a computer system other

your own. D4lonstrate how to access and use this other

system.

10. The student will be able to compare and contrast computer

programming languages.

122 COMPUTER Rani.::

1. For All Students

A. Each student will be madeaware 01, the capabilitiesand limitations of the computer.

B. Each student will beprovided with a knowledgeof the cultural and social impactsof computers and automats C. Each student will beacquainted with the kindsof job openingS in data processingand the qualificatis to. fill them. needed

II. For All College-Bound AndBusiness Education Students

A. Each student will be providedwith "hands on experiences with the computer in thefollowing areas: 1. Us'ng the computer for simulations

2. . Using the conputer toexecute*"canned"programs i. -Accessing'a computer throughat least one input device. 111. For All Busines'S-EducationStudents

A. Each student will be providedwith a knowldge ordata handling techniques and dataprocessing machinery.

B. Each student will beacquainted, with the terminology of automation.

iV. For All Colley -BoundStudents

A. Each student will have experiences in simpleprogramming as early as possible in school(preferably by the end of the 10th grade).

B. Each student will havethe opportunity touse the computer as basic researen tool.

V. For SoCial Science OrientedStudents'

A. Each Student will be madeaware of and have the to use the computer opportunity as a research tool-. VI. For Science .and Mathematics 'Oriented College-BoundStudents A. Each student willbe provided the opportunities enable him to handle which will sophisticated programmingtechniques. B. Each student will be provided the opportunitiesto apply computer programming techniquesIn other situations subjects. and

FNW:jjg 4/10/75 119 COMPUTER OBJECTIVES (TO BE MET IN EXISTING COURSES)

1. State orally and in writing job descriptions of the studied', computer-involved professions.

A 2. State in writing specific examples of computer usage in

indus ry. .

3. Stage in writing specific examples of computer usage in the business world.

4. State the opportunities of attending the computer course (data processing) offered at the County Vocational-Technical High Schools.

5. State the post-graduate schooling required for computer- related occupations.

6. List several accredited institutions for computer-related occupations.

7. Describe the on-the-job training Program in use by area firals or industries.

8. State the computei=related job opportunities available to a New Castle County resident as compared to other geographic locations.

9. Distinguish and compare the various ways of entry into the identified occupations.

10. State in writing several ways the computer will affect his career interests.

11. State the requirements, compensations, and advancement possibilities with caner - related professions.

FNW /clp 4/10/75

120 OBJECTIVES FOR 9 WEEKSCOMPUTER EDUCATION COURSE (-N

terminal through G 1. Demonstrate correct usage ,of the computer actual hands -on experience..

2. Translate simple arithmetic statements intocomputer language (Basic) and vice versa.

3. Write an elementary flowchart for a givenproblem.

4. Write a computer program, incorporating thecorrect Basic Statements, when given the necessaryinformation.

5. Employ the computer's list of stored programsfor V./ark in related subject areas.

6. Operate a computer teletypewritersenderrreceiver terminal, deyices. . and use a variety of input-output

7. List the limitations and strengths of thespecific computer you use by noting what it can andwhat it cannot do.

FNW/clp 4/10/75

121 OBJECTIVES. FOR. 180:WEEKS,

COMPUTER' EDUCTION ;COURSE

401, 1. Demonstrate correct usage of the computerterminal _ thrOugh-actual -hands=-on experience --

2. Translate complex arithmetic statements into computer -langUage (Basic) and Vice veisa.

3. Write a complex .flowchartfor'a'given problem.

4. Write a computerprogram, incorporating the .correct

Basic Statements,, when giVen thenecesary' information. Ilk

. 1 5. Employ the computer'slist of stored prTamsfor- work

in related subject'areas. . 6.'' Operate a computer telepypewritersender-receikTer

.ttermina and use a varietrofinput-outputdevices.

.7.. List,the limitations and, strengths ofthe specific

computer you use'by noting what it canand what it

cannot do'. .- 8. Develop a proficiency in the compilerIanguageBASIC

in order to write and prepare,programs tosolve a variety'of mathematical and scientifiC programs.

Develop an awareness of a coMputer system other than

your own. DetsonStrate how to access and use this other

System.

10. The student will be 'able to compare and contrast computer

Programming languages.

122 *Objectives,,for 18 weeks Computer Education Course Page. 2

. 11. The student will be introduced to the basics of

documentation procedures.

12. The student will solve a problem which requires comp*

computer programming techniques.

mhh 4/10/75

ce

123

\ I

'OBJECTIVES FOR 18 WEEKS INDEPENDENT STUDY

COMPUTER EDUCATION COURSE

1.' The student will be able to apply properdocumentation ' techniques.

2. The student will be able to refine an existing computer . program.

3. The student will be able to write a specialprogram(s) for solving problems arising from any subject area.

:mhh 4/10/75

124 Goals for Computer 8ducation Will Be.

Met in theFoljbwing Places in the CurrfCulum

I. Goals IA, IB, and IC for all students will be met in existing,mathematics, science, and.social studies courses.

II. Goals IIA, IVA, and IVB for college bound students mill be met in a 9 weeks survey Course in computer education.

III. Goals IIA, IIIA, and IIIB for business education students will be-met in existing business educa tion courses such as business machines, etc.

IV. Goal VA for social science oriented students will be met in existing social studies courses.

V. Goal VIA will be met in an 18 weeks course in computer education.

VI. Goal VIA (Extended) and VIB will be met in an 18 weeks independent study course in computer education.

Filifitng 4/10/75

Is*

125 D R A_F T,_

RECOMENDATIONS

A. Establish a district-wide standing committee for computer education. 3

o 1-.--The Social Science, Mathematics, Science, and Buiiness Education departments should be represented on this committee.

2. The committee woultbe-responsible for reviewing (and recommendating changes when necessary) the district goalsand objectives for computer'education.

3. The committeefwould be responsible for investigating the latest computer hardware developments and recommending hardware changes to enable the goals and objectives to be accomplished better. O

4. The committee would be responsible for.determiningAhe extent to which school5 in the district want to be Involved in computer education..

. Establish the interrelationships between the Vocational Technical High School computer education program, DICE, and the computer education program in the comprehensive high schools as soon as possible.

C. Continue to participate in Project DELTA by supporting terminals \at Christiana High and Newark High until such,time.as in-house \(or other facilities) are capable of supporting all computer Instructional activities An the district.

T stall in-house computer systems at Christiana High and Newark High at the earliest possible time.

Install small in-house computer systems. at each middle school at the .ea liest possible time.*

Provide-each elementary school with a programmable machine at the earliest poisible time. r

7 . 12$ C

Install small in-house computers in two elementaryschools at the earliest possible time.

H. Support DICE as a separate facility devoted to administrative functions.

I. Expand DICE to include time sharing capabilities for administrative functions.

J. Limit the initial computer facilities to be installed at the Vocational Technical High'School to asmall system which would be devoted to instruction.

K. Establish a position for computer education on the supplemental pay schedule. (For want of a better name this will be referred to as the position of "computer coach") 9

L. Establish a series of ongoing computer education workshops which would be offered during the summer and during the academic year.

1. Level 1 courses would be directed toward familiarizing teachers with computer operations and utilizing them within the curriculum (Personalizing canned materials, etc.)

2. Level 2 courses would be directed toward updating and disseminating in-district and out-of-district accomplishments and developments,

FNW /clp 4/10/75

127

4 at, 0 e DRAFT'- 4/10/75'

INSTALLATION COSTS FOR ALL INSTRUCTIONAL COMPUTER

SYSTEMS EXCEPT VOCATIONAL-TECHNICAL SCHOOL

I. Phase-in Plan One (One Year)

A. 1975-76

1. Two computer systems for two high schools.,

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. six 4K machines $ 5,400 $32,400

b. two 12K machines 11,600 23,200

c. two disks , 6,000 12,000

d. two printers. 1n800 3,600

Overall Total $71,200

2. Four cotputei systems for middle schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a four 4K machines $ 5,400 $21,600

Oyerall Total $21,600

3. Hardware for elementary schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. thirteen programmable ,machines $ '2,500 $32,500

b. two 4K machines 5,400. . 10,800

Overall Total $43,300'

GRAND TOTAL $136,100

128 - 2 - SV

II. Phase-in Plan Two (3 years)

A.- 1975 -76

1. Computer systems for two" high schools

Hardware'. Per Unit Total

a. two 12K rOachinei $11,600 $23,200

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

c. two printers 1,800 3,600

Overall total $37:600

B. 1976-77

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools.

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two disks 6,000 $12,000

b. 'four 4K.machines 5,400 21" 600

2. Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800

Overall total $44,400 ' .r

C. 1977-78

1. Computer systems for middle schools

a. ,two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800 2. Computer system for elementaryschools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800 b. thirteen programmable machines 2,500 32,500 A Overall total ,$54,100 GRAND TOTAL $136,100. i29 3 99 III. Phase-in Plan Three (3 years)

A. 1975-76

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total"'

a, two 8K machines $ 7,000 $14,000

b. two printers 1,800 3,600 .si c. two 4K machines, 5,400 10,800

Overall total $28,400 B. 1976-77

1. Expansion luipmen't for two highschools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two' disks $ 6,000 . $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800 2. Computer sysiema for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $. 5,400 ,$10,800

Overall Total $33,600 C. 1977-78

1. Computer systems for middle schools

Hardware Per Unit P Total

a. two 4K machine's $ 5,400 $10,800

2. Computer systems for elementaryschools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800 b. four programmable machines 2,500 10,000 Overall total $31,600 4 GRAND TOTAL $93,600

130 4 -

ç. IV, Phase-in Plan Four (4 years) N 0 - L975

N 1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total V. a. two 8K machines $ 7;000 $14,000

b. two printers 1,800 3,600

Overall total $17,600

B. 1976-77

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two disks $ 6,000 $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

Overall total $22,800

C. 1977-78

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools. Hardware Per Unit Total a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $101800,

2. Computer systems for middle schools a, two 4K machines $ 5,400 0.0,800 Overall total $21,600

D. 1978-79

1. Expansion equipment for high schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400

2. Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines, $ 5,400 $10,800,

3. Computer systems for elementary schools

a. two 4K madhines $ 5,400 $10,800

Overall total $32,400

GRAND TOTAL 131 $94,400 V. Phase-in Plan' Five (4 years) A.- 1975-76

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two 8K machines $ 7,000 $14,000

b. two printers 1,800 3,600

Overall total $17,600

B. 1976 -77

1. Expansion equipment for two highschools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a.- two disks $ 6,000 $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

Overall total $226800 ' C. 1977-78

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 X510,800 ,2.' Computer systems for middle schools

a. one 4K machine $ 5,400 1_11401., Overall total $16,200 D. 1978-79

1. Computer systems r middle schools-

a. one 4Kmachine $ 5,400 $ 5,400

2. Computer systems for elementary schools

a. one 4K machine .5,400

Overall total 1.0,800

GRAND TOTAL $67,400 mhh el

*4 ,

A a..

APPENDIX A6 / . Preliminary Goals and Objectives Distribution List, t -

i

) .' e '.7.

.., .

.

W.. e 4

C 4

er

{

4I -I

.1.

.._,

133 a

NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWARE

April 24, 1975 r

MEMORANDUM TO: SeCondary Teachers

FROM: F. Neil Walz2 Supervisor of Mathematics

RE: Computer Goals and Objectives

Attached you will find a copy of Computer Goals and Objectives which are it a draft form. I would like you to react to these goals and objectives and make any changes you feel, are necessary. If you think there are goals and/or objectives which are missing, please'write them on the sheets that are attached. Please send any comments you might have about these goals and objectives to me at theAdministration Building. We. welcome your comments as we would like to complete a final draft of the goals and objectives for the district during this sumMer.,

Thank .you.

FNW:bap AttachMents

(

CO 134 PRELIMINARY GOALS AND OBJECTIVES DISTRIBUTION. LIST r. April 24,1975

6 NAME SCHOOL .DEPARTMENT

1. Carol Brown , Central Middle Mathematics 2. James Owens Central Middle Mathematics

3. Barbara Jones Gauger Middle Mathematics ' 4. George Cressman Gauger Middle Mathematics 5. Cathy Walker Gauger Middle Social Studies -6. Jack .Chelucci 'Ogletown Middle Q Mathematics 7. Raymond Kendzierski Ogletown Middle Sciente 8. Johnnye Sue Baker Shue Middle School Social Studies 9. Ken Brown Shue Middle School Mathematics 10. Anna Bliley Christiana High Schooltapguage Arts 11. James Halligan Christiana High School Language Arts 12. William Adkins Christiana High SchoolMathematics 13. Howard Gerken Christiana High SchoolMathematics 14. ,Thomas Mahler Christiana High'School Mathematics 15. William Murphy Christiana High SchoolMathematics

16. Mary Pritchett Christiana High SchoolMathematics - 17. Franklin Sykes Christiana High School Mathematics 18. Sharon Allen Christiana High School Science 19. Robert Derickson Christiana High School Science 20. Harry Dinner 'Christiana High School Science 21. Carol Ellis ,Christiana High School Science.

22. Leonard - Ference Christiana High,School Science :

23. Ralph Graham , Christiana High School Science - 24. Terry Smith Christiana High School Science 25. Robert Hable Christiani HighSchOol Social Science 26. James Owen Christiana High School'Social Science

27. Joan Caldwell . Chrfatiana,High SchoolBusiness Education 28. Elinor Short Christiana High School Business Educatioh 29. Elaine Matt Glasgow High School Social Sciences 30. Carol Brown Glasgoil High School' Mathematids 31. Nicola Fera Glasgow High School Mathematics 32. Fessler Glasgow High Scholl MathpMatics 33. Dock Williams Glasgow High School' Mathematics. 34. Janice Yorke Glasgow High School Mathematics 35.Edward Davis Glasgow High School - Science 36. James Pletcher Glasgow High gehool Science 37. John Rdinhol Glasgow High School Science'. 38. Verne Wood Glasgow High.School' 'Science 39. Rosemar4 Bakos Glasgow High School Business Education 40. Rosie Mickey Glasgow High School Bugines8 Education 41. Hubert Prettyman Glasgow High School Business Educatioq 42. Mary Hynson Newark High School Language Arts 43. George T. AldersonNewark High School Mathematics 44. Francis Fulghum Newark High School Mathematic

45. George Hart Neidark High School Mathematics - 46. Barbara Kendall Newark High School Mathematics O.- 47. Dorothy Munroe Newark High School .. 'Mathematics

48: Ricky Reedy , Newark High School Mathematics 49. Richard SkovronskiNewark High School Mathematics, 50. Mary-A,Nn Pelley Newark High Sihobl -Mathematics' "" e Distribution List (ConC,d..) Page 2

NAME L DEPARTMENT

51. Arthur Whittaker Newark Hi School. Mathematici ;52. Stephen ,Fisher .Newart High School Mathematics

53. Clair Clawson Newark High School science, 2 54. Eugene 'Hester 'Newgrk High School Science 55. Constance Dunbar Newark HSgh School Science 56. William JOhnstone Newark High Schobl Science 57. William Sokol Newark High School Science 58. Donald Allen Newark, High School Science 59. Wayne Hill Newark High School * Social Sciences 60. Charlene Coder Newark High School Business Education 61. Grant Ewell Newatk-High School Business Education 62. David Nichols , Newark High School Business Education 63. J. Robert Parsons Newark High-School Busihess Education I

10/21/75

V

1. Ge.

I APPENDIX A7

Long-Range Plan .Included as a Part of. `a Report to Deputy 'Superintendent

O

7

j MARX ROOM DISTRICT

. opt= or INCTRUCTIOSALsgAvims NEWARK' =AWARE

4. May 8, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Dr. John Allen

FROK: F. Neil 110.31.

RE: Report on Computer Education in the Newark School District

Attached are two copies 'of -a repOrr,;!_ectioipUter, education activities oonductid,in2i4e411 'Lot during. 'the 1974-75 School year. -1404edikAcontains:the x' reconmendationsepreliminairqoalsii%prelininegir, objectives, andlwardwaim Ohae0-1041ane"Whii0'the ocm.= puter education oomiitteetcompiled,: I kawe *Waked Mr. Freidly and Mrs. Bonneywith. a ootly."'/I you would like to &stumps this paper, please letis kndv. .<1 Thanks.

rNw/clp

Aitachmonts 1'

138 REPORT ON THE STATUS OFCOMPUTER EDUCATION IN THE NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT, 1974-75 FUTURE RECOMMENDATIONS

I. Existing Hardware

During the 1974-75 school year, time sharingterminals were located atChristiana ante NewarkHigh Schools. Glasgow High School's.equipment.consists Of three 4K Wang 2200B computers. and one 12K Wang 2200B computer with a disk anda thermal printer.

II. Utilization of Existing Equipment at Christiana High School and Newark High School

The terminals at Christiana and Newark wereutilized in the following ways:

'1. Computer knowledge Courses 2. Problem solving in mathematied & science courses 3. Simulations in science courses 4. Simulations in social studies courses 5. Equipment familiarization-by business students.

The computer knowledge courses served approximately25 students in 'the two schools. These-students utilized the terminals extensively and many have reached a highlevel

. of sophistication with their programming skills. .

Students in mathematics and science courses we.e exposed to the use of the terminal as a prbblemsolving tool. Thit was usually done by the classroomteacher during one or two week period in the fall of the year. Utilizationin this mode was .greater in this area of science thanmathematics due to the lar number of programs devoted to that area available on t e systems library. Approximately 300 students were reached in this manner. Unfortunately, not all classes had equa'l exposure. Exposure and utilization ranged from extensive to none. There are several possible reasons for the uneveness of the exposure. They are: the limitations of the hardware available; teacher interest andbackground; and a lack of formal district and goals andobjectives to guide the teachers. Each of these problems is currently being considered by the Computer Education Committeeabout which more will be said later in this report.

. ,

139 2

Simulations were used by students in the areas of biology, earth-science, chemistry, physics, and various social studies courses. In this mode, students were confronted with a situation in which they could control certain variables. Examples of programs utilized in this mode include "POLUTE" and 'MARKET." "POLUTE" is .a program in biology in which students can control the'variables of a pond while "MARKET" allows studeuts to control the variables a of a simulated economic system% In addition, social studies classes draw on the various data banks available for, analysis and study. Approximately 300 students were reached in this manner.

Buginess education students in the business machines courses at Newark High were introduced to the terminal. While this is a natural place to accomplish,this, only a small percentage of business education students take this course. Thus, efforts must be made to introduce more business education students to the uses of the computer and data-processing.

III. Utilization at Glasgow High School

Because the final decision to install at Glasgow High School wasn't made until August, 1974, and the actual installation didn't take place until October, 1974, no formal computer education courses were.included in Glasgow's master schedule for the 1974-75 school year. Utilization of the equipment has been high however, and has been accomplished mainly through the introduction to programming through existing mathematics courses. 250 students\were exposed in this manner. In addition, an informal cd1rse was offered by the . Supervisor of Mathematics during the third quarter of the school year. Forty students elected to give up their free time to attend this course and many have become quite proficient in programming techniques.

A presentation was also made to the distributive-education class and several periods were spent in.faMiliarizing them with the uses of the computer..

Other uses include some attempts by teachers to utilize the system for .classroom administrative purposes, the administration of make-up tests and review, lessons, and simulations of various sorts.

Many students have also become familiar with the operation the computer by using the computerized games which are avail- able.

For the 1975-76 school year, two courses were included in the master schedule. Approximately 100 students have .elected these courses and it is hoped that in future years this number will. increase. 140 'IV.. Teacher Training Efforts

In August, 1974, the mathematics and scienceteachers of Glasgow High were given a brief training session on the equipment which was installed at the school. As a follow- up, the mathematics departmentchairman was sent to the five day intensive school conducted by Wang Laboratoriesin February, 1975.

A course in the uses of computers and introductoryprogramming was conducted on the district-wide-inservice,days. Over 30 teachers attended this workshop and rated it ashighly beneficial., Preliminary plans have been made to conduct an additional workshop of a similiar nature durihg the,summerof J975.

V. The Computer Education Committee -Funds were requested by the Supervisor of Mathematicsto form 'a Computer Education 'Committee to formulatepreliminary goals and objectives for computer education.and todevelop recommendations and a long range plan for the district. These funds were granted, and the committee wasforthed. Because computer education has been considered in the past as anactivity of the mathematics department, committees ofthis, type have usually not been particularlyeffeciveP Therefore, the committee chosen is composed of science, socialstudies, and business ed. teachers in addition tomathematics teachers:

,This committee met for a full day on each offour different dates during February, March, and April 1975. The first day was devoted to establishing groundrules, definitions, and discussing various hardware configurations. Each person was charged with-locating as many sources as possiblewhich, might yield information or data relating to theestablishment ofa, computer education program'in secondary schools. Over 50 letters were then written requesting any materialwhich might be helpful. The remaining three days were then devoted tocompiling goals, objectives, and recommendations for the district. In addition, the committee is attempting tobecome familiar with latest developments in computer hardware and how itmight be utilized in the secondary school program. One such effort is a visit the committee has scheduled on May 6, 1975, towork with the PLATO time sharing terminal located at the Universityof Delaware.

In addition to contacting potential sources ofinfo related to computer education by letter, a search ofERIC documents submitted from 1972 to.the present was conducted. To the committeest.dismaST, this search yielded.only two documents which were useful. 141 O 4

7 The committee also touched bases with Mr. Doug Tilley, Principal of.the Hodgson Vocational Technical School about his plans for the computer education program there. In addition, Dr. David Yens, Computer Utilization Consultant-; for the College of Education, University of Delaware,was to spend a.day with the committee. The interaction with Dr. Yens was-considered by the cOmpiittee to be extremely valuable. At the completion of the four sessions, the committee had formulated a-)ist of recommendations, hardware implementation plans (with prices based on the latest Wang Laboratories figures), and preliminary goals and objectives for compu.WY education in the district. These'documents are included'-in Appendix A. The goals and objectives have been distributed to 60 teachers in the district for their reaction and input for a group who will finalize them this summer.

VI, Projected Activities

A workshop has been approved for the summer of 1975 to finalize the goals and objectives and course guides and to compile them in its approved district format.

A course is being prepared for students in computereducation which will be offered through the extended year program. This experience should yield valuable information for future use.

A proposal;,ihas been submitted to offer a 15 hour workshop for 30 teachers in the utilization of computers and introductory programming.

VII. Other Developmentgo Through efforts at the State level, a college and career guidance package will be available through, Project DELTA next school year. Funding for terminals for this use is being sought through 509.

Also, at the State level, attempts are being made to have a matching fund type of line item for computer education hardware. Currently, this item is back in the budget.

A 509 project was submitted by Glasgow High for computer education. The project was rejected, but has since been resubmitted and has a much greater chance of being approved now.

VIII. Summary & Recommendations Overall, computer education and the uses of the computer in the instructional process in Newark District compares favorably with that which is being done elsewhere. More students are being exposed than is the case elsewhere. However, the computer is still being viewed by many in the district as an extension of the mathematics department. Also, equipment limitations 142 5

at Christiana High and NewarkHigh do not make expansion plans feasible. Further, with the installation of the guidance package., the systems in these two schools will not be sufficient to continue at the present level.

Thus, a strong recommendation must be made for in-house equipment at Christiana High'and Newark High, to maintain existing programs'and for further expansion. Possible phase.= in plans developed by the computer education committee to 'accomplish this are included in'Appendix A.

A second recommendation is for the installation of a Project DELTA terminal at Glasgow for utilization of the guidance package. This would enable all secondary students to be able to access this most valuable guidance package.

The combination of a Proiect Delta terminal and inhouse equipment would enable the Newark District to meet the 'educational computer needs of the secondary students for many years to come.

e,am. 'Yt FNW:bap 5/75

143 APPENDIX A RECOMMENDATIONS OF.THE COMPUTER

EDUCATION COMMITTEE

APRIL, 1975

Computers are here to stay. With over 100,000 computers in use in the United States today, and thousands morebeing used each month, it ts safe to conclude that, computershave become a permanent aspect of American life. The computer exercises such an-important and widespread influence on our modernday, society that it is essential that every well educated personknow something about the potential benefits and changes of it.

Today, the majority of colleges and universities teachabout and with computers. However, only about 30% of the students whq graduate from high school go on to college., Thus, if we areto introduce computer training to the 70% who do notcontinue on to college, then we must educate them whilethey. are in secondary school. Further, the 30% who do go on to higher educationshould have computer experiences as preliminary trainingfor their post secondary education experiences.

With these thoughts In mind, the computer educationcommittee makes the following recommendations.

A. Establish a district-wide standing committee for computer education.

1. The Social Science, Mathematics, Scienceand Business Education departments should be represented on this committee.

2. The committee would beresponsible for reviewing (and recommendating changes when necessary) the district goals and objectives - for computereducation.

3. The committee would be responsiblefor investigating the latest computer hardware developments and recommending hardware changes to "enable the goals and objectives to be accomplished better.

4. The committee would be responsible for determining the extent to which schools in the district want to be involved in computer education. 144 '2

Vocational . Establish the interrelationships between the Technical High School computer education program,,.DICE, and the computer education program in the comprehensive high schools as soon ath possible.

C. Continue to participate in Project DELTA bysupporting terminals at Christiana High, Glasgow High, andNewark,H).gh until such time as in-house (or'otbsr facilities) arecapable of supporting all computer instructional activitiesin the district (including a Guidadce package).

D. Install in-house computer systems at Christiana High and Newark High at the earliest possible time.

E. Install small in-house computer systemsat each middle school at the earliest possible time.

F. Provide each elementary school with a programmablemachine at the earliest possible time.

G. Install small in-house computers in two elementaryschools at the earliest possible time.

H. Support DICE as a separate facility devoted toadministrative functions.

I. Expand DICE to include time slinrtnts capabilitiesfor administrative functbdi.o.

J. Limit the initial computer-facilities to beinstalled at the Vocational Technical High School to a small systemwhich would be devoted to inetruction.

K. Establish a position for each high school computereducation on the supplemental pay schedule. (For want of a better name this will be referred to as the position of "computercoach").

L. Establish a series of on-going computer educationworkbhops which 'would be offered during the summer andduring the' academic year. 1. Level 1 courses would be,directed toward familiarizing teachers with computer operations and utilizing them within the curriculum (Personalizing canned materials,, etc.)

2. Level 2 courses would be directed toward updating and disseminating in-district and out-of-district accomplishments and developments.

a 145 3

Offer Computers I, Computers II, and ComputersIII, . M.- (or equivalents) at Christiana High School andNewark .High School.

SUGGESTED TIME-LINE FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF COMPUTERACTIVITIES

Recommendation A Immediately'

Recommendation B Immediately

Recommendation D See attachment'for suggested phase-in plans

Recommendation E tt

Recommendation F 11

RecomMendation G tt

Recommendation I September, 1977

Recommendation K September, 1975

Recommendation L 1975-76 school year'

Recommendation M 1975-76:,Glasgow High School 1976=77;Christikna'and Newark.High Schools

(.1

146 COMPUTER GOALS

I, For All Students

A. Each student will be made awareof the capabilities and limitations of the computer. Wherever possible, this will be provided via a "handson" experience.

B. Each.student will be provided, with aknowledge of the cultural and social impacts of computersand automation.

C. Each student will be acquaintedwith the kinds ofjOb openings in the compater field and thequalifications needed to fill them.

II. For All College-Bound AndBusiness Education Students

A. Each.student will be provided with "handson" experi- ences with the computerin the following areas:

1. Using the computer for simulations 2. Using the computer to execute "canned" programs 3. Accessing a computer through at least oneinput device.

For All Business Education Students II. . 4

A. Each student will be nrovided with aknowlet4txof data handling techniques anddata'processingmachinery.''

B. Each student will: Se acquainted withthe terminology \\\ 'of automation.

\ IV. For All College-Bound Students \ A.\Bach student will have experiences in simple programming ,ae early as possible in school(preferably by the end

ot,the lOth grade) . \ -f B. Each\student will have the opportunity to use the computer as basic research tool.

V. For Social Science Oriented Students

A. Each stu ent will be made aware of and have theopportunity to use the, computer as a researchtoot.

VI. For Science and Mathematics Oriented College-BoundStudents Af A. Bach student will be provided the opportunities'whiph wizsl enable him to 'use soPhisticiped programmingtechniques.

B. Each student will be provided the opportunities toapply computer programMing techniques in% othersituations and subjects. FNW/clp 1.47 Goals for Computer Education wlia Be

Met in the Following Places in the Curriculum

I. Goals IA, IB, and IC for all students will be met in existing mathematics, science, and social studies courses.

II. Goals IIA, IVA, and IVB for college bound students will be met in a.9 weeks survey course'in computer 'education.

III. Goals IIA, IIIA, and IIIB for business education students will be met in existirit business educa- tion courses such as business machines, etc.

IV. Goal VA for social science oriented students will be met in existing social studies courses.

V. Goal VIA will be met in an 18 weeks course in 'computer education.

VI. Goal VIA (Extkpded) .and VIB will be met in 'an 18 weeks independent study course in computer educati49.

148

Oa. a COMPUTER OBJECTIVES (TO BE MET IN EXISTING COURSES)

1. State orally and in writing job descAptions of the studied ,

computer - involved professions. . . 0 . / 2. State in writing specific examples of computer usage in industry.' 6 ,T . A 3. -State in writing specific "examples of computer usage in the business world.

4. State the opportunities of-attending the computer course (data .processing) offered at the County Vocational-Tech High Schools.

5. State the pOs-graduate schooling'required:for computer- related occupations.

6. List several accredited institutions for computer-related Occupations.

7. Describe the on-the-job trainingprogram in use by area.firms,/ . or industries. 47

8.'State the computer-related j-ob opportunities available to a New Castle County resident as compared to oth9r geographic locations. .

9. Distinguish and compare the various ways of'entry into th,e identified occupations.

10. State in writing several ways the computer Will affect his career interests. ti- 11. State the requirements, compensations, and advancement possibilities with career-related professions.

J

149 S): OBJECTIVES FOR 9 WEEKS COMPUTER EDUCATION' COURSE

1. Demonstrate correct usage of the computerterminai,through actual hands -on exp risnce.

2. ,Translate simplearithmetic statements intd computer language (Basic) -and vice versa\. -

3. Write an elementarY'floWchart for a givenproblem.'

4. Write a computer program incorporating the correct Basic Statements,. when given the necessaryAnformation. for work in 5. , Employ the computer's listof stored programs. t

related' subject areas. .\ .

6. Operate a coMputer.teletypewritersender-receiver terminal; and use a variety of input-outputdevices.

7. List the limitations and strengths of. thespecific computdr.you use by noting what it canand what it cannot do.,,

1

0

150,

.3 OBJECTIVES F 18 WEEKS

COMPUTER EDUCA ION COURSE

le Demonstrate correct usage o the computer terminal a

through actual hands-on expe\rienc .

2. Translate complex arithmeti state ents into computer

language (Basic) and vice versa.

3. Write a complex flowchart for a given problem.

4. Write a computer program, incorporating the correct

Basic Statements, when given the necessary information.

5. .Employ the computer's list of stored programs for work

in related subject areas.

6. Operate a computer teletypewriter sender- receiver

terminal, and use a. variety of input-output devices. n.

7. List the limitations and strengths of the specific

computer you use by noting what it can and what it

cannot do.

8. Develop a proficiency in the compiler language BASIC

in order to write and prepare programs to solve a

variety'of me%ematical and scientific programs.

9. Develop an awareness of a computer system other than

your own. Demonstrate how to access and use this other

system. lb. The student will be able to compare and contrast computer

programming languages.

a Objectives for 18 weeks Computer Education Course Page 2

The student will be introduced to the basics of

documentation procedures.

12. The student/will solve a problem which requires complex

computer programming techniques.

mhh 4/10/75 OBJECTIVES FOR 18 WEEKS INDEPENDENT STUDY

COMPUTER EDUCATION COURSE

1. The student will be able to apply proper documentation

techniques.

. 2. The student will be able' to refine an existing computer

program.

The student will be able to write a special program(s) A for solving problems arising from any subject area.

.mhh 4/10/75

153 INSTALLATION COSTS FOR ALL INSTRUCTIONAL COMPUTER

SYSTEMS EXCEPT VOCATIONAL-TECHNICAL SCHOOL

I. Phase-in Plan One (One Year)

A. 1975-76

1. Two computer systems for two high schools.

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. six 4K machines $ 5,400 $32,400 b. two 12K machines 11,600 * 23,200

c. two disks 6,000 12,000

d. two printers 1,800 3,600

Overall Total $71,200

2. Four computer systems for middle schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. four 4K Machines $ 5,400 $21,600

Overall Total $21,600

3. Hardware for elementary schools

Hardware Per Unit Total a. thirteen programmable machines $ 2,500 $32,500

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

Overall Total $43,300

GRAND TOTAL $136,100

154 - 2

11. Phase-in Plan Two (3 years)

A. 1975-76

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total V a. two 12K machines $11,600 $23,200

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

c. two printers 1;800 3,600

Overall total $37,600

B. 1976-77

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two disks $ 6,000 $12,000

b. four 4K machines 5,400 21,600

2. Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,600

Overall total $44,400

C. 1977-78

1. Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines N 5,400 $10,800 2. Computer system for elementary schools

a. two 4K machines $ $10,800 b. thirteen programmable machines ^2,500 32,500

Overall total $54,100

'GRAND TOTAL $136,100

155 ,

3 Phase-in Plan Three (3 years)

A. 1975-76

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. tWo.8K machines $ 7,000 $14,000

b. two printers 1,800 3,600

c. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

Overall total $28,400

B. 1976-37

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two disks $6,000 $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10800/

2. Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,80

Overall Total $33,600

C. 1977-78

1. Computer systems for middle schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 ,$10,800

2. Computer systems for elementary schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800

b. four programmable Machines 2,500 10,Q00

Overall total $31,600

GRAND TOTAL $93,600

156 -4-

IV. Phase-in Plan Four (4 years)

A. 1975-76

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two 8K machines, $ 7,000 $14,000

,b. two printers , 1,800 3,600

Overall total $17,600

B. 1976-77

1. Expansion equipment foi two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two disks .$6,000 $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800

Overall total $22,800'

C. 1977-78

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

Hardware Per.Unit Total

'a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10;800-

2. .Computer systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800

Overall total $21,600

D. 1978-79

1. Expansion equipment for high schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10,800

2. Computer' systems for middle schools

a. two 4K machines $ 5,400 $10',800

3. Computer systems for eleientary schools

a. two 4K machines . $ 5,400 $10,800

Overall total $32,400.

GRAND TOTAL, 15'7 $94,400 5

V. Phase-in Plan Five (4 years) .1 A. 1975-7'

1. Computer systems for two high schools

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two 8K machines -$ 7,000, , $14,000

b. two printers 1,800 3,600.

Overall total 0.7,600

B. 1976-77

1. Expansion equipment for two high schools

-Heirdware Per Unit 1 Total

a. two disks $ 6,000 $12,000

b. two 4K machines 5,400 10,800 Overall total la.am C. 1977-78

1. Expansion equipment for two high schoois

Hardware Per Unit Total

a. two-4KMadhines $ 5,400 . $10,800

2. Computer systems for middle schools

a. one 4K machine $ 5,400 $ 5,400

Overall total $16,200

D. 1978-79

1. Computer systems for middle schools

a. one 4K machine $ 5,400 $ 5,400 <2. Computer systems for elementary schools

a. one 4K machine $ 5,400 \$ 5,400

Overall total "$10,8-00

GRAND TOTAL 7,400 .158 \ mhh L. Prices Fcr Wang Computer Systems As Of 4/8/75

2200 S

4K Processer $ 2400.00' Additional Core Storage 'CRT 3000.00 4K Modules $ 1600.00 5400.00 8K Modules 2800.00

B-Verb Option 800.0'0 Proposed, 2200C System Padkage d 8K Processer 22100 c CRT 10,000 to 11,000 Disk

4K Processer 5800.00 8K Module 2800.00 CRT 3000.00 Disk 4500.00

16100.00

Thermal Printer J800.00

Telecommunications Option 900.00 (Accoustic Coupler)

Lease with intent to purchase plans

A. Five year blan (breakable) a percentage of purchase price. 50% of amount paid applied to purchase.

:B. Three year plan (unbreakable) 40% - 40% - 30%

C. Two year plan (unbreakable) 50% - 50%

All Prices subject to 3 1/2% discount.

Electrical Maintenance6% per year Mechanical Maintenance (Thermal printer, Disk) per year

159 APPENDIX A8

List of Phase II Workshop Participants

a

1

160 r

6 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT ,OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWARE

May 8, 1975

4.

MEMORANDUM TO: Computer Ok!Ill.s, Ob.ectivei8 ard Course,:Guides Writ ng TeaM

FROM. F. Neil Walzl Supervisorof Mathematics

RE: Summer Schedule

The/dales for the writing team have been set for June 23 to J y I?, inclusive, and th6 meeting place will be GlasgoW High

Individual time assignments on these datEs are as follows':

Mr.Darrell Pellet/ (leader) 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

Full-Time

Tom Concavage 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m, Mr.Ron Hull 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. fJ Part-Time

Mr.Frank Hagen - 1.00p.m.to 4:00 p.m. Mr.Carl Jacobson - 1:00p.m.to 4:00p.m. Mr.Ted Miller - '1:00p.m.to 4:00p.m. Ms.Lisa Bartle - 1:00p.m.to 4:00p.m. Mr.Jack Balding - 1:00p.m.to 4:00p.m. Mr.Steve Palmer - 1:00p.m.to 4:00p.m.

FNW:bap

-1.61 ---,-

COMPUTER GOALS & OBJECTIVES WORKSHOP - PAYROLL

SUBMITTED SUBMITTED SUBMITTED NAME SCHOOL RATE 6/30/75 /15/75 7/21/75 TOTALS

hrs. , AMT.. hrs. AMT. hrs. N,,AKT. hrs. AMT. Darrell Pelley GHS 8.1.0 41 322.10 * 49 396.90 16' 129.60 106 858O (Leader)

Tom Concavage GHS 5.30 22 116.60 23 121.90 45 238.5

*mild Hdll GHS 5.30 41 217.30 49 259.70 90 447.00

Carl Jacobson GHS 5.30 /28 148.40 16 86.40 44 234.80

Ted Miller GHS 5.30 22 116.60 23 121.90 16 86.40 61 324.80

Jack Baldino CHS 5.30 22 116.60 23 121.90 45 238.50

'Frank Hagen CHS 5.30 22 116.60 23 121.90 45 238.50

Stve Palmer CHS 5.30 25 132.50 16 86.40 41 218.90

Edwin Stowell CHS 5.30 22 116.60 8 42.40 30 159.00

Liza Bartle NHS 5.30 22 116.60 23 121.90 45 238.50

Rod -Hart Nits .5.30 TIM 16 86.40 16 86.40'

TOTALS - 1249.00 1589.40 475.20 3313.60

162 > APPENDIX A9 , ______Comp_uter Education *Curriculum Guide -- Interim Draft

\

I S

ti

4

o

4. 6 3 S ID

41 7,4 ' cffitti)i # r ,,..... __ ,... . kit11P11* *SoICU HItit11. ±ii041 !ff. gig1511 41* lit f4. g 'Si*it ijijiltlig is) U1 illgif1,11 lag IIIill. 1,1Si! (UIle1,1igg al) lit1p a4; UI I Jj littt4gig A "vowtot...yr:"ta tt./1.1 31., 'ID*ts's.0 Ofskti I I I is COMPUTER EDUCATION CURRICULUM GUIDE NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT. July, 1975 Dr.,_-Dr. John E.George Allen, V.. DeputyKirk, Superint.endett Superintendent NEWARK, DELAWARE CSIC) Dr. Keith E. Stapler; Assistnt Superintendent NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICTBOARD OF EDUCATION_ Mr.Mrs. William Priscilla H. Clark,W. Crowder, Vice-President PrZsidentDr. George V. Kirk, Secretary Mr. RichardMrs. B. DorothyNelson H. RossRandolph Lindell III Foreword TABLE OF CONTENTS iii ,DiagramIhti:Oduction #1 - Flow Chart . o viii vii iv GoalGoalsDiagram #1 for #2 Computer - Venn Diagram Education ix 2 Goal #3#2--#4 11 85 ----- AppendixGoal #5 BA 281513 ii Computer education. has_ been a part of the high school curriculum in the'Newark FOREWORD computerheretoforeSchool District facilities existed. for inseveral all high years; schools, however, the noneed formal for adistrict formal guidedirection has becomehas With the addition of a third high school and expanded 'planningdevelopedapparent. expanded this computer curriculum education guide experiences as an aid forfor teachersstudents. and administrators when Thus, in the summer of 1975, a committee of Newark staff members COim74 Thiscomments guide atis appropriatepresented to points you in in draft the guideform. to aid in evaluating and improving its You are encouraged to record willforcontent. beimprovement.to most welcome theand Computerwill help Education facilitate Committee. refinement and expansion of the guide. At the end of the 197c-76 school -year, please:forward your suggestions Your comments, prO and con, DirectorLoren J. ofThompson Instruction 3 / iii A wide array of scientific, economic, social, and technical factors are INTRODUCTION nologicalreshapingis playing developmentour a world,pervasive andis rolethewith computer init, modern the whicH'iscourse society. of being modern utilized education. extensively and - Banking, business, transportation, One such tech- manysolvingengineering, areas and which capacity medicine, are increasingly for and handling-vast-amounts social and scientific of researchdata. are only a few of the dependent upon the computer's speed in problem In addition, the com- 0-1;PpCO processesputer is fastof education. becoming a significant tool in the administrativeThe President's Science Advisory Committee said that since _the computer isand instructional prepared1970'ssuch a valuablewhofor havethe worldandnot versatile'been of theexposed 1980's tool to andinknowledge society,1990's. about students computers attending will scho91 be poorly in the Although most school students willfuture nclt isbe computerso.important technologists, that they shouldthe influence be made ofawareRecognizing the ofcomputer its naturethe-fact on their and that students of the Newark School District have'a funct,ibn. need for computer awareness, a committee of district staff members was appointed iv highinto 1975provideschools to developdirectionma?operate a toguide differentteachers fOr inprograms, meeting thethis guide need providesof students. for a unified . computer education. The purpose of the guide is Although the memberarecomputer applicab1 you shouldeducation in becomeyolir theme presentfamiliar aimed courses: 'towardwith the common guide goals. to determine which ggal(s) When considering each of your cour As a secondary school staff 1 Theconsideringthe boundaries following yourostildents, representflow chart minimal may the be diagram/may limitshelpful, past be whichhelpful. students should be encouraged (Flow Chart - Diagram #1). (Venn Diagram - Diagram When 2) CD theto venture,left of thenot decimalouter limits point whichrepre'senting restrict thethem. majorA decimal goals. outline sytem has been used in this guide with the numbers to To the right of objectives.assignedthe decimal to twothe significanteducational placesObjectives have andbeen the used. hundredths place to the instructional The tenths place has been experiences.to modify and add to the suggested activites and strategiesThere are manyfrom waystheir each own objective might be.met and teachers are encOuraged Credit for the, production of this curriculum guide goes to several class- , roomin itsteachers preparation., as well aseither other through interested writing educators., or by participating Staff members in workshopswho a9sisted include: Donald Allen Rebecca Feikls Ted Miller ',John.BaldinoLizaThomasConsultants: Bartle Concavage William Geppert, Stare Supervisor KennethCarlRonaldFrank Jacobson HagenHull Klimek EdwinDarrellSteven Stowell' Palmer Pelley Dr.F. NeilDavid Walzl, Yens, SupervisorUniversityMathematicsof Mathematics ofof Delaware

v i FLOW CHART

social science coursethi,s a 9is VENN DIAGRAM 4 Goals for business GOAL IIstudents Goals all Goals for studentsGOAL I :741111114 Goals for Science Z.,2,iFa cienceSocial Stu- college Goals for students Stu- Math or dents Iv GOAL III , dents Diagram #2 viii GOAL NO. 1 SOCIETYALL IN WHICH THEY LIVE. STUDENTS GOALS FOR COMPUTER EDUCATIONSHOULD gCOME AWARE OF THE COMPUTER ORIENTED GOAL NO. 2 ALLCOMPUTER BUSINESS APPLICATIONS STUDENTS,SHOULD IN THE BE BUSINESS AWARE OF FIE AND INVOLVED WITH GOAL NO. 3 ALLCOMPUTER COLEGE-.BOUND APPLICATIONS STUDENTS IN ACADEMIC SHOULD BESUBJECT' AWARE AREAS.OF AND INVOLVED WITH It GOAL NO. 4 AWAREALLOF SOCIALSOCIETY. OF AND SCIENCE INVOLVED ORIENTED WITH COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN THE STUDY COLLEGE-BOUND STUD TS SHOULD BE GOAL NO, 5 ALLPROGRAMMING.SHOULD SCIENCE BE INVOLVEDAND MATHEMATICS IN-DEPTH ORIENTED WITH COMPUTER COLLEGE-BOUND APPLICATIONS STUDENTS AND COMPUTER k '4

COMPUTER EDUCATIONCURRICULUM, GUIDE 1 ri r.1 s. a .GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 1 SUGGESTED STRATEGIES/TOPICSACTIVITIES 'NOTES 1.00 All students should puterinbecome which oriented aware they q,f live.society the com- 4 existingThelevels.subjectGoal objectives I should coursesareas be---metunderand in gradeall in These are not junctioncoursetheintended 'content. objectives;with to replaceexisting rather should be met in con- 1.10 Each student will be made today'sawaretion ofof society. thecomputers utiliza- in ofinincreaseseekTeachers computer their opportunities field.studentshould utilization continuallyawareness' to 1.11 State specific 'exam- St ategies: piesusage'in of , computer industry. Inquiry discussions speakers.Contact ERA for potential See Appendix A' 1.12 State specific ex- nessusageamples world. in of the computer busi- StudentFilmsGuest speakers reports. surveys or for annotated film list. e 1.13 State .specific ex- usageamples in'of research. computer accounting,Processcontrol, control, sales' employee andquality 'financialpayroll, technologyresearch,,spacemedicalgradescheduling,inventory reports, research, research,control, student studentand ecological earth studentrecords, 1 .,erary workslanguage analysis. translationlit- 2 SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES' 1.14 State specific GOALSlimi- tations of computer AND7 OBJECITVES STRATEGIES/TOPICS NOTES, 1.20 Each student will be providedandledge social ofwith theimpacts a culturalknow- ofusage. peciallyThesesocial objectives science.curriculum.appropriate .are es-to the 1.21 State several ways automation.computers and the*computer affects - Strategies: Those under 1.10 1.22 State several the consumer.laborcomputer market. affects ways AutomationTopics.:labor, computer replacing' revolution, manual . 1.23 State" several ways leisurethe cbmputer time. affects outneedstores),'reservationsociety,for (Sears, foremployment, increased computerized Basco,'grocery cashless skills systems check- `1.30 Each student will beac-1.24 State several ways andconstitutionalthe depersonalization computer affectArights blishmentcontaining(airlines, of personal'data Ticketron), banks records. esta- 1:31 Identify 4c1 describe relatedquainted careers. with computerseveral computer in- ThoseStrategies: listed under 1.10 Allemploydenttheto teachers makecomputer students potentialshould field. awarestrive in of volved occupations. 3 resourceCareercquld guidancebefor an this invaluable personnelobjective. I 1 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 4 --- SUGGESTEDSTRATEGIES/TOPICS ACTIVITIES NOTES 1.32 State compensations occupations'.computerbilitiesand advancement. involvedin several possi- .defervehicleputeraas Patrolmanlac. toassistance enforcementidentificationoccupations may use in wherecom-such or 1.33 Identify and describe several occupationsrn design.,puterRefera doctor analysis to manufacture, occupationsmight in use diagnosis. com- in the 1.34 State-compensations bilitiesanddustry.in advancementthe computerin several possi- in- marketing,ofoperation computerg. programming,and maintenance 1.35 State_various methods relatedforputeroccupations entering industry.careers. computerin the com- '4 iy I 4 7 GOALS AND°OBJECTIVES ST TEGIES/TOPICS 4 NOTES 2.00 All business students businessapplicationsinvolvedshould world. bewith aware in computer the of and .and beb'usinessTypingitscommon used objectives. I, course students,bein gofe theAll all could only nedt this goal. computer's.regularonefamiliarizetyping week classworkclassesout ofthemselves theircould to take with Only one 2.10 Each student will be acquainted with busi-' program.be typinginvolved class in theper computerweeklwould '2.il Describe types of nesscomputers. applicatiqns ofinformation that InquiryStrategies:. discussions TypingShould I.be touched on in 1 1 . processingcan be used systems. by data Guest lecture 2..12 Describe types of resultscessingfrom data obtainable systems. pro- 'Ichargercontrol,IayrollTopics': recordsinventorycharge slip-.paychecks, data - - inventory 2:20 Each student f-Aill be . I , account bills. . 'ledge ofprolAdedcessinvmachiner data pro-.. with kn6w- and ,teiminology...... 1. 2.21 Describe variou s in- ' Strategies: ° Should 'be touched on in . put devices. GuestInquiry lcture discussion a greaterB.&*keeping.ITyping depthI and developeUtoan Business _ , , 5 Machines. V h . L l 1 II GOALS AND OBJECTIVES SUGGESTED ACTIVITIpSTRATEGIES/TOrICS "NOTES . 2.232.22 Describe variousthe processing out- unit.put devices.' 2.24 Describe various storage devices. Film/filmsrip ti Facts."See Appendix A, "All the .2.30 Each student will be providedthroughcomputerledge ofwith"hands-on" system an know-available ex- 2.31 Identify limitations periences. used.andthe capabilities specific computer of Hands-Oncomputer.Strateges: experiences with i i 2.32 Demonstrate correct . puterusageon" experiences.throughof the com-"hands- Topicsi:clear,iComputer load, commands: run, select. on-off, 2.342.33 EmployOperate existing a variety simu- of solvinglation andprograms. problem Existing programs: Mar

1 j0 GOALS AND'OBJECTIVES SUGGESTED STRATEGIES/TOPICSACTIVITIES , NOTES 0 5:00 All science and mathematics The objectives to Goal V , programming.orientedapplicationsin-depthstudents college-bound withshouldlbe andcomputer computer involved 'these studentsencouraged'uppercomputerscienceshoLld divisionshould be courses. education metto be enrollinmaths 'existing courses.andin However, 5.10 Each student Will be pro- quateposuret6 attain pre-college desirable the depth inexperience., an of ade- ex- 5.11 Translate alvariety of grammingusevided sophisticated opportunities techniques. pro- mathematicalto expres- 5.12 Formulate and refine versa.algorithmssionslanguage into andtocomputer efficient-vice a, 5.13 Construct flowcharts for , givenly solve algorithms. prtblems. o ics: both macro and micro flowcharts niquesolving'inFlowcharting for teaching many is areas.a problemgood tech- '11 . 5.14 Demonstrateia thorough knowledge of a pro- I.E. statementsInclude advanced such as II 5.15 Demonstratelan ability programs.grammingto execute language.. and delug T.E. STEPUse.EDIT,ON-GO TO, .GOTRACE, SUB, HALT/ DEFFN II 13 4 4 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES `SUGGESTED ACTIVITIIESSTRATEGIES/TOFICS NOTE$ 5.16 Employ appropriate documentationcedures.- pro- Thesedocumentation.User objectivesand/or programmer would 5.20-Each student will be programmingprovideduationsinties,to a variety theand apply techniques opportuni-subjects.of :,it-computer studylikely situations.be' met in independent .5.21,Adapt existing com- puter programs.. orneedsexistingStudentsthem teachers ofto specificprogramscouldrun or on modifytailpr other coursesto meet OD1..A. - 5.22 Write a special program()ing problems for arisingsolv- systdms. 5.30 Each student will have otheran understanding computer systems of area.from any subject 5.31 Demonstrate an aware- and languages. nesster of'pthersystems. compu- FieldStrategies: trips duPontWestUniversity Chester ofState Delaware (Bur- roughs, PLATO, DELTA) 5 5,3233 Access Cbmpare othet and computercontrast systems.,computer languages. Hardware demonstrations. University;VendorsHewlettlPackard of Delaware I otv 14 APPENDIX A rentalusedis subjectto price, meet to. variousif change. any; computerhas probably education gone up,i and theThis source appendix contains a brief listin .01 Also, some sources nay not serve our area. goals and objectives. ilms which could be information The offorwardTherefore,to the the guide. -anycomputer users information-pertaining ofeducation this computer educationto films founclguide are committee for indlusion in future revisions useful in the classroom encduraged to. Goal or Objective AFilm Customer Title isand a DescriptionCustomer is a Customer DesignedTheMotion story picture. to of show NCR's how Central CIF affects Informatiorl b ank4 andFile their for customers. 30 min. Color. ,16mr?. 10A banks. 2.00 All' the Facts AMotionAvailable benefitscase picture.history from:of ,help of how by oneutilizing small thebusinessman seryices of a data pro- 10-A NCRC.Color. 9Rental: Min.. 16 Free. achieves the 2.20 AvailablecesSing center.from: NCRC. Rental: Freei , America: BritishMotionsocial picture. televisionconsequences explores of the theincreasingly far reaching automated economic Onand theand com- Edg of60 Abundance..10-A min. I B & W. 16 rpm. - 1.2 6 Availableputer-oriented from: society in the U.S. OCEP. Rental: 8.40: . 15 *4 Automation,Appendix,.A. (ConI'd.)10-A Motion picture. 28 tin. B & W. 16 mm. ;" 2.00 AailabledutiesdevelopMentaUnder survey oncethe from:is guidanceperlo ofmade new of machines oflaboratories automatic 'desigried controldoing to pioneer researchasspme'some,of work engineers, in the UNIW. 'Rental: ed only' by humans. 6.00 The' Bank 'A detailed presentationIBMusingMotion 1419/l'401 thepictUre. Programmed of TapeDemand System. Applications Deposit Accountirig, library approach on10-A the 19 Tin. Color. It includes demonstrations.on 16 mm. 2.00 s. A Better World Availablescriber,the 1401 from: showingsystem, alllaccounting1210 Proof Inscriber management and 1203reports. Unit In- 10-A INBM. 'Rental: /Free. broad-AMotion search,lives.filmtraffic range.ofpicture.describing law Control enforcemen' subjects. theon thesinfluence including andground the of and general education,computers in the business air, inmedicine, ourspace communitydaily re- A fast montage'of applications .covering a very 8 min'. Color. 16 mm. Careers in Computer and Data Processing exploresProducedMotionAvailable picture. for thqfrom: the.constantly Aut8mation growing Institutes needs of, as well-as the 15 min. - Rental: Color. Free. 16 mm. 10-A America, this film 1.30 tl AvailableintoIndustryvarietyis thethis of,opportunitiesques.tiorroffrom: forchallenging traine'dloOmputerpersonnel. howcomputer today'sopen in,field. young Science, man orBusiness, woman enters.: and CDCO. Rental: Free. of Further answered ; 4 16 1 AppendixClose.Up A (COnt'd.) 10-A 0 1.10 veriteAMotion cationsforthedocumentary` Expotechnology picture.film of67. producedcomputers look with at bywhich in IBM,Roman education,medicine, theyits Kroitor, peopleandare working. producer their spade,and ofvieWs'of "Labyrinth" textile Included are glimpses into real21 life min. appli- Colot. 16 mm. A cinema Availabledesign. from: INBM. Rental: .,.Free. . -\. The Computer Motion picture. 2-6 11 min. Si. Color. ,16mm. Guide. , . 1,10 . areasProVides-anis andof ourhow modernunderstandingit works world. with ofinformation what kind of machine the computer, to help us in many 4. The Computer at Work. MotionAvailable.. pidture. from: LANE,12 min.9-12 Rental,: Color Free16mm. 1.10 1-14. Is ofhelpingp.roduceViews the totoys, computerlaunch improving space under ships, instructionactual ealism that is so important in emphasiling computer etc:. working canditionS - helping techniquesFilm in school's,offers the k4nd ComPAer Flow Charts Film.42ailablestudies. loop. and froth: -relating those studies to, work. 8 mm. MUD:7-12 Si. Color.cRental: 4 min. Free. 3.41- 5.13 Organizesfollowing,used by computera S.imple'problemthe flowchart. programmers in . tdb solvesa flowchart the problem similar by to those CoMputers dnd Human Behavior MotionAvailableelectronic"digitalFocus picture:-..on from:behavior-series. 29 min.computers seeking to dis-cover ways in BELT. Rental: 10-A Sd. Research and exp,eriments with Color. 16 mm. 4.00 Availablewhich man from:thinks. LIED OCEP., 17 Rental: Free. F O Appohdlx A (Conid1) 7-A L4 r . , J. The Computer Revolution- ' Motion picture.General introduction to the,,computer, emphasizing its 23 . min. Sd. Color. 16 mm. Guide. i Computer Systems in Personnel ThisMotion-picture.-Availablepresent is theuses from: story and 23 ofits min. the potel acpiisition for the andfuture. application of LIED. Rent.41: or. Free. 16 mm. 10-A 2.OQ AvailableADPSing. in the from: 4th U.S. Army in!the area of USAR, Rental: Free. personnel account- , Digital Computer Techniques: Motion picture. 13 min. Computer logicSd. Color. 16 Mhl. 12 -A -- 3 46, 2.20 , ) Availableoperat-ionshowbetweenDefines binary theseveral from: numbers aredecimal performedmeanings are and constructed binary withof logic, them. number andshows systems,how 0e-difference, arithmetical and explains LIED. Rental: Free: Digital Computer Techniques' Computer Units Motion picture. 24 mtn. Sd. Color. 16 mw. 12-A IN . 3 40 , 2.20- AvailableDescribescontrolarithmeticthe output unit.thefrom: unit unitinput andand uni.t-and howhbw it4-works, deliversbow it and'reads problem the the=problemfUnction solutions, of data, thethe LIED. -Rental: 'Free Digital computer Techniques: -Introduction 12-A ....,. . 3.40, 2.20 Motionferences.Explains-historical between analog origins and 'digital ofcalclaatin comp picture. 1.6- min? -Sd._. , _CoLar---16-mm,-- --7-- drs; deviCes; -dif- and Availableprincipal from: othesteps- computer. involved in solution of'problems'svbjected LIED. .Rental: , Free. , 9 t '' 1 C Appendix A, (Cont'd.) cc, r. Digital.Computer Techniques - Logic Element Circuits-deVicesanciTheMotion OR-gates picture.to Computer and their circuits. operation precedes the explanationa.9(1-m shows the application of solid-,s.tdte-electronic 20 min. Color. A generar-arTcuss,ion of AND 10-A 3.40, 2.20 0 z. offorTcovered. 'Ittansistors. of Offerent'voltages, The inverter, NOR gate and , ,Shows the handling of binary information,in ;he The use of transistors in the gates is 5 f elaborationarelgood,flip-flop,iCircuitry Itheby a filmscientific should-have is discussed. or technical an extensiveWhile person,, the supplementaryillustrations or should . Digital,Computer Techniques': MotionAvailablebe shown picture. toanfrom;. audience with that background. USNA.14 min Rental: ProgtammingSd. Color Free. 16mm.12-A , ... 3.40;' 2.20 I Availableguage.instructions_problem:Defines from:i computershowsLIED. to how theprogramming, a computersiCvole flow areexplains encodedchart howis in preparedto computer analyzeha and lan- how Rentgl Free Early" Warning patient-tonitoringMinnesota,Motion 'picture. now has'one setups_Inthe of the most natioh. extensiveVeterans computer1zed AdmidistratiOn Hospital, in Minreapolisr, 10-A 25 min. Color. . 16 mm. A Control Dlata. f. 1.00 andpatientscalculating,lives.taneously,is33,00 other computer', invital the duringassisting Information.intensive bylperforming surgery', the care V.A. theseparate.Tundtionsward, iiOspitlpatient's it is alsostaff cardian continually in outputsaving While the computer is analyzing monitored data from Engine At the Door' 10-A Available from: CDCO. Free. 1 . 002, willMotionComputer machines picture.. and theever 29mind, runmin. man.of plan series. B & W. Points out that the wise and 16 mm: Discusses question-of- -: ) 4 beneficial\use' of sdience and technology is man's responsibility. Reritali : 5% 00.. . .I 'Availab/e from: OCEP.. 10.. --:-- ) 4 , 1: c. Appendix A (Cont'd.) 4 The Green Light A information.ComparisonMotioncontempoiary picture. of lookold andat thenew modernmethods computerized of gathering office. and storing 10-A Stresses the ubefulness of learned14 min.skills in Color., 16 mm. 2.00 1 Guidance and Navigation MqtionAvailablepursuing picture. an from: office career': BUEF.6.5 min. 10-A Rental: 16 mm. 14.00. 1.00 usedAmericanPresentsandthese tohack. problemsguide astronautsa report vehicles are of on solved.the andtheir intricate spacecraft voyages problems andfrom, the earth ofways guiding toin thewhich the moon Shows the special techniques -How to Succeed Without Really Flying YoungMoSionAvailablelike'it FAApicture. isfrom:air in traffic this unusual controllers, behind-the-scenes men and women, look tell'it at one of 4 NASA.28 min. Rental: 16 um. Free.10-A 1.00 'Aviation'ssenseadvancement,offerstelevision,star of in asmost personal thisa profession, challengingprof'ssionalhigh film achievement. that careers.and-bowdescribes status,' it.Actual whathithprovides pay;air-controllers trafficrapidand a careerrewarding control ,hools, colleges, and military separation Especially recommended for Impulse '90 AMotionAvailable centers.look picture.at from:the cashless and checkless world of the future 10-A FEAA.25 min. Rental: 16'mm. Free. 1.22, 2.00 Availablewithborrowing a Universal from: transactions Credit Cardusing handling a computer. all spending and 7-12 MODT. Rental: Free. Input/Output ShowsseveralFilm loop. devices for conveying information into and 8 mm. Si. Color. 20 4 min. 3.20,2.20 ,Appendix A (Cont' d.) Introduction to Digital Computers Availablefilmout of and computers: from:cathode ray tubes.. BELT. punched cards, magnetic tape, micro- Rental: 7-A Free. 3.20, 2.20 Availablememorydoes.ShowsMotion and whatpicture. from:output a computer - -the is'andfive basic how itcomputer works parts.and what good it Animation explains input, control, arithmetic, UVAC.24 min. Rental: Color^. Free. 16 mm. It's Your Move AMotion thepilotautomotivefilm reports picture,.describinginstallation dealers. generated the and Electronic by show the thesystem, Accountingequipment data centerinSystem operation, operations, for 10-A 15 min. Scenes were filmed on location aethe Color. 16 mm. 2.00 C.0 JOSS: AvailableMotio.picture.and customer from: training.Johnniac Open Shop System NCRC.22 min. Rental: 15 mm. 10-A -Free. 5.30 Man and Computer MotionAvailable'from:Demonstrates picture. an on-line time-shared system under development. A Perspective20RANC. min. Rental: Color. 10.-A Free. 16 mm. 3.20 plainedA form.examplessuchprimer as in oninput, showing detailsome output,of inhow the both thy basicstorage liveworksand elements action and whatcontrol. andin Functions dataanimation, processing, they with per- In addition, the binary system j.q illustrated and These dre'ex- A 'Memory Devices Motion.picture.Availabledefined infrom: an understandable, and graphic manner. 28'min.INBM. Rental:- Color. Free. 16 mm. 3.21 AvailablemachineShows informationmemories. from: storage devices used in modern computing BELT. Explains how binary information is stored. Rental: 21 Free. Appendix A (Cont'd.) 11i Modern MeiChandise Management AnMotion audio-visual picture. report on the. use of retail 23 min., Color. 10-A 16 twl. classification A 02.00, 2.20 NCR 315 Data Processing System Available'from:.systems combiried NCAR. with edp. Rental: 10-A Free. 16 Alm. 5.31 11 AMotion complete315 computerpicture. description system. of the features and 25 min. Color. - operation of the NCR 390 Data Processing System MotionAvailableA complete` picture. from: description ,0 min. of the features and operation of this NCRC. Rental: Color. 10-A Free 16, mm. 5.31 II .Available computerfrom: system. NCRC . Rental: Free. II NCR 420-1 Optical Character Reader. 10-A ThisMotion film picture. describes the Optical Reader and its operation, 18 min. Color. 16 wm. , 5.31' 1-1CDIn 1999 (House of ToMorrow)° Availableand demonstrates from: how the 420 functions in an EDP system. NCRC. 10 -A Rental: Free. 5.31 II beaspects.Motioninventionsoccupation,Sponsored lived picture. in by 1999,which andPhilco homeincludingserve -Ford, life. the theeducation,people. film has health, some recreation, It ,shows a family of 3 and how their life 35 min. Color. Emphasizes .the technological !(:)mmercial might Of Men and Machines MotionAvailableInvestigates picture., from: human CINW,30 min.behavior MCrD. in highly-Complex man - machine 10-A B & Rental: 1.6 mm. 5.00 2.00 AvailabletheSystems'. dynamics from: of 'OCEP.information feedback between man and machines. Shows ways man processes information and handles Rental: 22 5.00 Appendix A (Cont'd.) II Pattern, Purpose, and Prospect MotiorPdiscussed,comparesThe film picture. itdescribes with with emphasis human-capabilities.' what aon computer the computer is Theand as socialwhat i tool' it can in do,various and 25 min. Color. 7-A .. , impact is . 4.00 II , Severalcribed,applications.languagd especiallycomputer is used applicationsas sbveral au out-put'devices. are shown, including simula- The functicinal units of a computer are des- example of a computer language. The ALSOL 60 II Availableschools.itemstion. .Theof from:English ,film islife English, possibly and unfamiliar makes several to referencesas the to "6th form," the highest level in their secondary'BRCG. Rental: Free. Americans, 1 II Plan for improvement TellsMotionand when whatpicture. itthe is flow made, process and who chart should is; makewhy ititand is used;how. where 2010-A min. Color. 16 mm. . Dis- 3.41 II , 11"Ci)CO : cusses each major part of the chart. Rental: 12.00 I , Response to the Challenge MotionAvailable picture. from: ,MODT. 18 min. 10-A Color. , 16 mth. , 2.00 Machine.Film discusses features of the 400 Electronic Accounting . , Right of Privacy MotionAvailablePicture picture. takesfrom:' the NCRC. stand that the proposed National Data 10-A 59'min. Rental: Color. Free 16 mm.. 1.24 School Information Center , 10-A MotionAvailableThisCenter filmpicture. is from:- acontains danger todiscussion every American areas ofCitizen. application of data UCAL:11 min. Rental: Color. 16.00 1.12 1 -as individualAvailableschoolprocessingclass cumulative districtlistings. from: in file,schools. biqpiness report application cards, schedules, and INBM.Census, counselor's back-up information, and Rental:Included are student records, such Free. are also covered. ,AppendixSystemS A (Cont'd.) MotionGives picture.simple explanation of how 10-A 14 min. B & W. complex computers serve16 mm. 1.12 Avail/--government,flight.line reservationable from: science systems and to ground control INBM. 'Rental:industry. Free -. Problems range from air. -,y, of manned space 'Time Sharing ,Desc*ibesMotionDevelopmentand straightforward.picture. time Corp.sharing ',It prograffi ip a.Thell system done 10-A 30 min. Time sharing is defined, along B & W. 16 mum explanationdeveloped at Systems' clear with a 5.32 jectionsdiscussioninterception of oftime-sharing itsis usedvalue,-the as inan problem examplemotivation to show solving for it, and ob- how. a user enters Aircraft 20011 7-A MotionAvailableand-uses picture. thefrom: system. WESE-.25 min. The TINT ldnguage isRental: defined. Free. 1.20 AvailableWalterintomorrow the Cronkite house. frOin: and,the narrates way the thiscomputer film RARI, Rental: Free is athelp 'andshowing.. an the world of essentiji 1.14 Universal Machines 10-A do,computerComputerMotion limited picture. toand onlydo the whatever bymind man' of 30 min. mans abilityis c4 manable .to series. feedof it16 mm. Thk,: capability of the instructing it to with data and What's EDT Availableinstructions. from: 10-A LIED,13 min. OCEP. Color. Rental: 16 tut, 5.00. 3.22, 2.20 Motion picture.Cliei ---'AI:Tailable.from: plains input, usses basic principlesstorage, processingofINBM. electronic and dataoutput processing. Rental: 24 Free. of data. 3- 1 , Appendix A (Cont'd.) 3 41 You and the Computer Motion picture. 99-12 min. Color. 16 mm. ' 2.10 AvailableUsesdemonstrated.calculation,close live to from:actionyou, output,issuance and animation and of controla paycheck. to focusare clearly on an itemdefined that and is MCID. Rental: Free. Terms, input, storage, : . I Zero Hour byMotiontointerestThe the enrollmentsteps picture.various intaken the phasesat by computera severalnearby of classroom field Controlyoung as 'people instructionDataa career, Institute; from which withtheir 'on-sitefollowedleads initial them10-A 15 min. . Color. 16 mm. 1.30 1.+.CD0) ' Availableawaitinggrammineandcomputer from:eachtraining, technology graduate. to, completioncourses, andof theirthe opportunities computer pro- CDCO. Rental: Free.

c, Or v s. ., 25° , .- . I 1 v Appendix, A (Cont'd.) -.4. o Sources for Materials 0 ., = 'BELT BellBUEF Telephone Business Laboratories Education Films (Contact your local P.N.W.B. Office) CDCO Control Data-ft, ,Brooklyn,5113 New 16th York Street Corp. r. 4 CINW Computer Instruction Network . Minneapolis,49248100 S.River 34th Rd.,Minn. Ave. N. 55420 N INBM International Business Machines Salem,(Check OR with your local IBM Offiee) 97303 v LIED Lane County I.E.D. Eugene,748Instructional Pearl OR Street 97301, Materials5Center k , I . MOOT IdustrialMCID Multnomah'Co., Management Society I.E.D. Portland,220 S.E. OR102nd. 97216 II P.C.C/O BoxModern 1005 Talking Film Service ' 1 NASA Nasa Ames Research Centel' Melrose Park, Illinois 60161 , NCAR-NationalNASA Career Center Moffett"Tield,Bronx,3839-White N.Y., Plains CA 94035 Rd. 10467 I 26 Iif AppendixNCRC National A Cash Register Co. *Day-ton, OhioAudio ,45409 Visual Services (Cont'd.) RANCOCEP RandOregon Corporation State A.V. Section Corvallis,ColiseumDivision 131of Oft Continuing Education 97331 RARI Rarigs, Inc. Seattle,200Santa1700 W. Monica,MainMercer Washingt6n Street CA 4' 90406 ZDC7 UNIWUCAL UniversityUniverdity ofof'California Iowa Berkeley.,ExtenSion2223 Fulton Mediato St. Center 94720 USNA U.S. Navy Public Affairs - Office AudioIowaDiv. VisualCity,of Extenaion IowaCenter & Univ. Serw.ce§ 52240 . UVAC SperryUnivacSeattle,13th NavalRandDivision WA Corp.District Film Library Naval Air Station 98115 0. WESE Western Electric Co. MotionBlueP.195 O. Bell, BroadwayPictureBox 500PA.. Bureau 19422 40. 0 O New York, N.Y. 10007 27 lations relevant to specific courses to accomplishThis the appendix is provided to assist teachers in locatingexisting-simu-= 0 APPENDIX B The 1.ist of simulations and aids following objectives: -2.31is statistics,tionalto being 2.34, programs.updated 3.31 engineering to on3.34, a continuing 4.21 and andfinanced. 5._21.basis and teachersRefer should to inspire"WANG GENERAL PROGRAM LIBP(4RV manuals for programs in mathematics, about addi- I. FASTBusinessAvailable programs-are listed alphabetically under subject areas. -.MARKET ThisdiscoverThisselling is is a a typingappropriate thecomputer-based same game type whichmarketing of game prgduct.tests ofstrategies your speed with and respectaccuracy. to production, competition between Allowstwo companiqs the use,r's to explore and II. ANSWERComputer Science`pricing, andoadvertising.Answer is used to obtain responses to',"gripe" messages. DIRECT Thiscode. program can be used to obtain a catalog of the files op; a user - , EDIT This is an all-purpose Hlereditor, especially good for data files. EDIT 8 This is a file editor, used for basic-plus files. w28 4 Appendix B*(Cont'd.) 4 , 4*,. EDIT 20- . .. . - 'This is a file editor, which can either find or replace all occurences , FANNY ' - of a given strir,;. P - Thisfolded. program will punch files on paper-tape allowing the tape to be fan- .1. .., GRIPE This -program permits the user to communicate with the staff at the . . . . center:- . N. re , LIBW A , finding a program and can supply him with ;LOGIN ' This programCanaThis list onlypprogram ofermits beall run athe theids when .available userthe a usertouser -"login" it pi-ograms.types on"Hello." the system. This program PIPLOGOUT programThis program can onlyallows be a'run user whin to a properlyuser types log-off "Bye."' the computer. This QUeLST ThiprogramThiscount. progrard t- ellsis an the all-purpose user his file handler. cu rrent disk quota an d the system free SYSTATRESEQ ThisThis theprbgram programwilluser. givesthe resequence user statistics the line on numbers the current of a programstatus ofas the - specified by system. 4 - 0 29 Appendix B(ConC.V.) III. TTYSET 4 Thisterminal. program is used to set terminal characteristics for the user's FRENCHForeign Language . , ' ' , w4.11.giveGiven the themasculine feminine singular singular, mascu,line plural, and feminine plural form of any French-adjective this program . , IV.' Language Arts forms of the adjective. 'c" \-.. ' bD A V. MathematicsEDBARD This program generates random poetry. A. A1gebra, , . BOUNDS Thisof anyprogram polynomial will find equation the -interval up to the which 20th contains degree. all the real roots . r - CURFIT , .. 4 . . I This program perforMs a least squares curvy .. ' t tothe 'following , sfunctlons: . i _r. . , ' 3)1) Y = AA +..13(X)+ (X. - B) _ ' .;_ci = A + E5(1) (B + X) . 5) Y = 1 / (A. + B + X) . .),.4).Yzk+B/X >6). , Y -=' X / (A -I: B +. X)- . . -, , , CXARTH . .. 1 . , ., , _divisionThis. on program veotors exptessed in either cattesian or polar systems. 1. will'4 1 . perform addition, subtraction, multiplicatioris and CXEXP.. This-program will' . - , . rais e,any real or complex -number to ,any x Teal or complex. \ If power . -,. r. . , : - t Appendix B(Cont'd.) FNCTS Thisa complex number. program17M calculate. the sin, cos, tan, 0.nh,'cosh,'and tanh of . GSIMEQ ofThis variables program solvesand equations. general simul..:aneous linear equations for any number = UNFIT ',, . ... Thisindependent program, variablescomputes theto abest 4fpendent linear fitvariable.. and correlation for a set of , , \ All POLY AV'matesThis a function program to accepts best fit X-Y the data data., pairs and a polynomial degree aii:iN.autroxi- . II' . . QUADRT This program determines the nature of the graph of the equation . . ''"".14 T1- ROOTER AX2This +-BXY program. + CY2 finds + DX the+ EY + F af a polynomial= 0. equation of'one variabla. 11 SUB Thid.enemy is submarine. a game in which you are captain of a destroyer trying to- sink an . 11 SQRTSQRS Tlis program expresses an .integer as the sum of four squares. , . . 11 . , This program find the square root of any positive numbers less than c one' million by "pinching' it within a .smaller and smaller interval:. : . 2 . if_ t GINTLPB. 'Applied Math This program will solve linear programming problems in which all variables , I , are restricted to:values of either one or zero:. . . 9 g I Appendix B (Cont'd. C. Calculus p CVAREA . F (X) from X=A to X=B INTEG ThisruleThisby fourprogram andpiogram differentthe evaluates Rombergfinds methods. the method.the numeric definite integral integral o of a function by Simpson's SLOPELIMGIN Thisequals program 1, provided demonstrates tha,: xthat is measuredthe limit in derivative at X=A in the interval radians.of sin ()/X, as X apprOaches 0, ARITHD. General Math This (A,program A+1) willthrough approximate secant slopes. the 1 CALC 2 ThisThis program program is performs a drill extendedin one and precision two i digit multiplication:arithme4c eratiOns on an 1 1 imaginary calculator with a limit of 100 digits. , 1 . CONVER This program performs English to metric and , metric to English cobversions., i GCDFACTRL This program findswill printthe greatest out the common factorial of a number. divisor of two or more numbers. a PRIFA This program will find the prime factors 32 of a number. Appendix B (Cont'd.) COMUNED. Political Science and Law ELECT 1) communistThis is a simulationisland and inmust which try you,to remainein have been power. elected premier of a small * GVOTEELECT 3)2) See descriptions under "C. History." JUDGE Thismajoritytransitive issimulation avotes._ judicial preferences determines pro.cess among thesimulation probabilitymutually in exclusivewhich that thea committee alternativesuser plays will the using haverole :1ASPAR onThisexists(f the theprogram one defensein handa containssociety andattorney mass betweena model politicalin a socialcourtthat participation illustrates trial.statuq and theorganizational on relationshipthe other. Lnvelvement fiat POLICY This publi'cis a simulation policy enacted of interest by the groUps,government. specifically focusing on the .. E.POLSYS Thisin isan aeffort simulat'onPsychology to influence of the processescity hall. which groups and individuals use ROBOT This prograrri enables you to influence the personality of a robot. 44 Appendix B (Contr,d.) MINITA.CHISQR AThis "n"..contingencystatistical program computescomputing tables. chi-square program for statistics students forand anyresearchers. number of "m" by TTESTRGCOR 'seriesThis of programobservations performs of thesimple values regression of two variables. correlation analysis on a VI. Science variance,Thissamples program andunequal calculatesthen variancecompares the'mean orthe pairing means and standardusingof data. the deviation; assumption of equal or each of two A.DROS Biology Thisa pair program or drosokhia determines flies. the genetic characteristics of the offspring of ENZYME This program discusses enzymatic reaction rates. and conveys the idea EVOLU Thisdarkthat program pepper enzyme clothsstudies reactions over evolution aare thirty dependent by year observing period. upon environmentala popplation offactors. light and GENE 2 Thisto programthe concept is a ofreview dominant of the and process recessive of gametogenesis.traits. applying it Thistwenty program different simulates traits, r. geneticseach with lab up into whichtwenty you different may study variations. up to 34 r. Appendix B (don HARDY This program instructs the user about-the Hardy-Weinberg principle and d. ) Q PH Thisits programapplications. examines the theory that Ph specificity can be traced to LOCKEYB. ThisBioloythe 131:14viorprogram is a study of competitive inhibition of the enzyme ace - Lab of ionizable amino acids present at the active'site. MEMBR Thisontylocho)4nesterase diffusion.program looks at for membrane application characteristics to the lock by and simulating key model. an experiment PHOSYNC. Chemistry This'Carbon program dioxide investigates and light changesintensity in arethe varied.rate of photosynthesis when AVOGAATWT ThisThis Program program calculates calculates the Avogadro's atomic weight number. of an element. EQUILEMPIR This program calculatescalculates thethe empiricaleffects of formula concentration of a compo-and. charges on two equilibrium systems. 35 Appendix B (Cont'd.) KINET This program calculates equilibrium concentrations. PHPOHMASSD This program investigates and calculates the mass defect of an element. PRCNT weakThisThis monoproticprogram program computescalculates acid. the the PH, percent POH, cohipositionand percent of a compound.dissociation for any D.STOICH This programChemistry solves Labsmass-mass, mass-volume, and volume-volume problems. t)DCO ACBAT 1 Thisand programpercent calculatesacetic acid molarity in vinegar,,acid, of a base, or TrIlecular weightbase. of an acid,- AGECUCALOR 1 massesThisCalorimetry is and an temperaturesinvestigation experiments intoare simulatedthe area ofby electrolysipermitting the user to enter of two quantities of water. CUAGMOCONMA 1 change.Calculations are done involving conservations of mass 7.n a chemical experiment lin electrolysisi CUFEH 1 aThe copper-silver calculations nitrate are done reaction. for a laboratory 1 ratioThis programof iron doesand copper.the calculations for a lab 36 which determines the mole hl Appendix B (Cont.) FESCN Thisthe program"FesCpu does calculations based upon 1 1 chemical equilibrium lab. the user's four ratios from HCMGGASER 1 4 Thisdifferer41 progiramprogram gases.! doe'sdeals calculations-forwith calculations involving equal masses of three the heat of combustion of magnesium. 'HEATHESS 1 1 ThisCalculaa water ions are done from the data program calculates the1 results,forbath useda to heat-sink a burning candle and-melted wax. collected from an experiMent involving lab on the heat ofreaction. HYDRAICER 31 -This programThisdetermines pOgram does calculationstheis usedenergy in needed performingfor a to melt ice. the calculaxions forlab a labexperiment which dealing with hydrates. MOtARMGHCL 1 ThisThis program program considers calculates the molarity reaction by,using of magnesium with hydrochlOric acid. data obtained from an acid- a CLIMATE. Earth Science baseThis titration. program gives' the user practice in identifying climate:, and climatic patternS 37 Appendix B (Conc'd.) CLOUDS i This program Lest:. the,User's ability to solve proble 1 related to the i formation of cumuliform clouds. 1 SPHERE andnorthThis ionzitude. programpole and solves t-Iwo sphericalother corners triangles defined that by theirhave reth . ..% pective,lltitude apex at,thel 1 WATERSUNSET ;ThisThis programpro7ra7 .a:termineswill show thesunrise user andhow sunsetto calculate times for a.wa . algiven week. 4r budget. F.0EATH Eco1o2-: This program attempts to predict tomorrow's weatherth.= preo,..d4n.q two days. t aced on statistics BUFiL0 management.:text for che --.2 -",.1nr'onsimulatioz and study of :he of populationnatural life pate cycle of the buffalb f rnsrovides and resourcea con- MALARLIFE ThisThe logica isuser a gameartemot5 7.-hich to simulatescontrol a themalaria rate epidemicof population whine studying the biol ' accordig 173 se: o: simple geneti c rules. Irowth of a bio- logical economic. social, political and ecological spgctsI of this world POLL'T healtH pz.-oblem : al . .- Thechelualitytext intera,.:ion within ofwhich abetween water the userresource.water can and control waste isspecific simulated', vari providingbles which a affectcon- 38. 1 4,1 1 Appendix B (Cont'd.- POP 1 of three simple models of population Thfs program al.lows exploration , moth. .- .growth. The primary species ofstudy is the gypsy 1 RATS A simulation of the rat , !_ population in either a city or an apartment ; by , population control techniques entered house with thelenvironment and I the user. ... . STERL investigaxibnThis obf the effectiveness pr4I II is a computer simulation designed to of two different methods of pest flies. make possible an controls Pesticides and release of sterile male 1 1 e TAG mouthedjbasis:Thetechni4le of usej illves togging i agates and recovery.the size of a wildlife,The study. population population is the-blarge- through the . -. USPOP vestigaeandratioThis strtct prbgramof the re. offspring,is a flexible and humanage-dependent i 1 he effects of fertility, age population model. of mother at birth mortalityof child, onsex population size The user can in- BFIELDG. PllYagf1 Thisconductbrsp prOgr*1 investigates the magnetic fields produced by current carrying BOHR Thisformed. progr m investigates. the sy^ Bohr atom and how emission spectra are , 3. 39 Appendix B (Cont'd.) CHARGED E6/11 AYT is1 program is a simulation of the Milliken oil' dlop experiment. / /X DECAYRadioactive 2 decay is treated pseudo-quantitativelymainingThisuser programto after determine variouswill calculatethe bytimes. approximate permitting half-life numberthe and ofmass of a, radioactive sample. radioacitive particles re- KINERVEFIELD motion.This Grogramprogram calculatesprovides a electricreview of field kinematics, strength. specifically projectile PHOTONNEWTN 2 applicationsThis program ofpresents Newton's a problematicSecond Law situation which requires repeated Thislevels "program are determine-d. is designed to promote a better understanding of how energy , PRJTLREFLCT Ancities,This analogy program and isspeed calculatesgiven of fora projectile. athe light-ray coordinates. reflected vertical from anda plane horizontal surface velo- to SCATR Thisdemonstratelaboratory. program thesimulates "least-time" alpha particleprinciple. scatteizing as demonstrated in thel 40 Appendix B (Cont'd.)( SPACE§NELL. TherayStell's aseffects,Of it,cr'Fisses Law speed a on orbital presented pictorially by plotting the boundary 'separating two different media. motion are demonstrated. path of a light VFIELDH, Thisin theproiLaM regionPhysics surrounding Lab two point pririts-a picture of the relative potential charges. field strengths LENSES objectThis program distgnce, will image solve distance, lens problems. object sizeor image size. , It can solve for focal length, PHOTTL ' computer, to enableAhthe the phenomeAon. user to experiment involving the photoelectric( effect is simulated by the develop a qualitative understanding of ,PLANKSLITS Thisthreshold is a simulation frequency Ofand the the experiment work to function of a metal. determine Plank's Constant, VII. Social Science bilityThisinterference is for a simulationvariation patterns andof for investigation light. Young's double-slit experiment demonstrating The computer permits greater flexi- of parameters. A.BALANC Ecanomics This program emphasizes the, important distinction between balance of trade and balance of paymdrits. 41 Appendix B (Cont'd.) CONSMPCIRFLW withoutandThis money program government between is a control.businesssimulation and of the the consumer circular in flow'Of a free goods,enterprise services, economy GNPSUM ThisonThis-program consumption. program printssimulates a summary economic of figuresdepression for andGNP' equilibrium,1 COnsumption, as effects Investment, and Government spending for a series of consecutive years. 1 INOUT A hypothetical economy is divided into a certain number of industries, ,1 and is analyzed as to the inter-industry flows of goads and services . , over a period of time. 1 LABOR betweenThis program labor isand designed management. to simulate. a strike and .the ensuing bargaining . , MARKET coversellingThis is appropriate thea computer-based same type marketing of product.game strategies of competition with respectbetween to,:wo production, companies Allows the users to explore and dis- . . - pricing, and advertising; 1 B.ONIONS Theprices cobweb'General and model quantity for supplywithin andthe demandAmerican is onionillustrated market. based upon current , ECPRES. This program is a computer system for selective 4etrievalI and analysis of large date files ,in the social sciences. ,' 42 lii Appendix B (Cont'd.) II C ,-, ECPSUVECPSUR This program will put reformatted Opscan dAta into "Ecpres" file format. FORMAT ThisThisfor programan program "Ecpres" enables will study. put the raw user Opscan to create data intovariable the formatnames andnecessary descriptions for "Ecpsur." 11 USPOPPOP No descriptiOndescription available.available: 04' C C.AlsoCIVWAR. :History seestatistics list under mathematics:The Civil yar is relived with the user controlling the resources of the CQ ELECT 1 -sourcesBasedSouth andtowardon historicpossibly party. elections commandingimage, and from the 1828-1896,Confederacy the to usera victory. will allocate re- policies in an effort to get his candi- II EL sourcesBdate elected. toward party, image, and2 policiesd inon historic elections from 1920-1968, the user will allocate re- an:,tfort to get his candi- II ?) ELECT 3 ofThedate candidate, campaignelected. forCampaign the presidency manager, specialis divided advisor, into periodsspeechwriter, with the media roles II allocateexpert, andtheif fud-raiser, resources bei.gin order assumed to" elect by the their users candidate. who will attempt to :43 Appendix B (Cont'd.) D. Political Science and Law ELECTCONUNE 1) Thiscommunist is a simulation island and in must which try you. to remain'inhave beenelected power. premier of a small I GVOTEELECT 3)2) This simulation determines the probability that a committee will- have See descriptions under "C. History." .at) JUDGE Thismajoritytransitive is vatki.a judicial preferences process among simulation mutually in exclusive which the alternatives user plays theusing role :1ASPAR existsThis(f the program defensein a society contains attorney between a inmodel a socialcourt that trial.statusillustrates and organizational the relationship Lnvelvement Tiat on the one hand and mass political .participation on-the other. . v. POLICY This ispublic a simulation policy enacted of interest by the groups, government. specifically focusing on the . . E.POLSYS Thisin anis efforta Psychologysimulation to influence of the city processes hall. which groups and individuals use J ROBOT This program enables you to influence the personality of a robot. 44 Appendix B (Cont'd.) 0' D VIII. TeacherDRILL 'Aids This is a general, al l'-purpose drill program. 1DRILL Thisthe programprogram :;,,Rre111.." at4..s the teacher in developing a lesson to be used with

ti

0 45 0 APPENDIX A10

Computer Education Curriculum GuideDistribution List

ex,

0

0

,219 -/ DISTRIBUTION OF COMPUTER EDUCATION

CURRICULUM GUIDES

September,. 1975

Christiana High

1. Business Education Department through Mrs. Grace Owen (8). 2. Mathematics Department through Mr. Jack Baldino (8) 3. Science Department through Mr. Edwin Stowell (7) 4. Social Studies Department through Mr. Frank Hagen, (11) 5. Mrs. Anna Bliley, Summer Workshop participant (1) 6. Mr. Peter Dewitt, Summer Workshop participant (1) 7. Mr. Richard Groo, Summer Workshop participant (1)" 8. Mr. Gilmore Ott, Principal (1)

- 9. Mr. Vern Wolf, Associate Principal (1)

Glasgow High

1. Business Education Department through Mr. Thomas Concavage(5) 2. Mathematics Department through Mr. Ted Miller (10) 3. Science Department through Mr. Ronald Hull (7) 4. Social Studies Department through Mr. Thomas Stewark (12) 5. Miss Sally Bowser, Summer Workshop participant (1) 6. Mr. Phillip DeWeese, Summer Workshop, participant (1) 7. Ms. Frank Dickerson, Summer Workshop participant (1) 8. Ms. Jane McPann, Summer Workshop participant (1) 9. Ms.. Nancy Pierce, Summer Workshop participant (1) 10. Mrs. Suzanne Steinberger, Summer Workshop participant (1) 11. Mr. John Brandt, Principal (1) 12. Mr. Thomas Comer; Associate Principal (1)

Newark High

1. Business Education Department through Ms. Begecca Feikls (9)

2. Mathematics Department through Mr. Rodney Hart ,--- (12) 3. Science Department through Mr. Donald Allen (9) 4. Socidl Studies Department through Mr. Michael Epler (12) 5. Mr. Kenneth Weinig, Summer Workshop participant (1) 6. Otto, Summer Workshop participant (1) 7. 'Mr.Mr. William Stockebrand, Principal (1). 8. Mr. Richard Musselman, Associate Principal (1)."

,Others

1. D'r. John Allen, Deputy Superintendent 2. Mr. Nelson Freidly, Director of Secondary Education 3. Dr. Loren Thompson, Director of Instruction 220 THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A

DISTRICT COMPUTER'EDUCATION PROGRAM

APPENDIX B

Staff Development

,B1: Funding Approval for Staff Member to Attend In-depth School

B2: Report on the Attendance of a Staff Member at an In-depth Computer Training School

B3: Spring Computer Inservice Workshop ClaSs List

B4: Spring Computer Inservice Workshop Objectives

B5: Spring Computer Inservice Workshop Assignment Sheets

B6: Invitations for Computer Informational Meetings

B7: Proposal for Summer Computer Workshop for Teachers

B8: Request to Principals to Identify Summer Computer Workshop Participants

B9: Invitation to Summer Computer Workshop Participants

B10: Summer Computer Workshop Participant List

B11: Summer Computer Workshop Agenda, Objectives, and Worksheets

B12: Glasgow High School Summer Workshop Proposal

B13. Christiana High School Summer Workshop Proposal

221 .

APPENDIX Bl

Funding Approval for Staff Member to Attend In-Depth School

tl.

e

222 ..:=1

froa_the dask_of 4 o.

:3

CATHARINE-Y. BONNEY

CAr--1 /<,

223

' .,,

, cz,

APPENDIX B2

Report on the Attendance of a Staff Member at. an4"In-Depth Computer Training School

IZ.

224 N.

1 --a A REPQRT ON MR. DARRELL PELLEY'S ATTENDANCE

AT THE WANG LABORATORIES IN-DEPTH COMPUTER TRAINING SCHOOL

February 12, 1975

With the installation of the computer system at Glasgow

High School in the fall of 1974, it quickly became evident

that there was a need for at least one person to have in-depth

training on the system. This was especially crucial if the

hardware was to be used effectively in furthering individ-

ualization in the areas of mathematics and science. Thus, the

funds which remained from the Del Mod "Humanizing Mathematics

and Science" Project were used to send Mr. Darrell A. Pelley

to the five day in-depth training school at WangLaboratories

located in Tewksbury, Massachusetts. Mr. Pelle,attended the school during the week of

February 3, 1975. This particular week wa. chosen in order that his training would be accomplished prior to the first

district-wide inservice day. This was necessary because

Mr. Pelley was scheduled to conduct a workshop oncomputer

education on those days.

Mr. Pelley's reaction to the school was extremely positive.

He related that the class size was limited to eight partici-

pants. Also, an attempt was made to create a group with

different backgrounds and varied application interest areas.

Thus, he was tl,e only educator in his group and had an oppor-

tunity to interact with people involved in military, medical,

industrial, and construction applications.

225 .4. -2-

The training Mr. Pelley received was very valuable-for him personally. His expdrtise can also be tapped as the district moves forward with its plans for computer education.

Funds e.Tended for Mr. Pelley's training were as follows:

A. Tuition $385.00

B. Travel and Motel 209.11

C. Substitution 130.00

TOTAL $724.11

mhh

223 a, , ,r1'

APPENDIX B3

Spring CoMputer Inservice Workshop Class List

227 KQUEME122-7COMarai---- Location Glasgow-N.S., Room M-208 ATTENDANCE VERIFICATION FORM DATE:

Participants:

Carol Brown, GHS Jack Baldino, CHS

Ted Miller, GHS Kathleen Elliston, CHS

Darrell Pelley, GHS Steven Palmer, CHS

Ron Hull, "GHS William Murphy CHS

Dock Williams, GHS Bill Johnstone, NHS

G. Alderson, NHS Ken Klimek, CHS

M. A. Pelley, NHS Lois Watson, GHS L. Bartle, NHS .11.11111011%. M. Doughty, NHS 0-op: R. Feikls, NHS fgsri_oxr Glenn Craig, Smith

William Lewis, Chris-Salem P &ss ckl.GiS Kathy Williams, Gauger

Barbara Jones, Gauger

Georgia Cressman, Gauger

Faye deFarkas, McVey

Nicol() Fera, GHS

Elaine Matt, \GHS ...... Carl Jacobson, GHS

John Persinger, Sterck

Please verify your attendance on this date by initialing next toyour name.

Verified by: dROeF LEADEi DATE

Return completed form to: DIRECTOR OF INSTRUCTION mjh 12/15/72 228 rs

APPENDIX B4

Spring Computer Inservice Workshop Objectives

49-

229 COMPUTER WORKSHOP, No. 22 a February 14, 1975

I. The objectives of this workshop 4o, A..;?For participants who know littleor nothing about computers and BASIC language: r

1. Learn some elet-entary BASICcommands and pro- sramming techniques.

2. Practice programming the Wang 2200 and use some of its peripherals.

3. Discover some tasks that Glasgow's Wang system cail do for you and your subject area.

B. For participants who know BASIC and are already familiar with a computer system:

a. Learn how to operate Glasgow's Wang 2200 system.

2. Use yourknowleageof BASIC and programming lit techniques on the 2200 to'learn of its specific powers (and limitations).

230 APPENDIX B5

Spring Computer Inservice Workshop AssignmentSheets

V ti

.231 MINT 1. 3,4. + 6

+, if 1 2. 2(5 + 7) - 3 order: () A 5(2') , 52,510, 550 - fri 11 AM, 1:7, sea, LOG, EXP, SGN 4. Sinr- cos- tan4 3 ' 3' SIN, COS, TAN, ARC , ATN, RND Sin 60° cox 60°., tan 45a, SELECT g

L7T. 6. LET X 5 Aosirnment statement PRINT X letter Variables: 7. LET X X +1 letter. digit PRINT X'

8. A B C8 C28XY 2D 5F WS W13 W2, H7 09 Il J9 IOU. F-2 3 X.3., .1

*-RESET 1. Clears screen

- CLEAR 4 1. Clears screen 2. Removes all program statements Initializes all variables Line numbers From 1 to 9999 9. 10 LET X %-- 20 PRINT X, X12, X13 GO TO 30 LET X- = X 4 1 Unconditional branch 40 GO TO 20 - RUN Instructs computer to HALT/STEP .1.xecuze program statements Execute program one line at a time -RESET 11Halts .program execution

-LIST . "reprints all current program statements

232 )

IF THEN 10 X =, 1 1 wit conditional branch PRINT X 2+X9 2TX 30 X = X + 1 transfers to given line if condition is satisfied, 40 IF X < 10 THEN 20 otherwise gos on to next 'di END line.

IF EN')

6 stops program execution and displays amount of available memory. 10 X = 1 PRINT " 20 PRINT X. 2+X9 X1.29 2fX 0 X = + 1 characters enclosed in quotes are displayed 40 IF X <10 THEN 20 on screen. 50 END 15 PRIN7 "NUMEEPH9 "DOUBLED", -SAVE stores current program

on tape ,

-LOAD . places previously saved program from tape into computer memory 3 10 X = 1 20 Y = 2

PRINT; 40 PRINT X9Y9,7 semicolon causes fields to be ignored end output is packed together. t4q 10 X =

7 =---; 40: 40 PPI/i1TX9Y97 50 PP,INT X; Y;

O INPUT causes computer to stop s-- execution and await operator input. Displays question mark. 30 INPUT '.19Y9 40 PRINT X9Y9: 5O PRINT X;Y; 4

I 233 : ti

g".

GRADES 4? 10 INPUT A,E,CD'f,F 20 G = (J44-B+c+D+P+F)/6 30 PRINT "AVE = "; G

INPUT " 6.) same as PRINT " 110 INPUT"ENTER GPAITS",A9P,C'D,E? and INPUT 20 G = (A+E+C+11+E+F)/A '30 PRINT "AVE = "; G

(3) FOR TO 10 PRINT "ENTER GPADES"

provides automatic looping 20 FOR I = 1 TO 6 SO INPUT G 40 S = S + 50NEXT I NEXT 60A = S/6 70PRINT "AVE="; A

'gray variables lists of related quantities may be given a single name. e.g. st 121 3 A4

DIM A(n) reserves computer space 5. DIM G(6) for an array of n elements. 10 PRINT "ENTER GRADES" 20 FOR I= 1 TO 6 25 PRINT "TETT '1;I; 3U INPUT GU) 40 S = S + G(I) 5A NEXT I string variables 60A = S/6 same as variables 70 PRINT "AVE = "; A except store strings of characters in the "box" instead of Values 234 M, A14, its-4 / APPENDIX B6

Invitations for Computer Informational Meetings

)

233

0 I. NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWARE

May 5, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Ott, Christiana High Mr. Stockebrand, Newark High

FROM: F. Neil Walzl e? Supervisor of Mathematics

RE: Visitation to Glasgow Computer Facilities

We are having a short workshop on Wednesday, May B4, at Glasgow High for the purpose of giving staff members of Christiana High and Newark High an opportunity to see and try the computer facilities there. If you or any members of your staff are'interested in attending, we will start about 3:15 in Room M-208 and continue as long as necessary. Some of your staff members are already familiar with the equipment because they attended the district in-service work- shop or are serving on the district computer education committee. However, there are probably others who also have an interest in computer education.

This meeting, while of interest to Math and Science teachers, should not be considered as exclusively for them. It is open to all staff members. If any are interested, please tell them they are welcome to attend. It is not necessary to pre-register, but if you get an approximate count, please let me know.

Thank you.

FNW/clp cc: Mrs. Bonney Mr. Freidly

236 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK: DELAWARE

May 5, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Bab, Shue Middle School Mr. Levy, Ogle own Middle School

i) FROM: F. Neil Walzli'Ill' 0*' Supervisor oflAathematics

RE: VISITATION TO GLASGOW COMPUTER FACILITIES <..

We are having,a short workshop on Wednesday, May 21 at Glasgow High for the purpose of giving staff members of Christiana High and Newark High an opportunity to see and try the computer facilities there. If you, or any member of your staff, are interested in attending we will start about'3:15 in Room M-208 and continue as long as necessary.

Some of your staff members are already familiar with the equipment because they attended the District inservice workshop or are serving on the District computer education committee. However, there are probably others who also have an interest in computer education.

This meeting, while of interest to Math and Science teachers, should not be considered as exclusively for them. It is open to all staff members. If any are interested please tell them they are welcome to attend. It is not necessary to pre-register, but if you get an approximate count please let me know.

Thank you.

FNW /clp cc: Mrs. Bonney Mr. Freidly

237 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARKDELAWARE

May 5, 1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Dr. Ferguson, Central Middle School Dr. Thompson, uger Middle School

FROM: F. Neil Walz1'.g.'ittvj Supervisor of Mathematics

RE: VISITATION TO GLASGOW COMPUTER FACILITIES

We are having a short workshop on Thursday, May 22( at Glasgow High for the purpose of giving staff members of Christiana High and Newark High an opportunity to see and try the computer facilities there. If you, or any members of your staff, are interested in attending, we will start about 3:15 in Room M-208 and continue as long as necessary.

Some of yOur staff members are already familiar with the equipment because they attended the District inservice workshop or are serving on the District computer education committee. However, there are probably others who also have an interest in computer education. r. This meeting, while of interest to Math and Science teachers, should not be considered as exclusively for them. It is open to all staff members. If any are interested, please tell them they are welcome to attend. It is not necessary to pre-register, but if you get an approximate count, please let me know.

Thanks you.

FNW/clp cc: Mrs. Bonney Mr. Freidly

238 APPENDIX B7

Proposal for Summer Computer Workshop for Teachers

239 NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF INSTRUCTION NEWARK, DELAWARE

MEMORANDUM TO: Neil Walzl

FROM: Catharine Y. Bonney

RE: WORKSHOP' PROPOSAL- Staff Development. Computers

We arc in receipt of your request for fundsto conduct a workshop. Approval has been granted for this proposal in the amount of $ 2,506.50

Grant is awarded pending receipt of the following:

X List of participants by name. Please indicate if the person is a workshop coordinator /leader and should receive $8.10 per hour, a participant and should receive $5.30 per hour, or under contract and should receive no additional pay;

Name, title, social security number, and DELAWARE LICENSE NUMBERof paid resource persons/consul.tants. Their function and remuneration rate should be spelled out: CONSULTANTS MAY NOT BE EMPLOYED UNLESS THEY HAVE A DELAWARE LICENSE NUMBER AND HAVE SIGNED A CONSULTANT CONTRACT (Available upon request from this office).

X Copies of materials and curriculum guides developed. (These may be submitted at the. conclusion of the workshop);

Plans and procedures for evaluatiocl of the workshop:

X Upon completion of the workshop, a workshop evaluation and attendance record report should be submitted;

Finalized Agenda including dates, times, and locations

X THIS GRANT WILL EXPIRE ON July 18, 1975 Funds not encumbered through this office by 7/18/75 will revert without further notice. Please notify this office of any, change in workshop dates which might affect this grant.

ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:

X__ Initial report due July 18, 1975 Final report due December, 1975 210 h:e ,14 h 1004 (Rev. 12/74) FOR OFFICE USE ApproVed: UNDING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM Date: STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Amount: Fidget: ATP SUBMITTED: April 25, 1975 111.Ltial Report Due: Final Report Due: Funds Revert: NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT Newark, Delaware Administration Building - ,i Person(s) Making Request F. Neil Walzl --.. Name School . . 1 Type of Request: Check appropriate line in BOTHColumn A and B Column A Column B x staffdevelopment school level program development district level

Respond as carefully as possible toeach of thefollOwing questions: Statement of the problem to beconsidered; A. already attempted as a B. -1. List the alternatives you have means of dealingwith this problem; 2. List any activities that othersin the district or elsewhere have already undertaken todeal with theproblem; List your major goals andobjectives in the following areas: C. materials, curriculum guides, 1. Preparation of instructional course outlines, etc.; teachers' 2. What new or improvedcompetencies do you expect to have as a resultof this activity; competencies do you expectstudents 3. What new or improved to have as a resultof this activity; carried out (include a copyof D. Describe the activities to be the program or an agenda,whicheveris applicable); is the activity you proposed E. Given the response to B, why in D needed? Evaluation: F. evaluating the activities l. Describe the procedures for (upon completion of theactivity); will use, and determinethe 2. Describe the procedures you date for final evaluationconcerning: degree of success inachieving the aims listedin C; a. including student and/or b. impact on the school program, staff behavioral changes. Reports: activities, including theevaluation results A. A report of your described in F 1, will bedue -one week after theactivities are concluded. of your final B. A final report willbe due upon completion evaluation. CONSIDERED AS FOLLOWS: REQUESTS SUBMITTED ONFORM #1004 WILL BE break) will be reviewed Requests for fallinservice (up to Christmas September the third Monday in break) will be reviewed Requests for winterinservice (after Christmas the third Monday inNovember the third Monday Requests for summerinservice will be reviewed in March 4 211 V. BUDGET (include breakdown by categories, i.e., participants, resource persons, materials, etc.)

Categories° Justification * . Personnel: 15 hours @ 8.10/hr. To conduct the workshop & provide Leaders the necessary leadership. $121.50

1 -S:,,) . 4t:=..ro. Participants 15 hours at 451-311/hr. ° Partipants will learn the techniques necessary to apply 447445,44''''-- computer concepts in their 30 Teachers classrooms.

Resource Persons .. Supervisor of Mathematics

, v Released time Substitutes

Materials &

Supplies . _

Clerical and

Other ..

.

TOTAL

Justification for each Budget category should be presented in terms of the tasks to be accomplished, services rendered, etc., and in relation to the realization of the major goals and objectives, by number, listed in C.

* * Participant amounts should reflect the state scale and the degree of involvement of,the participants.

ad "d:/11. 77; SIG TURF OF PERSON4REQUESTING'FUNDS DATE

Return in Duplicate to: 212

Director of Instruction 'A REQUEST FOR STAFF DEVELOPMENT FUNDS'

FOR THE SUMMER OF 1975.

TO TRAIN TEACHERS TO USE COMPUTERS

III. A & B In order for students to meet the updated gbals an4 objectives for computer education in the district, there is a need for ,vadditional teacher training in the field of computer education. an the past the training of teachers in computer education has been lagely 1.1.mited tomathematics and science teachers. Through courses which have been offdred at the University of Delaware, many math and science teachers have been trained in computer programming, but there hasbeen no training in the actual utilizata.on of computers in the curriculum of the ,.district. Furthermore, the training that has been received by teachers has been highly theoretical in nature. Activities attempted elsewhere -in training people in computer education have been also largely limited to mathematics and science teachers. Thus, the problem is two fold. One, to' involve teachers other than mathematics and science teachers in the field of computer education and two, to instruct all teachers, including mathematics and science teachers, as to how computer education activities can be incorporated into their classroom teaching techniques.

C. A list of the major goals and objectives are as follows:

1. Teachers will be able to access

and utilize canned programs for . .computer education,. ` '2.' Teachers will be able to make simple computer programs which can be, used in their classroom.

3. Teachers will'utilize their computer programming techniques and knowledge of canned programs, etc. in their existing courses to-add a dimension to thege courses which will help students meet the goals'and objectives o the district in, 243 computer 2

D. Activities will include a 15 hour workshop designed to:

1. Teach teachers how to access existing computer facilities.

2. Teach teachers how to write simple computer programs.

3. Teach teachers how to utilize computer programming techniques and canned computer programs in their courses.

4. Make teachers aware of those things that exist in the computer education field which are applicable in. their own subject areas.

The tentative dates of the workshop will be June 23-27 inclusive.

E. This kind of activity is needed due to the fact that there are no other places to which teachers can turn to learn how computer education can be specif- ically used at the high 'school level.- Activities or, courses which are offered at the university level are usually directed toward indepth computer' programming or specific topics in mathematics re- lated to computer programming. There have been no offerings at stil'at level which teachers can turn to to learn about the implementation of computer education in their courses. Pr

F. Evaluation techniques will include the following:

1. Participants wil1,3evaluate the degree to which the workshop met the objectives as spelled out on the first day.

2. A follow-up study will be conducted during the fall of the year by. the supervisor of mathematics to determine if the techniques learned'by the teachers dpring the workshop are being utilized in their courses. r

214 46.

3

3: A follow-up study will also be done during the school year to' detdrmine if there are additional students involved in activities in computer education.

, ,.. . ,- .

A. A report of the activities' of the workshop will, be .; completed and submitted approxiMately one week after' the summer workihop activities have concluded: .' =

B. A final report will be submitted 'at the end of 'the first temester.of the 1975 -76 school year.

FNW:bap 4/2505

2I5

a -e

\- QtiJ

APPENDIX B8 a

Request to Principals to Identify Summer, Computer Workshop

Participants ,

V

f'

el

v. a

216 . 0 . \ NEWARK SCHOOL DIS RICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONA SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWAR

_... May 8,,1975

MEMORANDUM TO: Mr. Ott, Christiana High Mr. Wolf, Christiana High

Mr. Brandt, Glasgow High ,

6 Mr. Comer, Glasgow High Mr. Stockebrand, Newark High Mr. Musselman, Newark High

FROM: F. Neil Walzl ()- Supervisor of Mathematics

. RE: Computer Training Workshop for Teachers

Approval 11114' been granted by the district for a 15 hour computer training workshop for teachers. This workshop will be held from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m., on June 23-27, inclusive.

The site will be.Glasgow High School, Room M208. / / Each school can send 10 participants. No credit will be given, but participants will be paid at the rate of $5.40 per hour.

The choice of whc you send is yoursbut; I would encourage you to send teachers representing as many departments as possible. In particular, the business department should be represented. Participants do not need to have a mathematical background only a desire to learn something about computer education:

"- Would you please send me a list of those planning to attend by June 2, 1975.

Also, you or any of your administrative staff are most welcome to attend. If any administrators do plan to attend, do not count them as part of the 10 positions allocated unless they are 10 month

Thantss.

FNW:bap

247 PLEASE RETURN BY JUNE 1, 1975 TO F. NEIL WALZL, ADMINISTRATION

Participants for Computer Training Workshop

Name Department

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

218 APPENDIX B9

___,__------

Invitation to Summer-C6iniarter Workshop Participants

it

ft

r

219 NEWARK SCHOOL DISIIRCT NEWARK, DELAWARE 19711 TELEPHONE 302 731.2000

ADMINISTRATION SUILDINO 83 EAST MAIN STREET May 30, 1975

Dear

The following information pertainsto the computer training workshop whichyou will be attending.

Place - Glasgow High School, RoomM-208 Dates - June 23-27, 1975 inclusive Time - 1:00 p.m.- 4:00 p.m. Rate of Pay- $5.40 per hour Instructor - Carl Jacobson, Glasgow HighMathematics Teacher

The purpose of the workshop will beto familiarize you with the equipment at Glasgow HighSthool and to consider ways you might incorporate the use of thecomputer into your instructional strategies. The instructor will assume that you are entering the "world of computers"at point zero so don't be concerned if you,haveno previous experience.

If you find thatyou cannot attend, please let me know as soon as possibl.e.

If I don't hear fromyou, I will assume you will be attending and will expectto see you at Glasgow High on June 23rd.

Sincerely,

Neil Walzl Supervisor of Mathematics FNW/mhh

250 APPENDIX B10

Summer Computer Workshop Participant List

251 COMPUTER TRAININGWORIESROP FOR TEACNERS

1 PARTICIPANTLIST

I. CHRIST/ANA HIGH

NAME DEPARTMENT

1. Ralph Graham ScienAs 2. Edwin Stowell Science 3. Grace Owen Business Education 4. Howard Gerkin Mathematics 5. Anna Billey English 6. Peter DeWitt English 7. Richard Groo English 8. Robert liable Social Studies 9. Myron Lazarus Social Studies 10. Thomas Mahler Social Studies 11. Kristine Rosenberger Social Studies 12. Kenneth Williamson Social Studies

II. GLASGOW HIGH

1. Hubert Prettyman Businesi Education 2. Frances Dickerson Reading 3. Jane Meann Englieh 4. Suzanne Steinberger English 5. Judith Ashman Social Studies 6. Elaine Matt Social Studies 7. Thomas Stewart Social Studies 8. Sally. Bowser Physical Education 9. Phillip Deweese Physical Education 10. Nancy Pierce Counseling 11. Cheryl Wheatley Special Education

III. NEWARK HIGH

1. Clair Clawson Science 2. William Harrison Science 3. Charlene Coder Business Education 4. Rodney Hart Mathematics 5. Barbara Kendall Mathematics 6. Kenneth Weinig English 7. Michael Doughty Social Studies 8. Michael Epler Social Studies 9. Harry Hudson Social Studies 10. James Otto Industrial Arts

mhh 6/16/75

252 COMPUTER TRAINING woutaiyok, PARTICIPANT LIST June 23 -27, 1975

I. CHRISTIANA HIGH SCHOOL

--- NAME DEPARTMENT

1. Ralph Graham Sciext 2. Grace Owen Buliinites' Ed ucatiiiii 3. Anna Bliley English 4. Peter DeWitt English 5. Richard Groo English 6. Robert Hable Social Studies 7. Myron Lazarus Social Studies 8. Thomas Mahler Social Studies 9. Kenneth Williamson Social- Studies

II. GLASGOW HIGH

1. Hubert Prettyman Business Education 2. Frances Dickerson Redding 3. Jane McFann English 4. Suzanne Steinberger Enstlish 1± 5. Judith Cushman Social Studies 6. Elaine Matt Social Studies 7. Thomas Stewart Social Studies 8. Sally Bowser Physical Education 9. Phillip Deweese Physical Education 10. Nancy Pierce Counseling 11. James Zelonis Mathematics

III. NEWARK HIGH SCHOOL

1. Clair Clawson Science 2. William Harrison Science 3. Charlene Coder Business Education 4. Rodney Hart Mathematics 5. Barbara Kendall Mathematics 6. Kenneth Weinig English 7. Michael. Doughty Social Studies 8. Michael Epler Social Studies 9. Mary Hudson _S104140._Stmlivs_ 10. James Otto Industrial Arts

253 APPENDIX B11

Summer Computer Workshop Agenda, Objectives, and Worksheets

254 COMPUTER WORKSHOP FOR TEACHERS.

1 June 23-27, 1975

AGENDA*

I. Introduction

II. Objectives of the Course i III. "The World of Computers" - An Overview

IV. Computer Applications at Glasgow High School

V. An Introduction to the Wang Computer

VI. The Power of Computers

VII. The Limitation of Computers

VIII. The Wang Computer in the Immediate Mode

IX. Communicating with the Computer r BASICCommands

X. Computer Goals and Objectives for tht:Newark School District

*Due to the nature of the workshop andthe varied backgrounds of the participants, the orderof items might be changed and/or items can bemodified.

255 COMPUTER TRAINING WORKSHOP FOR TEACHERS

OBJECTIVES

I. For all participants

To develop an awareness of the role of computers in education and administration.

To provide each participant with minimal "hands on" computer experience with the WANG 2200 system.

To expose the capabilities and limitations of an "in hs,use" system.

To consider the usefulness of the computer as a tool with many educational and administrative applications.

To introduce each participant to the BASIC language and some elementary programming techniques.

II. For participants already familiar with BASIC and a computer system

To learn to operate the WANG 2200 and its peripheral devices.

To utilize the participants'existing pfogramming know- ledge to learn the specific powers and weaknesses of the "in house" system.

4

mhh 6/19/75

1

I

0

256 J B ASIC

Vocabulary Exercises

P INT 1. 3 + 4 + 6

-, 4v, /, t 2. 2(5 + 7) - 3 order: ( ) 5(2) 52, 510, 550 *9 / 4., - 7t- RS, TNT, LOG, EXP, SGN 4. Sin- 'cos--tan-1r- COS, TAN, ARC ATN, RND 3 ' 4

SELECT 4 5. Sin 60°, cox 60°', 'tan 45°

LET 6. LET' X . 5 4ssiEnment statement PRINT X Variables: letter LET X . X + 1 letter digit 7. PRINT X

8. A B C8 C28 XY 2D 5F V8W13W2 H7 09 IlJ9 IOU F-2 3 X3.1

1. Clears screen 6

Clears screen Removes all program statements Initializes all variables Line numbers From 1 to 9999 9. 10LET X 1 20PRINT X, XT2, X13 GO TO Unconditional branch 30LET X = X + 1 40GO TO 20 -RUN Instructs computer to - HALT/STEP Execute program statements

. Execute program one line at a time -RESET al Halts program execution -LIST ,reprints all current program statements 257 10 X mg 1 IF TH7N 2 PRINT X, COX, X1.2; 2tX conditional branch 30 X = X + 1 transfers to given line if 40 IF X <10 THEN 20 condition is satisfied, 50.END otherwise goes on to next line.

ENT; stops program execution and displays amount of available memory. 10 X = 1 20 PRINT Xr 2+.X,XT2, 2tX 11 ' PRINT " 30 X = X + 1 characters enclosed in 40 IF X <10 THEN 2 quotes are displayed 50 END on screen. 15 PRINT "NUMBER","DGUBL,ED", -SAVE stores current program on tape

-LOAD places previously saved program *3 from tape into computer memory 10 1 20Y = 2 :30 = 3 PRINT; 40PRINT X,Y,Z semicolon causes fields to be ignored and output is packed together. 10 X = 1 = 2 0 Z = 3 4 PRINT X,Y,Z 50 PPINT X; Y;Zs

INPUT causes computer to stop s" execution and await operator input. Displays question mark. 30 INPUT X, 1', 7 40 PRINT X,Y1Z 50 PRINT X; Y; Z

25S GRADES d) 10 INPUT A,B,C,DI.E9F r. 20 G = (A+B+Q+114-5-1-F)/6 30 PRINT"AVE= "; G

INPUT same as PRINT ". 10 INPUT "ENTER GRAPES", and INPUT a G = (A+B+C+14E+F)/6 PRINT "AVE = "; G

FOR TO 10PRINT "ENTER GRADES" provides automatic looping 20FOR I = 1 TO 6 $0 INPUT G 40 .S = S + G 50NEXT I NEXT 60A = S/6 70PRINT "AVE = "; A

array variables lists of related quantities may be given a single name. e.g. 111

A4

DIM A(n) reserves computer space, 5. Intl G(6) 10 PRINT "ENTEe GRADES" for an array of n elements. 20 FOR I = 1:TO 6 .25 PRINT "TEST ";I; 30 INPUT GkI) 40 S='S t G(I) 50' NEXT I string variables 60 A = S/6 same as variables 70 PRINT "AVE = "; A except store strings of characters in the "box" instead of values 25 AL1114J f APPENDIX B12

Glasgow High School Slimmer Workshop Proposal

7

I 1004 (Rev. 14/7,4), ** op. 4144 f k!V*44 ING ESTFOR.Pauwaimi'''' IL TiEir4 .

PATE SUBMITTED:_April 73, 197S ,....001. ...

,, ,..A,'-A, .:3:C: NEWARK ECHQOP:',140.4,1ki ,Newark,0011011Siiif: ,, c',11.: School X. Person (s) Mak i,tg Request Mathenaticr*Piiiriniirt. .,:'; :.thasgaw .iii'sg)1'

.; .., . .., - School.School" Name . . . LI . Type of Request: Check appropriateline..AnAiCiTN. tCilUranl. A and

Column A ; .,,Delano B...,t. staff development ,a...schoOr.level- , x program development '' district_ level %

Respond a carefully as possible toeiCh'Of the following questions,:

. 'A. Statement of the problem to be consideredr, B. 1. List the alternatives you have alreadyattempted as. a means of dealing with this problem; - 2. List any activities that others in the'district or elsewhere have already undertaken to deal with the prcblem; C. List your, major goals and objectives iithe following areas: 1. Preparation of instructional materials, curriculumguides, course outlines, etc.; 2. What new or improVed competenciesdo'yOulexpect teachers to have a3 a result of this actLVitD. 3. What new or improved competencies do PA expectstudents to have as a result of thisactivity; iD. Describe the activities to be carried out (include a copyof 't the program or an agend.a,'whichever isapplicable); E. Given the response to B, why is the\activity youproposed in D needed? ''F. Evaluation: 1. Describe the procedures for evaluating theactivities (upon completion of the activity); 2. Desdribe the procedures you will use', and determinethe date for final evaluation concerning: a. degree of success in achieving theaims listed in C; and/or 0 b. impact on the school program, including student staff behavioral changes. Reports: A. A report of your activities,including the evaluation results described in F 1, will be due one weekafter the activities are concluded. B. A final report will be due uponcompletion of your final evaluation.

RE UESTS SUBMITTED ON FORM #1004 WILL BECONSIDERED AS FOLLOWS:

Requests for fall inservice (up toChristmas break)will be reviewed. . the third Monday in September Requests for winter inservice (afterChristmas break) will be reviewed the third Monday in November Requests for summer inservicewill be reviewed the third Monday in March 281 r'A1A14t V. BUDGET (include breakdown by categorie*: resource persons, materials, etc.:W

Categories Justification *

Personnel: Ted Miller i 1 @' 8.10-/hr Leaders

30 hr x 8.10= 243.00

Participants Joan Fessler Teacher A Dock Williams Teacher B 7 @ 5;30 /hr Carol Brown Nick Fera ( 3 Darrell Pelley 210,11.s x S.E 113.00

/ Resource Persons

, .. . .

Released time Substitutes

Materials & Supplies

I

Clerical and

Other /

.

TOTAL 4-1-3-356Tee--- Justification for each budget category should be presented in terms of the tasks to be acco4lished, services rendered, etc., and in relation to the realization of the major goals and \. objectives, by number, listed in C.

* * Participant amounts should reflct.the state scale and the degree of involvement of .the participants.

fi

SIGNATURE OF PERSON REQUESTING FUN TE

Return in Duplicate 262

Director of Inst uction Administration mjh i .4%. , , -

100.4 - AITAGNENT

(C-.4";ni.t ",

A. The ope`rYing of school in September, t9 Ai rgis mg kill' require further coordinati; and refinement in the, Mathematics cutritoitinin §reparation for the imrlementa 'on of a full, four-year mathematicsprogram.,The following program areas need special consideration:

1. CTieltation of added staff meMbers.regarding.dePartmentaistrUcture, procedures and policies, and curridilum.,

2. Refine existing and generate new procedures and polities forsequential course offerings.

3. Finalize course objectives and outlines, for thenew courses of the expanded mathematics program.

4. Develop methods to integrate computerusage and application within the entire ,urriculum. I Ir

1. Preliminary work has been doen through presept school-yeardepartment work. However, our situation now warrantsa full-time concentrated department effort.

2. Within the district, the other mathematicsprograms are on-going but our concern is in the development of totally new course.offerings. e ;Iirrice 0.0 444/4"07 %id,to/ Oa r /

Write course outlines and objectives for:. a. Calculus Trigonmetry/Analysis of Functions intermediate Algebra

er-y14,..4.4,414.?la44,7

The rg - . comil)uter 1,490.41-objectives and activities for existingcourses.

,Late and expand existingcourse objectives:

1. Formulate specific recommendations for sequential courses regarding student ol:aement and earned credits.

'.r.ient the incoming department members regarding4,,

a. department curriculum h. available resource and supplemental materials C. departmental philosophicsand policies

P. Activities:

Department discussions and identification of problem-areas.

Small-group work to f..evelop recommended solutions.

Department review and finalization of recommendations.

4. Small-group workon new-course outlipes ,and objectives. 263 Page 2 5, , 4 '

k.,.4 S',;:rtsAl

1.$ , . , S. Present department members,witl.r00,,, members to apprise them ofavaillibigty ioiifl of necessary as 'well as supplemental teaching 4,.).0.f! : ' , - n, L. rtu. problems and situations described ":A'*reotillx*ad.ditiOnal time and concentrated efforts beyond weekly departinent sessions.-,

It the conclusion of the entire session;:revised, and new cd4rSe outlines, oh cc t ives, and departmental policies will be presented_to_thitappropriate

Associate Principal for his approval, and/or modifidation. , APPENDIX B13

Christiana High School Summer Workshop Proposal,

r

235. C 4 21147117

UIIbING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM DEVEL ITIES Amoufiti Budget:ad______ATE OF PROPOSED WORKSHOP August 25-29. 1975 Initial Report Due: Final Report Due: 4:ChriRriana Hi2b Funds Revert: ° NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT Newark, Delaware

Person(s) Making Request JohnJ, Ba101110 LhristiaSna High Tir Nachoolme -Type of Request: Ch.,:ck appropriate line in BOTH Column Aand B Column A Column B 41-21// staff development 7-76E561 level aa district level 7- program development .

Respond as carefully as possible to eachof the following question : A. Statement of the problem to be considered; B. 1. List the alternatives you have already attempted as a means of dealing withthis problem; 2. List any activities that others ia thediatrict or elsewhere have already undertaken to deal with theproblem; C. List your major goals and objectivesin the following areas: 1. Preparation of instructional materials,curriculum guides, course outlines, etc.; -2. What new or improved competencies do youexpect teachers to have as a result of thisactivity; 3. What new or improved competencies do youexpect students to have as a result of thisactivity; (include a copy of D. Describe the activities to be carried out the program or an agenda,whichever is applicable); E. Given the response to B, why isthe activity you proposed in D needed? F. Evaluation: 1. Describe the procedures for evaluating theactivities (upon completion of theactivity); 2. Describe the procedures you will use,and determine the date for final evaluationconcerning: a. degree of success in achieving theaims listed in C; b. impact on the school program,including student and/or staff. behavioral changes. IV. Rourts: A. A report of your activities,.including the,evaluation results described in F 1, will be due one.week after the activities are'concluded. B. A final report will be due uponcompletion of your final evaluation..

REQUESTS SUPMITTED ON FORM #1004WILL BE CONSIDERED AS FOLLOWS:

Requests for fall inservice(up to Christmas break) will bereviewed the third Monday in September Requests for winter inservice(after Christmas break) will be reviewed the third Monday in November Requests for summer inservicewill be reviewed the third Monday in March 41. 263 V. BUDGET (include breakdown by categories, pat tic ipiii t*; resource persons, materials, etc.

Categories Justification * Amount **

Personnel: John J. laldino - Steven C. Palme C to conduct.the workshop and pro- Leaders vide the necessary leadership 60 hours at $8.10/hr. , : $ 486.00 2

Participants Participants will learn to use computers and how to apply them 6 for 3 days effectively. in their classrooms. 108 hrs. at $5.40 per hour 583.20

, Resource Persons

Supervisor of\ -- Mathematics

Released time Subs.titutes _-

Materials & Supplies 20 computer tapes , , 25.00

Clerical and Other

TOTAL $1,044.90

Justification for each budget category should be presented in terms of the tasks to be accomplished, services rendered, etc.,

. and in relation to the realization of the major goals and objectives, by number, listed in C.

* * Participant amounts shguld reflect the state scale and the degree of involvement of the participants.

624' fdts.1,,._ 6/13/75 ATURE PERSON QUESTING FUNDS DATE 267 Return in Ouplicate to:

Director of Instruction Administration Building mih .1 -2-

FUNDING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

III. A. With the proposed acquisition of computers for Christiana High'School, there is a need to orient more fully the mathematics staff to their capabilities 4 in order that effective utilization be achieved throughout the year. In addition, there is a need to adopt existing programs to the hardware and deter- mine where these will fit into the existing mathematics curriculum at Christiana High.

B. 1. Alternatives had not been atceuTted previously because the hardware was not available.

2. Several Christiana mathematics teachers have attended an introductory workshop on the hardware during the 1974-75 district-wide inservice days. In addition, others will be attending an intro- ductory course which will be conducted during the summer of 19'75.

The developments of the district-wide computer objectives writing workshop and the work of the Glasgow High staff during the 1974-75 school year will be used as input for this workshop.

C. 1. At the completion of the workshop each teacher will:

a, demonstrate his ability to access "canned programs."

b, demonstrate his knowledge of programming techniques.

c. demonstrate his ability to cope with normal technical machine peculiarities.

d. demonstrate his ability to write a sample program.

2. At the completion of the workshop, each teacher will demonstrate his ability to function as a lab supervisor for the purpose of helping stu- dents to overcome difficulties they will encounter regarding machine operations and programming problems.

.3. At the completion of the workshop, a set Of "canned programs" for classroom applications will have been prepared and debugged. Where appli- cable, "canned programs" would have been modi- fied and improved. 268 FUNDING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

4. At the completion'of the workshop, a list of addi- tional applications (with a description and out- line) that are not available will have been compiled.

263 FUNDING REQUEST FOR PROGRAM AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

D. Agenda

August 25, 1975

Participants: John Baldino, Steven Palmer

Time: 8:30-3:30

Place: Christiana High School'

Activities: 'Preparation, organization, and final planning for* workshop Test machits for proper workingcondi- tions' DP,bugging of existingibrary functions

Duplicating and translating personal programs .developed fortheDelta 'system from paper tape to casettes

August 26, 27, 28, 1975'

Participants: John Baldino, Steven Palmer, Mary Pritchett, Franklin Sykes, Howard Gerkin, Linda Davidson, Teacher X, Teacher Y.

Time: 8:30 - 3:30

Place: Christiana Hig08chool

Acti;ities: Familiarize staff with existing"canned programs." Familiarize staff with methods of ac- cessing "canned program."

Initruct staff on general machine operation, programming techniques, and knowledge necessary to function as a lab supervisor. Compile a list of classroom applications with a description and outline foreach.

Modify and improve existing programs.

270 FUNDING -RE QUEST FOR PROGRAM AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

August 29, 1975

Participants John Baldino, Steven Palmer

Time: 8:30-3:30

Place: Christiana High School

Activities. Outline department activities relating

1 to computer education for the 1975-76 I school6 year.

Start writing and debugging. suggested programs for'classroom applications which were compiled during the previous workshop days.

E. In order for all teachers to utilize the computer hardware immediately, the necessary peg'- planning must take place before the start of the 1975-76 school year and should involve as many of the staff members as possible.

F. 1. Each participant will be evaluated on an indi- vidual basis to determine- if he has achieved the objectives listed in Cl and C2.

2. "Canned programs" which have been modified or 'developed will be judged by the supervisor of mathematics on the merits' of their applicability

, and usability.

3. Written documents which will be prepared will be judged by the supervisor of mathematics to determine if they are consistent with district format and are applicable in other schools.

4. Participants will evaluate the degree towhich the objectives of the workshop have been met.

5. A follow-up study will be done to_ascertainthe degree of utilization by students and teachers during the 1975-76 school year. (This will be incorporated in the existing method of deter- mining the utilization of the mathematics

laboratory.) .

'mhh 6/13/75 271 THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATIONOF A

DISTRICT COMPUTER EDUCATIONPROGRAM

APPENDIX C

Student Involvement

C1 School Newspaper ArticleAdvertising Mini-Courses

C2; Invitations Sent to Students'forthe Mini-Courses C3: Mini-Course Class Lists

C4:, Student Materials forMini-Courses C5: Tape Cassette Check-Out List

C6. Additional Check-Out Lists

C7: Samples of Student GeneratedPrograms

C8: "Mathematics Through the Computer" Course Guide

C9: Summer School Catalog Descriptionfor"Mathematics Through the Computer"

C10: Special Flyer for "MathematicsThroughlthd Computer: ell: "Mathematics Throughthe Computer" Class List

C12: Title of ProgramsGenerated by Students Attending "Mathematics Through the Computer"

272 1

APPENDIX Cl

School Newspaper Article Advertising Mini-Courses

i 0

I

1

273 ,) .y A P I 4.444A,1 '1OV t'4

'Glasgow Hifih School. New.erir:,r

Vbluni II, No. 3

February, 1075

Y DEPT. SHOW Ci S TRIPMIRACLEMACHINES ey, in an effort Have youbeen to) the TO BE BM is students the math, area lately? yesterdaY,has if youhavent,' youshould trip to Williams- stop by. New this year is Due to' a.. It isWow our computer room with given to these y scheduled for four Wass computers .in .Dennis Lebo memo 22C ad 23. 'Mr. M-208., newshowcase will li&rGed the num, If you have a problem to erected in the se plop going by per- solve, or Youjust feel memorial showcase ly his class to like bawling or playing the students. Because e on the excul.- Slot machines, thus is the professed interes dsnte will travel place to go! There are a c had for sports, it us.'. limiting the number of things the com- he would seost ng to abOut 41. puter cart do. It csn play .:the donation to he at each student a almost any type of game, this cantles s than 50 dollars or figure out .iny problem Although. Dennis fare, motel If thecomputer does not in any sports 'ell tickets and food, know how to do what'' you cannotbe set for this felt that he mail day. tour. Mr. want, you can even program course until the .lait like& to have part chest U.S. history it yourself. minute, becausethe only in sports in later tMii first hand Because theprogram le waythey can decide to high school.. of colonial just startingout, it has have it iswhenthe most This showcase is 11 be beneficial. not yet been offeredas a study halls coniaide. Ne34 ' of promotinit school wve. to all the att locations that class, but things are year two definite courses: , visitedarethe starting to roll. Third will be offers& The urgesses, Oover- and fourth quarter a course courses willbe Computer I,. aim,many .61d is being offered in com- for the beginners, and Com puter craftsmanshops, puter operating..Mr. Walzl II, forthe people AlPStis it 17th cent, is .going to he the instilc- who know something about and also William tor, and if interested these (fantastic) machines. College. Other. you can Band signupwith Mr. This year, Aht.1 ed to be visited Pelloyin C-207. The time Yorktown, 274 State ,Band include When 9 Glasgow High .Seitot e arranged. the individual performe said, "To give scales, and -sight material in frOnt c a first hand dition committe, [ ofhow life 4' changed since ditions were on Jar 1975 at Symrna Hitt* r (

)

APPENDIX C2

Invitations Sent to Students for the Mini-Cdurses

I

/

I

I 275

'`.41,-,...... ". ;

Tp WELCOME 'TL?-`1:i

USE THIS NOTZ:LiFq1-; ROOM M208. WE;*Lt;,,, PER I OP ON FOP THE FIRSTMOIING:

, ,x-ittt ;77,1:41"

- tt ?' ,

E.:COME :TO THECE)MPUT.R.,,ClifiztiZ.41;0,,-, - ig, ,,,,.ti .' ,t A(' ,:' '470,,i YEK.O' PASS., TUF-,' EIS THIS NOTE PS WE* LL SEE-:,ggu iCiel 112°8. 7,' 76.,,

TH F a' . ti OM M T i.' .., MEETINI, ,f ,THE FIRST .0,-,.

7 t

1 273 A ..

APPENDIX C3

Mini-Course Class Lists

.0

277

% COMPUTER MINI-C( )SE CLASS LIST INSTRUCTOR; F. NEIL WALZL GLASGOW HIGH SCHOOL SPRING, 1975 Name Hr. MathMost CourseRecent 1 Periods 2 3 Available 4 5 6 7 GeMi chaelne Bradfield Brown 18031602 AlgebraBasic SkillsII (H) X X ArGa ryt BakerBachman 1720,1701 Elem. AlgebraGeometry II I MWF X X MWF X HaS rryeve Blaine BunvilTe 18021803 Algebra I X' X XX X De edlla Bieseder- Banks 18011802 Elem. Algebra X X X OD E eveick BorstBergstrom 16021601 AlgebraRec. Math I X X X BrJSt ettff Cook Carmine 16021720 AlgebraGeometry II TRF X X Wa derry Catt Clement 27101720 Geometry I MWF X GrBe egn Cameransi Clinton 16031602 Elem. GeometryAlgebra II X X X Name Hr. Mathmost Coursexecent 1 n- r1 GS tWal 2 3 I 4 able 5 6 Mike Dignon 1604 Algebra I 1111 X MWF JackJim DouglasEbert 18061604 Algebra II I , II m!IF 'Tim Fahey 1806 Elem. Algebra MEE h X, Mike Goodman 1606 Pre Algebra X LeeEsther Howell Hanke 28092808 Elem. AlgebraAlgebra I X X ScottRobin Kline Johnson 28092820 Elem. AlgebraGeometry I X MWF X . BillJeffUzi LevinLordLotter 28112810 Elem. AlgebraAlgebra IIF JimSteve McLaren McLeod 2812 Algebra I BrendaJerryDavid MeierMillerLeman 26102812 Elem. AlgebraGeometryAlgebra I I DennisRuthKeith O'Farrell ShelalisSands 361538153813 Bus.AlgebraInd. Math Math I X --) -3- mdme nu. natalMostLt Recent .4. I, Periods Available KerryElizabeth Walzl Smith 138163617 Algebra II (H) Course I IG.34.00/MWF X DebbieKaren WheatleyWhite 37183720 Geometry I MikeEddy Yarucci Yoder 3819 BasicGeometryEle. SkillsAlgebra I X MWF X 11/13/75FNW:rls APPENDIX C4

Student Materials for Mini-Courses

.:,

1 231

d

-..n,,.... , L.; ' COMPUTER MINI-COURSE

GLASGOW HIGH SCHOOL

SPRING, 1975 O

Instructor: F. Neil Walz1

To-The Student:

In this course, you will be learning to use the in-house computers located here at Glasgow High Scholl.

The course will be informal: no grades will be given, no credit will be awarded, and your attendance(or lack of) will not be reported to the office.

We will spend only a minimal amount of time formally discussing various topics. The rest of the time you will be working independently (or in small groups) with the hardware. However, 3 will provide you with help as the need arises.

The objectives I would like to see each of you master are as follows:

1. Initialize the computer.

2. Use the machine as a calculator.

3. Load a program from tape.

4. Save a program on tape.

5. Write a simple program without branching. 414

6. Write a,simple program with unconditional

branching. 232 2

7. Write a simple program with conditional

branching.

8. Write a simple program with a loop.

9. Write a-program which utilizes array variables.

10. Write a program which utilizes string

variables.

11. Write a program which utilizes hex codes.

As you master the various BASIC commands, functions, and statements, it will be your job to letme know in order that I can "check out" your skills.

Finally, the attached materials are for your use.

Keep them handy, but remember, they are only a synopsis of some of the BASIC commands, functions, and statements.

For further information, use the books and manuals found here in the computer room.

233 3

WANG 2200 SERIES

I. KEY BOARD (MODEL 2215)

#5

#1 #2 #3 #4

There are 5 zones on the keyboard

Zone #1 contains the BASIC language keyboard keys arLd alpha and special characters.

Zone #2 contains numeric entry keys.

Zone #3 contains the arithmetic operators, math functions, and the punctuation symbols.

Zone #4 contains the edit and error correction keys.

Zone #5 contains the user defined special function keys. USINGTHE SYSTEM AS A CALCULATOR

G To use the system as a calculator, perform the following steps:

a. Todch the print key b. Enter your calculation c. Touch the execute key

The answer will automatically print For example, to aad 25 + 8:

a. Touch PRINT b. Enter 25 + 8

. c. Touch execute

233 4

The display will look like the following.

PRINT 25 + 8 33

Perform the following calculations.

1. 86.2 + 155.86 2. 6723 - 1965 3. 47 = 16 4. 52 x 7 5. The sum of 47.3 and 92.8, 6. The product of 3, 4, and 5 , 7. 842 minus 681 -3. The quotient of 481 divided by 3.2

III. CALCULATOR FACTS The system follows all the accepted rules asso- ciated with algebra.

The order of executiohis as follows:

a. Exponentation (?) compUted first b. Division (/) 21.computed second Multiplication (*) c. Subtraction (-)3computed third Addition (+)

Using these priorities, all expressions areevaluated left to right.

If you want to change the orderof operations (execution), insert parentheses. You may insert as many sets of parentheses, as necessary.

For example, 25 -+ 3 * 7 would'equal 46,while (25 + 3) * 7 would equal 196.

Note: Implied multiplication is not allowed. For example, 3 * (4 + 5) is correct, while3(4 + 5) is not.

IV . FLOATING POINT NUMBERS When entering numbers, you are limitedtd 13 digits. If you want to enter very large or verysmall numbers, another format, referred to asfloating

235 ti

point, can be used. (You might be familiar with the special case 'called scientific notation.)

Examples of numbers represented in floating point are:

a. 6.02 x 1024 b. 195 x 10q c. 5.1 x 10' d. .016 x 105

These numbers would be entered in the following manner.

a. 6.02 E 24 b. 195 E18 c. 5.1E-5 d. .016 E5-

The largest exponent you can, use is 99 while the smallest is -99. The exponent,must always be an integer.

V. ERROR'DETECTORS

If you do riot follow the established rules when entering numbers, and formats:the system will automatically tell you by displaying an error message.

An error message on'the screen will look like the f following.

PRINT 3 * SQR(17

/ERR05

ERR 05 means that a right parentheses is missing. For a complete listing of the error messages, check the appendix in the programming manual'.

VI. USING VARIABLES AND ASSIGNING TH2M VALUES ' .The use of variables. is mathematical shorthand which allows you to assign a-riume-i.ic value to a letter (variable) and use this letter in several different expressions where.the variable,has the same value for each expression.

23G

..)1'1.4.seer There are.,286 different variable names available: The names consist of a single letter (A-Z) or a letter and a digit'(0-9). These variables- are called numeric scalar variables.

Example of legal variable names are: ,

A, B., C, R2, S6, YO.

When a numeric variable is given a value, tte process is called assigning it arvalue. .A numeric variable can have only one valuOat a time. The format is as fdllows:

X = 25 F = 4/3 * q Pi * 7t2.

3/4 Y6 = 30 C= SQR (At2 +,Bt2) The variable is always on the left hand sideof the equality sign and the value assigned,ia always on the right. The equality sign must always be u4ed:4

VII. PERFORMING MORE THAN ONE CALCULATION PER LINE

It,is possible to enter more than ,one statement per statement line. Simply separate each statement by a colon,(:). by doingthis: you can take advantage of the .size of the CRT (i.e. 64 characters per line).

The following example contains three statements. # PRINT 15: PRINT SQR (15): PRINT 15f (1/3)

VIII. PRINTING OUT MORE THAN ONE VALUE PER LINE

A. Zoned Format

Thy, CRT display 1.3 divided into four 16-space fields or zones.

To gnerate more.than one output value per,, line with .each value:in a separate zohe,t values are 1 nrinped in a single PRINT statement ,with commas sePifa-ttmg-t-he-vaLues___

2 37.

a 1-*

7

'For example PRINT 1, 3, 4 would look like

1 2 3 4

the CRT.

B. Packed Format

While a zoned forthat,lets you print up-to four values per _a ?acked_format __enables you to prin more-thanfour values on one line. To generate packed format's, semicolons are, used betWeen ech of the values.

1For example,'PRINT 1;2; 3;4;5;s 6;7 would ) look like

, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

t 1,-- on the CRT.

It is permissible to mix zoned aid packed formats on the same line. For example,PRINT"VAIJUE=";50"NEW VALUE=":51 would, look like

4 VALUE = 50 NEW VALUE = 51

on the CRT.

C. The TAB function

The TAB function works like the tab stop on a typewriter. When the machine comes to a TAB (A) function, it spaces in A spaces auto- matically, ani then proceeds to print the next part of the statement.

Forexample;PRINTTAB (20); 25 would look like (25 spaces) 25 on the CRT

The 'contentof the paretrtheses of a TAB function can be any number or algebraic expression'. For example, PRINT TAB (21'3) would sp'ace, in 8 spaces.

238 8 1

IX. LOOPING

A. Using the FOR-TO/NEXT statements

The FOR -TO /NEXT type of loop consists of three parts. Part 1 consists of establishing the loop. Part 2 consists of any computation, etc. that you wish to do. Part 3 consists of the command to repeat the loop.

An example of this type of loop could look like the following:

For X =1 to 10: klIV.:23: egrx,

Fart 1 Part 2 Part 3

This loop would print the numbers 1 to 10 Aone to a line.

The loop need not start at one, and the step can be changed by adding one additional command. For example,

FOR X = 3 to 12 STEPS: PRINT X: NEXT X

will gelle±ate 19 values (3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 12) and print them'one to a line.

By inserting various punctu4tion symbols, you can change the printing format.

X. FLOWCHARTING When someone decides to write a program, one does not sit down and immediately enter the program into the machine. Rather, it is first necessary to begin by thoroughly analyzing the problem. tr.te.N.Ic Part of this process includes making a flowchart. A flowchart is a visual representation of all the steps required to solve a problem. 4

The common flolcharting symbols are:

An oval<=) which indicates a starting or stopping operation.

Arrows which indicate the direction flow

233 9

A Rectangular Box which indicates an operation

A Diamondno which indicates a decision

yes

A Circle which indicates a continuation

A Cutoff Rectangle which indicates a printout or display.

2)3 10

An example of a flowchart follows:

10 A = 10

20 B = 25 c, 30 C = A * B

40 PRINT C Assign value of 10 to A

V Assign value of 25 to B,

c,

Multiply

A:Times B

Print

A Times

...../ 231 11

XI. SIMPLE COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

After a problem is analyzed, the next step is to write a program. The only difference between -) using the system as a calculator or a programmable calculator is the use of statement line numbers. When a statement line number precedes a line, it immediately,indicates-to the system that it is in the programming mode. The use of a line numbero 'enables you to execute a line again and again.

Remember, each line must start with a statement number.

Statementnumbers do not hale to be sequential. In fact, it is to your advantage to leave spaces in order that yi.1 can insert additional lines if necessary.

Before entering a program, you should clear the machine. There are 3 CLEAR commands.

CLEAR -'clears memory completely

CLEAR V clears only variables from memory

CLEAR P - clears only program text from memory

The following is a simple program ready for entering:

10 A=10 20 B=25 30 C=SQR (A/2 + Bt2) 40. Print A, B, C 50 END This program will square A, square B, add the results, print the original A & B, print the final results.

See if you can enter and run this program. If you want to change a line, enter the same line number followed by the new line.

If you want to delete a line, enter the line number and touch execute. 292 12

XI : THE BASIC COMMANDS,.,,

A. STOP & CONTINUE

Inserting a stop statement merely halts the execution of the program. It does not disturb . anyvariables. If a literal message follows the stop statement, it is automatica1ly printed. To start the program again', touch CONTINUE.

B. END

In addition to the STOP statement, another statement which terminates program execution is the END statement. This statement is optional. It performs two functions.:

1. Haltd program execution 2. Displays the total amount of unused memory.

C. REM

The REM (or remark) statement is used to insert explanatory notes into a program. It does not print but is used only as a program- ming aid. However, it does'take up available memory space.

D. GD TO The GO TO statement is always used with a line number. For instance, GO TO 20 will cause the program to branch to line'20'each time it is executed.

Its advantages are obvious. First, you can repeat parts of your program over and over and second you can carry out the program in an order other than which it was written.

E. GO SUB

The GO SUB statement causes a branch to subroutine. A subroutine is a program within a program. For instance, GO SUB 200 would branch to the subroutine that starts at line 200. The 293 4 13

0

subroutine must/'always end with A RETURN statement. Eicecution will then return to the next statement immediately following the GO SUB statement.

F. IF - THEN

The IF - THEN statement is a conditional branch which has the ability to test values and branch if a condition is met, and not branch if the condition is not met.

The general form of the IF - THEN statement is as follows: 4 < IF (operand) (operand) THEN .(line #) <

Where the operand can be a literal string, alphanumeric variable, or an expression.

The following are examples of legal IF :'- THEN statements: 20 IF XX THEN 50

20 IF l<14 THEN 50

20 IFAtB(SCITTHEN 50

Can you tell when each of the preceeding statements will jump to line 50?

XIII. ADDITIONAL METHODS OF ASSIGNING VALUES TO VARIABLES

In addition to the assigmmerii statement, thereare two other methods of changing the value of a variable in a program. These are (1) the READ,& DATA statements and (2) the INPUT statement.

A. The READ and DATA statements are used together. An example of the data statement is:

Statement Data Separated by Commas Line No. 294 14

0 The system automatically sets a data, pointer td the location of the first value in the DATA statement. It does not matter whether the data is included in one statementor For instance,

100 DATA 5 a 110 DATA 3, 17.2

120 DATA 6' 0 is equivalent to the ,previous example,

In order-to use the data contained in the DATA

statement, it is.s necessary to use the READ statement.

For example: 1C6DATA 3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8,9, 10

20 READ A, $, C, D

will cause the system to assign 3 to A, 4 to B, 5 to C, and 6 to D. If line'20 is executed a second time, the system will then assign 7 to A, 8 to B,9 to C, and 10 to D.

This imples that all the data need not be read at one time. Further, several READ statements can be used to read the data. However, it is very important to consider the order in which the data appears.

B. The INPUT statement is used to enable a person to enter data after execution is started. Thus, the input data dries not become a part of the program text.

The general form is, INPUT (variable). When the system reaches an INPUT statement, it stops and prints out a question mark.(?). The user is then.' expected to enter data values, one for each variable named in the INPUT statement, separated by commas.

293 15

A literal string can be included in the INPUT statement. For example,

10 INPUT "NEXT VALUE" A

would be displayed on the CRT as

. NEXT VALUE?'

and enables the user to see what is expected to he--entered.

mhh

296 0 0 0 i.

I' LOOKING FOR- SYI 'PAX ERRORS

." v. ...- . . . . Directi nd: Determine whether the syntax of .the following BASIC stateme is is correct. If it is i cortect, cite the' appropriate

ile.fir4t.- on(s)and statement requi ements. . c . . . % .

, I. t° °STATEMENT CORRECT'INCRRECT

1 REM' JOE PROGRAMMER I -

2 READAl

3 READA,B,C(2),I,K-,"HT" . 4.2PRINT i(1,2)

5 PRINT 1,2, "TWO NU.MBETIS"

6 LET A = 1.

7 LET B -= A .

8LET 9B = A + 1.5

e 9 LET B = ((A + D) /C F)) 7.143. B) = ((A' +,,B)/C T (E F) - 75.43,

11 IF 7 =.7 THEN 7

12 IF B = 25.4 THEN. 61.3 l 0 13IF Y + J = 17/KTHEN54 K

14 DIM K.(10,20)

A(K) '16FOR 15) = 1 TO 10 STEP 17GOT037354 .. 18STOP P.

19PRINT PROCESSINGFINISHED 20FOR A9.; = 1 TO 7 O

3/3/T5 297, , PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS

1. Write a prbgram,which will compute the'sum of.the first 100 whole numbers and print the sum.

2. Write 'a program which will compute..the Cum of the first 100 whole numbers,'compuie the sum of the squares of the first 100 whole,numbers, and print the answeri.

3. Revise your program for Problem #2 'so you can compute the sum of a series which starts anywhere and ends anywhere.

4. The quadratic formula is: ,y =. ,--, ------,-- A a, . 'Where a, b, and 'E are found in the general formcof the quadratic

I/ 1- to-is ==0. Write a program to find the solution for a quadratic

equation using this program.

NOTE:' You will have a problem if (1/2-

5. Write a program to find the hypotenuse of a right traingle if the legs are known.

(Rule of Pythagoras is a (. ).

6. Write a program to find a-leg of a right triangle ifthe hypotenuse and one leg are known.

7. The formula for simple interest.is j= Prt. Write aprogram for computing simple interest.

FNWalz1:bap 2/75

2D8 e."

A i' .....'. . -4 .810.rl' I C.seI .1. e s 14

1

or

APPENDIX C5 r

Tape Cassette Check-Out List .. j

3

N r

..

4

29 9. Q . , '

.COMPUTER MINI-COURSE GLASGOW HIGH,SCHOOL Spring, 1975

TAPF CASSETTE CHECK-00T

The studentwill demonstrate to the instrucVor the ability to successfuliy.carry.Out the following tasks. successfUl completion; the proficiency level .mint be 100%., t

1." Load the first \rogramfrom tapeeinto,memory.

'2." Skip the first n_ les and load the n +1

40 program into. memory,. ry

3. Backsp,rUe over n .files and load the next progrft into memory.

4. Save, a program with or without a name.

.1

O

t .

I

3D0 r

4 1 e 1. o

APPENDIX C6

Additional Check-Out Li

110 v

301 s COMPUTER MINI - COURSE. GLASGOW HIGH _SCHOOL Spring, 1975.

4 'INITIkLIZING THE MACH1VE CHECK-OUT ti 1 The student will demonstrate ,to the instructor the ability to successfully carry out thefollOwing .tasks. For successful completion, the profl.ciency level must be 100%.

1. Turn the pCwer'on.

Clear memory.

3. Clear the CRT screen and adjust the intensity to the properjevel.

tl

3.02 O

COMPUTER MINI-COURSE GLASGOW HIGH -SCHOOL Spring, 1975

USG THE COMPUTER IN THE IMMEDIATE MODE CHECK-OUT

The student wil4 demonstrate to the instructor the ability to successfully carry out the following tasks. A proficiency level of 100% is expectedinpare I. The proficiency level .,for part II will depend 'on the math background Of the student. 3 I. Using the system as a calculator, perform the fol-. lowing calculations.

A. 14+ 6 B. 8-x 6 C. 8 - 12.66 D. 96 = 853 E. 7 - 12.6 8 .002 F: 53 C G. Print the sum of 86.2 and 155a6 . H. Print the result of 8522 minus 1498 I. Print the quotient of 20 divided by 4.25

.Using the system the immediate mode, find the following. C ci

A. Sin. bf 3.2 radians' B. Cos. of 35 degrees C. Square root of 148 D. The absolute value of (3 + - 8) E. The greatest integer value of the square root of 3.27 X 9.25 .003.,

303 .kr5e

!otCrcmoc.... COMPUTER MINI-COURSE-

, GLASGOW HIGH SCHOOL Spring, 1975

ELEMENTARY BASIC STATEMENTS CHECK -OUT

The student will demonstrate to the instructor the ahility to slIcepssfully tsrry out the...following tasks. The tasks need not all be done' at the same time. Also, the proficiency level must be 100%.

PRINT STATEMENT

20 A = B : B = 15 : C : D 25 20

Using the preceeding two -step program complete line #20 so: A. The value of A, & D are printed in the four zones On a,single line. B. The values of.A, B, C, & D are each, printed on a single line.. C. The values Of A, B, C, & D are printed one after the other in single line (packed foftnat). D. The value of A is printed 20 spaces in the left-hand side .of -the CRT:,'

1 T. LOOPING A:, Write a one-step program which will print the first 10 integers... B. Write aone-step program which 411 print the numbers from ,r3 to +3 in steps of 1/2.

1:1. UNDERSTAND BRANCHING 10 A = 10 20 B = A + 5

30 PRINT B, A . 40 A =A+1 : 50 Complete line 50o the program will always. jump to line 20.

INPUT STATEMENT 10 20 I =P( II* T 30 PRINT 40 END Complete lice 'l0 so you dan put in your own values ..for P, R, and T.

10 20 I = PA T 3 .30 PRINT I. /40

'- Complete lines 10 and 50 using the READ and(bATA,.0 statements to compute the interest on $1000 at 5% fui' 3 years. . 30*- Wu.

I

,

COMkiTER,MINI-:COURSE GLASGOW HIGH SCHOOL__ , Spring, 1975,

FLOWCHARTING CHECK-OUT

- A. Construct a flowchart illustrating howyou might drive a car to school. Use at least two decision boxes.

B. Construct a flow chart illustrating,the following program.

10 A.,-= 1:` B = 2

20 C = A +,13 ".4 C

30 IF C> 15 THEN 50 PRINVC

50 GO TO 10'

69 VD , r.

305

'4,44..1 .

---.'1:-.;---

L v APPENpIX C7

. Samples .:of Student Generated Programs :

... *.

1

C '." z I

. ., .,^

a

.

. ., .

1 a

303 . 14 lOPPINT"_UMOF FIRST 100 NUMBERS"-, 1.:,...- ..,:0FOP 1=1TO 100:=A+I:PRINT ;<:NEXT ,Ae.c,

7:0-END -/,:tio,o1744,44.,,k,..>, ..7R, Ni

0 ------___ -

QM B ERS----SQUAR ED"---6-4,414.V/2 ,:--, :,-;e444., --,--,1:5_A4-x:..,,,c 1-0PRINT--".SUM -OF- -FIRST -100 N .4 _. ---,!.!. . :- - uF0P I=ATZt 100:X=X+It2kPRINTXNE.4;:-.4 .;:lif11:21:,,,,...cp4.1"------;:;YATT , .. 0- ---.:z.--. Nt TYEMD- - : . . . . .4 ,,---,..:--- e.. !.k.::- . ,.. "41;7144,.c"" ,40-:, -,--$::, . 4.,..4....- 5-, .44-* :.0. , ,,.,,..;.; :0.,:,.,.,,e 7,5, . .. : . . ,';.s4,1.1... 4' ; 't 1: sr.:,.4,/,t 1OPPINT "SUM OF THE SQUARES-OFAN'e:.;',NU,6DE;fi;l4,Wl 'ArZy ',,,. 21! UNPUT k , .13, .. ilik. ' 42' :.9 ,ir24;Vira :2:0 FOP I=ATO B:X=X+It2:PRINT X:NEXT I. .... p- , ,,..y 49END L .

fj 1!

10PRINT nOUADPATIC FORMULA" INPQT !4..' 30:=;B+z7.1)P(Bt2-4.4.602#A) '40 =7.--PiTIR(Bt2-4.A*0>/(2A) 5OPPINT ,,E,0END

, .

307 xti

r

a

t lOPRINT "FORMULA FOPTHE HYPO-TEN 2uFPINT "IF LEGS:' AREKNOW13.9 , 311 INFJT A.B 4u C=124-Br2 50 :=:1P(C) OPPINT C 70FNP

lOPPINT ''FORMULH FORTAE HYPOT56)..SECtF OV I 20PRINT "IF ONE LEG I,S,,KNOt4Ni!!, 4 , i 4 .

a 30IlitiT CIB t'.' .. :0,1=SCIP(Ct2ritin

....77.Z'74,1 ,50FRINT A -- ,60END

10PRINT"SIMFFLE_INTEREST" :V...1ZV -<'"4, (1 INPUT "PRINCIPeX",.P .`AIA1;,0) 31:1 INc1.11, "P4TE",C- , 40INPUT "TINE"'T .* t.' 14.47, 4 SiI=P*P*T/100 ;, 6' PRINT I 1` .` -At . " .4 ft 414'. - $0ENrt> i$A,M"'-z-: 4 . -t.. A t4A. ; tl..vt :, .. .. ''' v-$;S'A't.., . . 41* . . . .

11, '

t. e.

a.

4 N. '4

gOS f',Nk 4-Vq, 144V !.

41, -- 4- 4 ,, ..Vh'

5 REM SIMULATES A GAME. 'COIN IS TOSSED. ,H016,-- ROLL 1DIE 6 .REM TO.DETERM1NE POINTS GAINED. -- ROLL A DIE TO! 7 -REM-DETERMINE POINTS LOST. PRINTS TOTAL GAIN(LOSS) AT END 10PRINT-"HEADS"0"TAILS" 20R0=4:--1-T0-20 30X=RND6.). , 401r k. 5 THEN 80- 50PRINT "H") 60LET W=0. jklt W=INT(6*RND(3))+1 7.5PRINT.W j

80PRINT - 90LET W=0 100W=INT((6*RND<8))+1),*(-1) 105PRINT 110LET 0=M+W 120NEXT,I .. 130IF /1:=OTHEN 150- 140PRINT "YOU.LOST ")M;" POINTSq-

1.45S TOP t 150PRINT "YOU GAINED POINTS" 160END

5 REM SIMULATES TOSSING OF A COIN 20 TIMES. REPORTS TOTAL 6 REM NUMBER OF HEADS AND TAILS AT END 10LET T=0 0 20LET,H=0 ZILIFOR =1 TO 204. 40LET.R=RND(1). 50IF 5THEN 70 E0IF R>=.-5THEN 90 70LET.H=H+1 T "HEADS" 8SGOTO 10 90l ET T= 1 109PRINT " ILS7 110NEXT I 12OPPNT "NUMB OF HEADS=")H 1-30PRINT "NUMBER TAILS=")T 140END

0 3

, 344:1;rg..2- INPUT " 1 F YOU ARE READY- TO- BEGIN TYPE OUT READY", Zi 61 F Z$<> "READY" THEN 5 PRINT- HEX( OD 10F1=0 B=0 : C=0: E=0 : F=0 : G=0 : H=0 : I =0 :11=0 : K=0: Miva: P=0 20PR I NT "THIS PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO TAKE 'VARIOUS GRADES AND COM EU f THE-IRVERBGE7-THE I-MEANZIFINP GIVE-YOU-YOUR-GRADES -IN ORD r' ER "

30DIM A(20): DIM el<20) ____. 40 INPUT "HOW MANY GRADES DO YOU WISH TO USE(L IMI T 20) ", B 't 50'iP-B20tHEN-40 ,,- EOFOR D=1 TO Bo ,r0 I Nepi_...... f...0T, IN GRAM' , 9 cD 80C=C+A(b) -El O SONEXT D Q0E=CeS : PRINT E; " IS. YOUR AVERAGE" IlpF=b/z. IF F = INT ( F ) THEN 130

1 2013=A(INT(F)+1):GOTO ,

130H=\INTCF): I =H+1 : ..7=A (H) +A ( I , 140PR IRT ,G; ," IS'. YOURMEAN" 150FOR e-i TOB:L=0

160FOR M=.TO 6: IF L

4. if

4

P

.

P.

3 0 - 7.1.-0 4,z,

t ...- 1li't7a

'' ' '' 41ri4°2 10H---z0 8=0 C=0E=0*F=0 4. .111- . :OPPINT "THIS PROGRAMWILLTELL :;THE1.10 ANY '- GIVEN TWO INTEGER, .:, , 3oINPUT "WHAT ARE YOUR 2POSTIIVE INTEGERS% i

-,. 40L.A+1 F=6-1.C=0 . 1 50iFA<=0THEN 73 _ 41 I .. , 6000)0 SO . , $' .707 NT "PLEASE USE 2_POSI-TIVEINTEGERS".:GOTOv

bOI NH.,,,S THEN 100 . ti9Jawau 110 'THE 1.7:::AOTO LitiPRINT" "PLEHSE MAKE -THE _..2NDINTEGERpREATER, 30 140FOR_D=E TO F 120IF D/2=INT(6/2THEN 140 13000TO i60; car 2<:: 210- 15000TO 2@O 4.7 A- 160IFD=3THEWW G=3TO SORSTEP 2

V -180IFD/G=1NT(D/G)THEN 210°, 1r-!U EXT ARIME":CC+1 .4 200PRINT.D;"IS A , L1ONEXT D tt 220PRINT "THEREARE

7\

"4 74' tt , ' . ! s . . .9 , ., icipkINT"*************************44*****************);4**** .4 v.

20PRINT "' SEMI--PERIMETER" , 30PRINT "******w************4********************************** ***17*****" 40INPUT "INPUT THE THREECI)SIDES"ri;B,C 50S-L- A+S+C)/2 .0.4% ' THE SEMI-PERIMETER15":.S s' 60PRINT " .74 ztipRINTu*****t**4:*****,******************************4c***t*** ********ft SOPRINT " HERON'S THEOREt'" ,90FRINTn4,*******4,.*******************************!********,****Ic

100R=SOR

34

I, . - a 0. --"4.4.!;;, 7,11.:,41+41.1^1r.i. L. ,..r"V.

4

1OINPUT. N. .4' 20IF N>= 1 THEN 50. ' 30PR I N'T "NOT A POSITIVE INTEGER" --40GOTO ro.:t 50FORD = 1 TL N -r, 60I F INT< ;Tin---THEN--80.r 70NEXT D 7 i._BOPRI NT N/D; D -1.90 NEXT D 100END

. . 10PRINT- "FINDING, ALL 'POSITIVE: INTEMRALASFTRS'OFANy-NUMBER"- 20 INPUT "WHAT IS THE NUMBER YOUWOULD -LIKE, '111, BE -FACTORED.",.. A'

.. "z0Z=0 '1 , - 40 FuR N=3. 'TO A 4 -1/4 50 IF A.44= ps/T(A,-.'N) THEN 70` 1 . .1 60 NEXT N 1 ..

. 70 ?=Z1 1 . 8OpP I NT N;11.- "; 8/N ) . 90 NEXT N

.% .. IOU ENE. . I

r o 4

.s.. -e . c : , . ,. ,... "THIS PROGRAM WILL GIVE YOU PRIMEFACTORIZATION OF" .10 RF-1 NT . 15 PRINT "ANY POS.INT. ". '41 20 PRINT "WHAT INTEGER DO YOU WANT TOUSE" 30 INPUT N' 40 - N: d. THEN 76 50 PRINT "N IS NOT GREATER THEN1"* 60 GOTO 160 ° 70 FOR B=2 TO St3R

140' s7") 47 1.50 PR-INT N.; "*1" I6OEND 312

R t ; . 10 PRINT "THIS 'PROGRAM WILL 'TELL YOU WETHER-THE.NUMBER THAT" 20'PPIOT."YOU GIVEN TO N IS PERFECT, ABUNDANT;OR DEFICIENT" ' ?ODIM.A0.00) , ,r. Dili B(100) ' 45 PRIUt. "DEFICIENT NUMBERS: 50 LET P=1 £i LET D=1 1v 70-FOR--,N=1 TO 100 80 LET T=0- .

9 FOR I.-41 TO N?2 7 100 IF NA=INTN THEN 210 , 170 OOTO 250 3 180 A(P)=N 190 P=P+1 * \ 200 GOTO 250' '210 BD>=N t 220 D=D+1 230 GOTO 250 4% 240 PRINT N; c 5ONEXT N

255 PRINT : PRINT T "AEUNDANT NUMBERS; "; 260 ,FORI = 1 TO D-1 : 'PRINT B(I);: NEXT .= . 265 PPINT PRINT "PERFECT NUMBERS: "; NEXT-1 , '70 FOR I = 1 TO P-1: PRINT A(I);: .

c. 4

44

1

' a 4

a

V to e 313

I

a: , - \

APPENDIX C8 .

"Mathematicd Through the Computer" CoUrse Guided

C 4

41, C

.0 . 4 4 .

C.

I

0.

4

Y S.

I

la 4. NIMBI SCHOOL DI RIOT OFFICE OF INSUUCTIONAL SIORICES NESIARE, ESIATJUIE

March 11, 1915

E? ANA T.6;Hr. Wiliam Kra:sedan Newark High School O - !SDKs Y. Weil Wale. Superwiserof-Methewatics

Coiputer Programming douroe for the Extended Year Program

I talked to Carl Jacobson (Glamrgiligh) *Vent handling the Computer Programming Course in summer school end be is agreeable.

In discussing thievithGar_:,welecided that a regialen el the coures guide will be neemesery. Algol thecoarse MUhaft tobeheld at Glasgow High in order that the imAssalt eempswas -thee caw be used. (Weigting computer costs aPaa rattles cartes thAs is a such better scheme.) not feasible, letweham.

Iwill be getting together with Carl, in the recur future- to take further plans and keep you posted about ear progrksa.

TNW:bap cc: Mr. Carl Jacobson, Glasgow High Mrs. Catherine Y. Bonney Mr. Nelson Yreidly

O I. TITLE; Mathematics Through Computers

II. GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION This is a cOmprehensive introduction to the world of complaters. The topics to be explored include the history of computing, computers in everyday life, oPerating a computer, communicating with the computer, and computer programming. A knowledge of algebra is helpful, but not necessary. The individualized nature of the course permits the participation

of students with varied knowledge this field. , Classes will consist of short lectures accompanied by "hands on" computer experionce. Assigaments will include the writing, refinement, and execution of computer programs relating to many topics. A fieild trip is planned to explore the vast computer system at the University ,of Delaware.

Upon successful completion of this Course a student should have a high degree of literacy in the computer language- BASIC, a proficiency in computer programming, And an ability to operate both "in house" mini-computers and time sharing systems. It is also expected that a students general mathematic's skills and problem solving abilities will be enhanced.

III. COURSE REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Attendance: Attendance and participation are for all class sessions and fie /a trips.

B. Assignments: Satisfactory completion of all assignments is required'.

C, Projects: Tfte'student is expected to write, refine, and execute assigned computer programs.

D. Exams: The student is expected to complete, with at least 70% proficiency, three written examinations

E. Evaluation: A gra,'.e of A,B, C, D, or F will he awarded at the end of this course. This grade will be determined by the level of proficiency with which the student achieved course objectives within the structure of the proceeding requirements.

316 IV. MAJOR COURSE ACTIVITIES

The course will be laboratory-oriented in that the major course activities include the classroom developement of com- puter programs and the subsequent "hands-on" computerexecution or these programs. Short lecture sessions utilizing traditional classroom techniques will be combined with completer assisted instruction and individualized instruction. Other activities, include in-class readings, viewing of films and at least one visit to a large computing facility.

V. COURSE GUIDE

Educational Objective No.1 To develope a student awareness of the role of computers in today's world.

Instructional Objectives:

Each student will: 1 Exhibit knowledge of the historical development ofmachine computing. Illustrate the cultural and social impacts of computing and data processing. Demonstrate the capabilities-and limitations ofthe computer.

Educational Objectivte No. 2

To provide each student with meaningful"hands-on" computer experience.

Instructional Objectives: a The student will: Demonstrate the operation of the resident computer. Exhibit an understanding of the operation of atime share system. Utilize the immediate mode of the mini-computer as a calculator to aid in problem solving., Demonstrate correct and efficient usage of thekeyboard. Access the computer's library of stored programsfor , work in related subject areas. Demonstrate the ability to address the variousperipheral devices of'the resident system.

317 Educational Objective NO. 3

To introduce to the student thelogic of computer programming.

Instructional Objectives:*

The student will:

,tilize the mini- computer's TRACEcommand to follow the chain of logic of an existing program. Perform program analysis by constructingflow charts of existing programs. Design simple algorithms for the solutionof selected problems. Educational Objective No. 4

To expand the studentS problemsolving abilities through the study of computer logic.

Instructional Objectives:

The student will: Analyze a givenproblem intuitively. Conduct a "Guess and Test"investigation of a problem utilizing a calculator. Enlist mathematics skills to confirmresults and/or refine methods of a particularproblem solving strategy. Refine algorithms and formulate ageneralized problem solution. Educational Objective No. 5

To develope a proficiency in the computerlanguage- BASIC.

Intructional Objectives:

The student will:

Translate simple/complex arithmeticstatements into computer language and vice versa. Demonstrate a competency in thefundamentals of the BASIC language. Refine and rewrite programstatements which are in- sufficient or faulty. Write and execute simple computerprograms utilizing the correct BASIC statements. 3 Educational Objective No. 6

To expose the student to the usefulness of the computer as a tool with many applications.

Instructional Objectives:

The student will:

Demonstrate the usage of the computer as a problem- solving tool. Exhibit an understanding of t- unctions of data processing. Illustrate the role of-the computer as a research tool. Demonstrate the mini-computers value as an educational aid.

Educational Objective No. 7.

To expand the students programming abilities.

Instructional Objectives:

The student will:

Demonstrate a high degree of literacy in the BASIC language.. Utilize,sophisticated programming techniques to refine, compact, and customize existing computer programs. Illustrate propee documentation procedures. Employ program debugging techniques to correct rejected programs. Write original, efficient programs to solve problems relating to many fields.

313 4,

VI. COURSE OUTLINE

I. Introduction

A. What is a Computer? B. History of Machine Computing C. Meet the Mini-computer

II. Computer Operation

A. Fundamentals B, Immediate Mode C. Canned Programs D. Peripheral Devices E. Other Systems

III. The Computer's Way of Thinking

A. Computer Logic B. Algorithms C. Hand Simulations6 D. Flow Charts

IV. Communication With The Computer-BASIC

A. Fundamentals B. Commands C. Variables D. Loops E. Transfers F. Alphanumerics G. Input/Output H. Subscripts

V. The Computer As a Tool

A. Problem Solving B. Data Processing C. Research D. Education

VI. Advanced Programming

A. Arrays B. Functions C. Documentation D. Debugging E. Subroutines F. Advanced BASIC

320 '1

APPENDIX C9

Summer School Catalog Description for "Mathematics Through the Computer"

37 1 MATHEMATICS THROUGH THE COMPUTER

A knowledge of algebra will_be useful but not necessarily a prerequisite for the student. Computer programming techniques will be taught, but the course is not a programming course per se. Students will study problems and situations in which the use of the computer naturally arises.

Eligible Students: !ewark School District students n grades 9, 10, 11, and 12 in

...he 1975-76 school year.

Location: Glasgow High School

Length of Course: 6 weeks

Limit: 25 .students

Credit: 1

322 V

APPENDIX C10

Special Flyer for "Mathematics Through the Computer"

323 This is a comprehensive 'introduction to' the world0.-;44iii:Pg::the :topics to be explored include the history ofcomputinge:::-Computarakett,illieryday life, operating a computer, communicating withthe computer, eadiigramming the computer. A knowledge of algebra is helpful, butnot' necessary. Thi4adividualised 'nature of the course permits the participation.ofstudints -knowledge la this , f ield. e,%"\;'v;,-,

Classes will consist of short lecturesaetampaniedlarpa-lases work it Glasgow's four new mini-computers. Assignments will inclu4.;the writing, refine- ment, and. execution of computer programsrelating to marq .zapice.,. A field trip is planned to explore the vast computer system tthe Univirefty of Delaware.

Students - Newark School DistrictstudenEs,iiho will be in 11, or 12 in the 1975-76 schoolyear, 000000 Length of Course - 7 weeks, June 23 to August8

Location - Glasgow High School

Time - 8:40 - 11:50 a.m.

Credit - One Credit, MathematicsElective

Fee - None war 1.114.1."...."

For Further Information - ,

Contact Mr. Carl Jacobson, GlasgowHigh School (731-2381). or Summer School Office (731-2320)

V.,''

Cut long This Line

Name Grid. '

Home Address '

1: ' 4`').4,1 s$.

Telephone s

Return to your 'school office by

District School please return to: Stmnoer Schocil OfficecteNewark High 'SC124bol.

y , 324 v

I

APPENDIX C11

"Mathematics' Through the Computer" Class List

o

r

i

1

IP

, / 325 CLASS LIST'

SUMMER SCHOOL 1975.

MATH. THROUGH THE COMPUTER

INSTRUCTOR - .Carl Jacobson SESSION ONE

GRADE MATH COURSE FINAL

NAME SCHOOL ENTERING ENTERING. , GRADE

1. Karil Jackson Newark 11.' Albebra ,High II Honors

2. JameS D. Stallings Newark 10 Geometry B High

3. J inm.y Ebert Glasgow 10 Geometry C High . 4. Jeff 'Allier Glasgow 9 Algebra I W High

d'Leach Glasgow '10 Geometry C High

6. -2111 Y.itchem Glasgow 10 Geom4try 1g' High'

7. Patrick Moore Glasgo,yz 11 Elementary C High Algebra

3. ,David ;4yer Glasgow Geometry I High

/6. Juana Noel Glasgow .11 Algebra II B High' Honors .

10. Tcm Pellegrene Glasgdw- 11 Algebra II High Honors

11. :3111 Sigmund Glasgow 10 Elementary' High. Jeometry

12. Scott Valletine Glasgow 10. _Geometry

4. High, 323 's 1

V

a 4

APPENDIX Cl2

e

is Title of Programs Generated by Students Attend6g "Mathematics Through the Computer",

0

9

a

1..

X

I

a

O

iq

327 o

1 MATH T.AR011GH THE COMPUTER

Y Titles'of Student Generated, programs 'Summer, 1975

I;. Linear ATgebra - "Two Paint" VIII Metric/English Convei.sion

1. . Distance Metrie to . Midpoint 2. ,t.English to Metric 3. Slope, ; . i-inte'rcept A IX.. 'Statistics "setits 5. y-intercept Lr . 6. Equation 1.. '5Mean T, Perpendicular Bisector , ?: Mode e, 3. Median It. ,Conic Sections - "Conics"' 4. ,,Midrarige

, 5. . Maximum I% Circle: . Minimum Ellipse, 7. Number' of values Hyperbola 8,( RaAge 5' 4. Parabola 9.: StanOarkDeviation 10. Frequency Distribution III. Arithmetic Sequences - "Sequence" Chart 11. PerCentile Chart I.' 0 .Print n terms '12. T-scorn , 2. Print 'rith term z-scores 3. Common,difference- , . 4. Gener81 Rule 'X Linear Algebra 5. .Aritlinietic Means V -1. adentlfy. Corners Points

iv. Seri es '2. Evaluate corners ' 3r Find:minimum/maximum,

I. . Partial Suns t). 4'. List constrain t equations Square. Root' ' 5.. List minimum/Maximu equations 1. "Pi ncri,i ng" s). XI: Matrix Algebra - '!Mat" VI-. Limit

, Addition 1 1.. Convergende 'Subtraction 2:, bi vergenk 3. Multiplication increasifig peterminanf

4.. Decreasing. 5. Cofactor 6; Inv0Ose

VII . Quichtti cs 7. Transpose 4 8. Identity- I. Roots 2. Real 0 3. Filiag nary

mhh. 3

.

4. THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION `CAF

DISTRICT COMPUTER EDUCATIONPRO6RAM,

APPENDIX D .

It-elated Activitiet,

.D1: Minutes of First Council forComputer Education s. Meeting,

D2: -.Notification of Transfer, of Computer Education Funds and RelAieed Documents $, D3:, -Announcement of an Infoimational Meeting.Wonsoie by the Council for Computer Education-

- )Doe!uments Related to COmpu,ter Task Fokde

D5: 'House Bill 509 Proposal. . . 1/

:16: Motion to Board of Education to.Amend_theiBudget , For the, Purchase of Computer Hardware ' '0,

e : p7: sdoitiptiet Hardware Bid4Notice

,D8: Purchase'Order for Computer Hardware , . D9: letter Ordering Project Delia Terming/s. , . O

1 N

320 1 APPENDIX Dl

Minutes g_f_ElAtst-Catifial for CompUter Education Meeti/ ng

<1

330 STATE OF OELAWARcE

DENA.* NTOF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION DOVER DELAWARE 19901

RIPOW.,m+Vt**%, RANOALL L SROYLES st.of s,+*...;* HOWARD E R00. JOHN .1R (AN ASS 4 T44. SJCRO4t010(N,S February 26, '1973

MEMORANDUM.

Tb: Members Of the CoUncil for Computer Eddcation

Dr. Earl Abrahamson . Mr1Ralph Mahan 'Dr. Robert Boozer -br. Daniel Neale Mr. Arthur Bragg Dr. James Pugh Mrs. Vera Bures . Mrs. Charlotte Purnell

Mr. Earl Carpenter Dr. Henry Reynolds . Mr. Winston Cleland Dr. David Robinson Mr. John Donahue' Mr. Paul Schmidt Mr. Edward Goate Mr. Alex Taylor Mr. Jack Graybeal 14r. Neil Walz1. Mrs. Teresa Green Mrs. Rhoda Witlin Mr. John Hoinby *Mr. Mort Witlin (Guest) TT. David Lamb *Dr. David Yens (Guest)

Mr. Dennis Loftus '^ *Mr. Andrew Allison (Guest) 4r. Thopa'S Luff Dr, Randall Broyles (Guest)

FROM: WiZamsJ. Geppert State Supervisor of Mathematics

SUBJECT: ,MINUTES OF FEBRUARY 22, 1973 NEETIN(

The meeting was opened at 1:30 p.m; by /Ir. Geppert. Air. 'Geppert introduced Dr. Broyles 'to the committee. Dr. Broyles thanked the committee for, their willingness to serve on the council. He gave a brief review of. computer education in the state. He then expressed the concern that the council view computer education as a total concept in the. instructional programr i.e., ell applications of the computer in the areas of instruction including the use of the computer in data processing application as well as compute literacy in the schools.

FUnding is not forthcoming at this time but he.commented'on a few items in respect to the Department. The Department budget request for computer education, a Title III ESE

*benbtes attendance. 331 computer proposal for lower Delaware, the use of House Bill 509 in the areas of business education, were mentionedas part of tne recent involvement of the Department incomputers education. 'The use of the computer in the process of ins:true- tijon has been a rather sl&v aevelopment inour schoOls: The e. computer carries with it many ramifications for education. These ramifications are what the Department will'be usingthe council for in seeking advice and recommendationsfor,com- puter education in the schools.

. 4 Dr. Broyles then turned the meetingover to Mr. Geppert. Mr. Geppert commented briefly ;on a few of the materials for the _ committee's perusal. The Conference Board of the Mathematical, Sciences Cdmittee on-Computer Lducation, Recommendations Reaardina Computers in High School Education,a national study on tie use of the computer in secondary schools by Charles Darby in "1971, were distributed. Mr. Geppert,then shared with the committee -a comparative study he had completedwith Project,Delta. Also, upon completion of his report to Dr. madden on Project Delta, he would, make itavailable for the committee at their nextmeeting. Mr. Geppert further elabor- ated,On the activities in the Department with computereduca- tion.'That' is, the budget request, House Bill 509,the Title III ESEA computer project, and the Brown Bookrequest. Mr. Geppert then opened the meeting for comments and discus- sion of the various committee members' concerns,present activities and tneir resources for computer education.A great deal Of discussion ensued with partiCipation by the members.. Each person discussea his or her interest in.com- puter education and the group reacted with auestionsor comments. It was found that data prodedsing activities, computer-based instruction via Project Delta,were predom- indte in the-present computer applications:with theschools. A Computer Managerial Instruction system has been proposed in the Marshallton-McKean School District. The use of the computer in the area of guidance applications, has beencon- sidered for the Career Education programs. A consortium of school districts in New Castle County have been operating the last fey years in providing administrative servicesto its memLer schools. i few districts have reported their own systems for administrative use primarily with some applications for specific subjects (e.g.; business education, mathematics, science)':

The committee expressed a concern that Computer Educationand computer Litera&_y were tlAo broadly interpreted terms. A precise definition of the terms and what theyencompass should' be determined for the council. Dr. RoLinson pointed cut, at tne time, computer literacy is one of the most diffi- cult term:, to react to tecause cf the grossly encompassing -33 2 interpfetations% He perCeived it as a studebt's,familiarity and ability to function in a computing environment.

Mr. Geppert.pointed out that the council would operate with 'informal procedures,. but requested that the council elect a- chairman and vice-chairman for future meetinas., The topics on 'the agenda for the council meetings are,1or the most part, determined by the Department. Committee members are requested to submit items for the agenda to Mr. Geppert if they are appropriate for the council. The council's primary purpose is tO-advise and make recommendations on matters relative to the state department's involvement with computer education.

The council will probably not meet again tillnext Fall. In ,the event a draft for the Brown Book is requested for Fiscal Year '75, the council will ,be informed. Meetings, of the advisory council are dependent on the state's activities in computer education. It would seem that the next few years will bring increased use of the computer into our. Delaware schools;

Dr. Rooinson nominated Mrs. Witlin as chairMan.for the coun- cil..Mr. Taylor seconded the motion. Mr.,Walz1 then moved that nominations be closed. It was unanimously approyed Mrs. Witlin is the chairman for the committee. firs. Witlin -in turn nominated Dr. Robinson for vicq-chairman. lir. Robinson declined. Mr. John hornby volunteered as vice- chairman for the committee. he' was unanimously approved. The meeting was adjourned at 3:30 p.m.

WJG/nit cc: Dr. Kenneth C. Eaduen Dr. Randall 'L. Broyles Lr.,Edward J. noyninan Mr. Conrad C. Shuman .APPENDIX D2

Nc:ification of Transfer of Computer Education Funds

EA Related Documents

rl SCI34:31.. DitITRICTI i.)Fric.z Of 6DPUrY SUPERINIVCAST Plawerk, Delaware Jose 3, ISTS

.1.1EM

PRINC:2PALS rrt.)m, ALLEN 1

"..: 314/: ?UM EDE; CATION

sv:tannad is a tessnorostium it Willis's J. titiimbevialr rebitive, to:proposed Stew aid for :delimiter, eduosticto. 1,4:41 v,21r.,1. oar ,Jarn UstbeaLscics%Supervisor, Lad ilsrtsd se to thipss- 9,billty of these toads earlier. end I have ^Weedy askedKm topacedifiat. tiQrt:i for the ;1*werkc5.::hoot Las'irtig in obtaitung tbes. Rinds. tottoed, th.critirs, take, as action an 4n :individual schoolbasis.trill Gsoperes ir.risr,nduvri is prav ;dad fix Fsur .nfoirsiatton.dnly, 041 werkiett itS tIOCIay 69. possible trim 'any wit4tCh tesy be- ...ortt ova:able tS help *fillet lomoi Alin* /or 'cteit5uter to/vitals isour re* niqh

.

14A; in

Mrs. Sonliityg Dr. awssipson

335 ti 0

STATE OF DELAWARE t` .1. s" DE\ARTMEN; OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION . .61 THE TOWNSEND BUILDING . DOVER, DELAWARE 19901

$AWDAU. 4 OROYLIS mcww.cw,D,E., NOWARD E 41011 /O1U i ityAN 4$11STIIT May 27, 1975

MEMORANDUM Schools TO: 'Chief School Officers-Public,

FOR DISTRIBUTION TO:;High School Principals o ) 'William J. Geppert, State Supervisorof Mathematics FROM: COMPUTER EDUCATION SUBJECT: STATE AID FOR additional amount of The Joint Finance Committeehas recommended an, districts in providingcomputer educa-

. $48,000 to be used to help school the Governor tion for the school year1975 -76. The General Assembly and However, we'are assuming will.have to approve and signthe Budget Bill. The money was at this point thatthe monies will liemade available. schools in the State. (32 determined by the total numberof public high per,s6hoof = $48,000). It is our understanding at high schools @-$1,500 following manner: this point that the moneywill be distributed in the qualify for an- amount up toa- Each high school in the State can high maximum$1,506 from.the state fund on amatching basis (i.e., local educatton--$1,300 will be usedfrom sCnool requests $2,600 for computer w11.140C granted from the statefund the local district fundsand $1,300 NDEA Title III funding. for computer education). This is similar to schools who The monies will he madeavailable and disbursed to education7:-.Many of the highSdho-61 voluntarily wish to support computer involved with the DelaWareSchool Auxiliary tne STai-are presently the costs Association Computer Project"Delta." It is projected that project. The state for the school year 1975-76will be $3,000 in that in purchasing,leasing, funds are not limited to aproject but must be used software in the schoolsfor computer or rental ofcompbter hardware and education. above statements Guidelines will,be prepared"whichwill incorporate the in anticipation of theapproved budget. the State, the Department Since this representsan initial effort by concerning your request forthese is requesting additionaldata at this time planning to request funds forcomputer education,. runds. Tf your district is 33 State Aid for Computer Education:: Page 2 please indicate on the tear sheet provided,. Your cooperation in returning this form by July 1, 1975, will be appreciated.

WJG/va

CC: Dr. Madden Dr. Broyles Dr. Wachter

TEAR SHEET .

District. Newark School District

1. Plan to use state funds foir computer educalion. ( x) yes. ( ) nb

2. ,Request $ 40,000. from state funds:. (An equal amount will be - matched fromlocal futids).

3. .Type of equipment:

(X ) Computer (mini-computer, etc.) (X ) Computer terminal

( ) Programmable calculators

( ) Other (specify equipment) .

Cheek one or more which apply. 4. Use of computer in instructional program.

( x) Teaching computer skills (Programmling)

( N) Using the computer for problemsoling xy Using the computer for modeling and simulation

( ) Tutorial uses of the computer (CAI) , (CMI) ( ) Instructional diagnosis by means of the computer

( X) Computer oriented for all students HB509 Program) ( N) Vocational and technical trait ng(For appvved

( X) Guidance package

Name F. Neil Walzl, Supervisor of Mathematics

School Office of Instruction, Newark School District

Date June 12, 1915

Schools) (For Christiana,Newark, and Glasgow High 3311 IQMP.O In = _No. 5r ,4. )t JLJLL STATE Orr= DELAWARE OFFICE OF BUDGET DIRECTOR E.1), 8 DATE GENERAL FUNDSepteeiber APPROPP45. I 'ON 5, 1972 Public 'Educatior\th"I' Cili" CI pc 13°4141 Of PARIMINI 1 95 9 15 Of 75 AND. OR; EMERGENCY EuNo Tepartment of Public Instruction \SFol4woN , 001 01 FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE ' n ' ')EP (2)4 9sPlEtAt klifficlOAR4MfUNO(.OiluNcf,4ty FUND -Administration ( !ION T 1 30,197 6 ACCOUNT IITE 114., r DiV FROM SECT Oho 1140 /104(11(>4 PROGRAM ACCOI)NTIUU u.0 DIV TO Computer Ed. ... 95 01 002.01 82 N.C.-V.Mt.Ceraputer Pleasant T. , 95. ...12L 33 000 010X__Aa 82' I, CcrT.nuter Ed. 95 002. 01 82 Catnutar Ed. B. 95 20 000_101 82 cornuterCc:--Alter Ed, Ed.. Ed. 95 01,01 002002 0101 82 17.31-e__Ed.IN.C.-G. ComputerSeafordNzrzaCcm-mter Ed.- Ed. 94..2195 23 000Q00 101 ot 82 Ccm-tuterCr.CTter Ed,o--1,ter Ed. 9595 0101 002 0101-82 82 j ISmyrnaStantonComituterEdi Ce:-2uter,Ed...Cer.puter Ed, - 0..1 os95 01 002 01 82 WilminatonCore.::uterCompilterSusicx Vo TechEd suter !d, Ed. 95 I HEREBY See, Attectfir..d memo from Mr.CERTIFY Ceppert to Dr. Madden. THAT THE ABOVE REOUt SLED. TRANSFER IS NECESSARY FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS: . DATE___SegtembexTITLE Director of Finanea' i913 `wows Diatom '34:;:iii::::174,W117:41,;77.;;;;;e;;` . -tr = , tOfuA No. In (,)tikt EIVED CE --13.111 OCiONIA 197 DepartmentPublic Education Of Public Instruction OEPARINV,If 01 STATE_ Or DELAWAR OFFICE OF BUDGET DIRECTOR NI 141;%if..;Vi .14.111PS 9 3 E tr:- . 3 ouw*At.GENtivAt 'two rum()AND; Aoarym.. CoP47 Of. iNGCIIAIRGENCY fti ' ONMION rim nikerTOR r_J Administration UOm _ 001 FISCAL YEAR !NG JUNE 30, 197 6 - snclAt fUNO ACCOUNT TITLE uN DP FROM SECJ. f VPL I *4 I W.C1104 PROG ACCOUNT TYPE I. DuTiiit Dm OW.26 TO000 SECT._01 vow. 82twit IIWCvIpw PROGRAM., 3 000.00AMOUNT - 01: 95 . Computer Ed. 95 01 002 82 . AnreaComputer Ed. . Alexii i. DuPont ' .. Computer Ed. , ' 95 01 002 01 CcmputerComuier_rd. Ed. .9.51.14_00.0_10 ---.1.400.4XL--,.., I g Ed. .95 01. 002 Of 82 .. _ _Cri.21tal*Conrad 95 IA 000 Ot ' .. -t400.00.... iCooputer ' Computer Ed. ' . 95 --.'''' I 01-t 002 01 82 ''hart Vo Tech rx.rier was 95 '40 000 1 01-82- 14001,00 _ , . rtzter Ed, '95 01. 01 $2 , 1.-Cctsritztor-id.Vows& ' so.. ,. : 2_,...:____ . On. ,Cooputer-Ec ---- ,---.-' 93 01. SeafogdCez3puter_Ed. ... - . l'''''.:..71: AfiZ211Le2: 1. *2.--..82-..-=-4"- . ' i 73 nO < ..--...... 144.4Ca.:;.. ---...--.-tt; ,..-. -..... Computer U. 95 01 002 Oa 82____;_ 4.Cs=pute S.-r.)-ree Eti. 0 01. ' cir SA. intvy rI Jaz 200_00 ' ' . ti-e,(:,.. ComputerComputer Ed. Id. 95 0(12__01. 82 ar..putor...E.d.Sussex Vo Tech .95 AO 000' -....,-, - -4:it,'.: ti . 95 01 002 01 82 !Wilmingtonrftrvoter Rd 82 ti000_oo, .4404. .01 ni. it2 'Jeer-pater . Ed. 95 25 003 41Fri 82 . - -r-r; , . r -" - ' - 00, i . ' 1 $'14;560,4,-1.-,,, I HERESY CERTIFY THAT THE Ed money for ABOVE REQUFc -r0 TRANSFER IS NECESSARY FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS: in epprovprogram aComputer the local districei TOTAL 5.1 4.7 UA4 ti and to hes:felted by APPENDIX D3

Annodtcement of an Informational Meeting Sponsorvd.by the Council for Computer Education

)

3'1 uO -.DEFARTMENTOFTUBLIC INSTRUCTION DOVER:DELAWARE 19901 .. c

RENNETH C MADDEN RANDALL L. BROYLES STALLsugotolthothr HOWARD E ROW JOHN JRYAN ASSISTAhtsupeposriwoms

November 7, 1973 .

7

TO: Members of the CouncilforComputer'Education

Dr. Earl Abrahamson Mr. Thomas Luff' Dr. Robert 'Boozer Mr. Ralph Mahan Mr. Arthur Bragg Dr. Daniel Neale Mrs. Vera Bures Dr. James. Pugh Mr. Earl Carpenter MrS. Charlotte. Purnell Mr. Winston Cleland Dr. Henry Reynolds Mr. John Donahue Dr. David Robinson Mr. Edward Goate Mr.'Paul Schmidt. Mr. Jack Graybeal Taylbr Mrs. Tereta Green L.-Mir: Neil Walzr Dr. David iamb Mrs. Rhoda Witlin Mr. Dennis Loftus, Mr, John Hornby

.FROM: William J. Geppert .SupervisOr of Mathematics.

-ce SUBJECT: DECEMBER 6,1973 MEETING .

Happy Thanksgiving!!

The.first meeting of Ale CouncWwill be heldThursday,.December.6, 1973 from .1:0q-3:00",p.m., at the Hub. Restatirant inDover.

1 In an effort to Vtimulate andencourage interest in computer education, the State Department of Public Instruction, incooperation with the Del Mod System, wilrsponsora presentation by the TIES Project for school districts in Delaware. ,

The presentation will.be the Main topicon the agenda. Attadhed is a copy of the notice sent to the Chief School. Officers. Please complete the attached form and return.

WJd/scp Attachment

cc: 'Dr.'Kenneth C. Madden Dr. Randall L. Broyles Mr. Edward J. Moynihan 311

it ,

STATEci DELAWARE

DEPARTM TOFUBL1C 'INSTRUCTION THE'TOWNND.BUILDING DOVER, DEWARE 19901

kENNEriw C 4A006.1 SW(5,!aphoonOt.: RANDALL L 1 1110t1.14 HOWARD E./tiny" JOHNrRYAK Assisrainsizo,NreNcamis or a 0

0 I l - Octobet 25, 1973 :".

.1" # . E- N N .1

TO: Chief School Officers . ., ..% . ,, . FOR: SchOol'Finarite and Administration Personnel

District Instructional Personnel - . . Secondary School Principals. -rt , .., cb. f614: William J. Geppert, State SUpervisor of Mathematics John F. Reiher, State Suprvisor of Scierice and Environmental Education . ..

I SUBJECT: I- TIES PRESENTATION IR COMPUTER EDUCATION. \

' . . , 0 ,.. ' tl % 4 .6. In an effort to stimulate and encouragesintefeit in .-Computer educatipriithe' State 1 Department of Public Instruction; in'crioperation with the Del Mod...S3s.6m;is pleased toi, announce a'presentatiori by the TIES Projectfor school districts in .. . .Delaware. ; . . / . , % / 4. In 1967, twenty Minnesota schoolidistricts'forMed.the MinnesOtaSchool Distrlcts Data Processing ddirit Board and,established'a unique. e4ucati9nal service' called' ; 1 Total Information fdrlducationalSYstems TIES. Philosophically, the Joint 10-Ard had ddtermined that a regional; cooperativedata center (utilizing theMost advanced computer concepts and capabilities)was its necessary objective. Thee information system would putsue deVelopment arid produceservices in three major' functional areas - administration,:iristruCtionand research. TIES is an'established on-line information system, .utilizing telecommunicatioris,an integrates data base S. and advanced information systems concepts.; Describedas "the most complex and

sophisticated' educational computer system in the country," TIESis now providing I administrative, inatructionaltand research servicesfor over 325 schools which enroll approximately 300,000 students in4innesotaand Illinois.

The first presentation will be held Thursday, December 6,.1973, at the Hub ' Restaurant 1.1 Dover, from 1:00- 3:00 P.M., for Kent andSussex Counties school OI personnel. .312 I

4 et1

Chief School Officers O October 25, 1973 - Page 2

. ". A second presentation Hill be held Friday morning, Deceer 7, 1973, at the Ramada Inn (off' I-95)" in Wilmington, from 9:30 - fok New Castle Cotinty School , personnel.

.We are hoping to expose Amany schooladministrators as po sible.tO the TIES System. The TIES concept represents a dramatic:departurefrommost current prpct/ces. Its concept is that people come first- systems second = and,hardware third.. All three can be'integrated into a total syetem for edcatiorb.Dr. Thoma -c.!ciloi.004, a former school administrator andnow ExecutiveDirectorof the Minnesota School Districts Data Processing.Joint Board,will conduct the presentations .0 .

To enable us to more clearly determine the number of people attending,please, complete the form below and return to this officeon or before November 21, 1973.

Thank you.

7

,cc: Dr. Kenneth C. Madden, Superintendent Dr. Randall L. Broyles, IoissiStant Superintendent Mr. Edward J._ Moynihan, 'Director of Secondary Education Mrs. Charlotte Purnell; Director of Del Mod System

,- - 11.011. I/ Return on or before NoveMber 21, l'973, to Mr. Thomas M. &siker,State Department of Public Instruction

NAME POSITION SCHOOL DISTRICT

I 1

3 1

4. 2 4 1115

t STATE OV OSLA'W ARE

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION- THE" TOWNEND BUILDING DOYEK DELAWARE 19901

KENNETH C wODN RANDALL L. 00Y1113 HOWARD 1. ROW $ Su144040100 JOHN 3 RYAN ii 411$111AUTSUPtallIteseptelt$ March 18, 1975

MEMORANDUM

TO: Administrators for Computer Education Members

FROM: William J. epPert, State Supervisor of Mathematics

/ . N--"------._ SUBJECT: APRIL 18, 1975 LUNCHEON MEETING .

The second-meeting-of the-C9uncil for-Computer Education will be held Friday, April 18, 1975, beginning at 10:15 A:Me in the Sheraton Motor Inn at Dover. A copy of the agenda is attached.

Your support is appreciated in making your staff member, Neil Walz1 who,isra member of the Council, available to attend the meeting. ',Ellis is a luncheon meeting provided by computer hardware

vendors for. the Council. ,

A separate announcement of the p resentation an demonstration of hardware eclipment by Wang Laboratories for all school districts Friday afterno9 will be sent to You shortly.

. Thaniyou far your support in the Council's activities.

i WJG/va

cc: Dr. Kenne1 C. Madden Dr. Banda L. royles Dr. Donald.H: kaOlter

Attachments

314 -11 reft.

STATE *". F iti 0CLAWARE --.... ,1 4 .,!:7'..i

.DEPARTMENT OF PU,13.1.1C INSTRUCTION 1HE 0i/NSE1,10 8U11.D11IG DOVER, DELAWARE 19901

01.0.11t " NANDALt 1., BROYLES st, HOWARD E ROW JOHNJ RYAN ASSISIXNI *up t N tentwocists March 18, 1975

i4blo1,t.\NIV>1 -a

TQ : . Members, of COuncil for Computer Education

r. Dr.'Earl Abrahamson Mr. Jack D. Graybeal Mrs. Charlotte H. -Purnell, Dr.'Rooert Boozco: Mrs. Teresa Green Dr..11enry Reynolds .' Mr. Arthur Bragg Dr. David Lamb Di, David Robinson Ms. Vera Burgs Dr. William Curlott- Mr. Paul:Schmidt Mr. 'Anthony Wolauski .Mr. Thomas Lai- Mr. Andrew Allinson

Mr. Winston Cleland Mr. Ralph Mahan ; .,-Tif.-14-611-14a121 Mr. John P. Dollahue -Dr. Daniel C.,Neale, _-Mtsi tthbda Witlin Dt. Edward W. Coate,- Dr. James Pugh :Mf:'John p, .flornby. \\Mr. 'Morton ,Witlin"

Wirlfam J.Geppert, State Supervisor of Mathematic.,4

LuNcluMEET7NG--APRIL 1975

The Second'meeting of the Council for ComputerEduCati9ft will be held Friday, April 18, 1975, beginning at 10:15 A.M. authe Sheraton Motor Inn'

in Dov:r. The agenda will be as follows: \ \

1Q:15 - 12:00iiNIVAC--presentation of.a CAT programAised in the Chicago Public Schools

12:00 -z .1:00 Luncheon (Courtesy of tt Vendors)

1:1,5 -. 3:15. Wang -1,4-.1) prtsentaiion and ,monstration of cbmputer. equipment. (All sch ol districts will be invited, to participaten the after-. noon,-iesion).

SomeOme inbe;tween we will havea short meeting with the uncil.

Please planto attend the meeting!!

W...G/va

cc: . Konneth C. Madden I r. -Randall L. Broyles

D . Donald II Wachter

RETURN '0 WILLIAM GI PPCRT ON OR BEFORE APRIL 15, 1975. My choietfor the luncheon is: Broiled-`Flound Dover Mixed .G

- . Name 315 AD, APPENDIX D4

- . Documents Related to CoMputer Task Force

34k) TASK FORCE-TIME LINE

'STATE PLAN FOR USE OF COMPUTER IN EDUCATION

July, 19 75 Initial meeting and organization of Task Force members

August, 1975 Two meetings

'September, 1975 ,Two meetings

October, 1975 TWO meetings .(tentative deadline) Completion of final working draft for submission to various groups in education community

November, 1975 Submit working draft to other state agencies for further input

January, 1976 Completion of final draft with

. appropriate review, revisions, additions and deletions by various groups

February, 1976 Submit plan to State Board of Education

WJG/va 7-24-75

31'7 UWASE401100L-10;0114T 0 07FICI or tigt,tvettom Mynas slivinp MAUR* ,'.

Lusust 27, L973

MEMORANDUM TO: Dr. Loren,Thonpsen

YROM: F. Neil Waistfl1/4)

RN: State,nan for Use of Couluters in Education (Williau Carport's memo of 6t26/75)

Bill Geppert, State- Supervisor of Hatheuatics has fOlued a -task force to study this!prohlvie *ad to formulate 's five. year plan for conputor education for the state..,

Von Martin and I kaie Veen asked.,t servo ea` this vouult*,, 7 Other couulttee *embers ire 10a Iliiiholsbetaft; Toros* Creilis !reject DILTA;. Dave Roblaso*, frojoet DELTA; Vera .Rurrit, Kent County Vo-Techr Sari. Abralanisou, Hountfloasont School Roard; and Robert looser, DPI.

not once is August as a full esumitse to discuss the ppoblau and at that point decided to vOrkas three sub- ti committees. Thum are: instruational *signs, adulaistrattiii usages, and stale lavolvouont. rau simians en the instruc- tional sub-committee sad Ton,Hartin is serving en the adninistratlie seb-counittoe.

, Our next full conaittsi emitifs lo111-14-held'on Sipieiber-12. At that tine each sub-fousittie expects to have sous ideas for a five year plea for Altair *res. I. will keep ,yee pooled on fnither-devolepaints.

If-you have any euostions, lets* bum.,

ENW:bap

cc: Dr. Allen as t APPENDIX D5

House Bill 509 Proposal

e

319

a w a ATTACIMMT 01

Course01 - Introduction to Date Processing nComputer Careers (03.17010000/(03.17040000)-

Course02 - Data'Proceseing Systmes,and Introdutore Computer Programming (03.17020000)/(03.11040000)

Course#3 - Computer OrientedMethematicirasd Advanced Computer Programa"' . (03.17030000)/(16.04016000}/(030704000)

Cburse #4 - Advanced Computer Programming II (03.17040000)/(16.04020000)

Time .0 StudentsMinutes/Week Minutes

Course #1 9 wks. :gr4250 250 15425.

Course #2 18 wks. 50 250 0,250 (additional lab )° 50 50 1,250

Course #3 36 wks. 25 250 6,250 (additional lab) 25 50 1 250

Total- Pupil Minutes 30,625

Units 1.13

To be implemented in 1976

Course #4 36 wks. 15 150 3,750 (additional lab) 15 '5 100

Total PUpil Minutes 5,250

rnhh 12/10/74 350 ATT,ACilliENT.f2

Program Datt Processing and Computer Programming

ElAt Statement-IMPUrzose

The -purPose-of this program is to enable a=stadent to become

'acquainted with developMents In data processing. computer-pro- .- gramming techniques, the interaction of mathematics and the computer, and a knowledge of the Job requirements necessary to enter the data processing and nomputer.programming fields.

Needof Instruction

In today's computer oriented society, students in the business world need both basic .knowledge ancrskille of computers and' data processing to fUnction effectivelyandefficiently.

_Students interested in further education In technical skill areas need thig knowledge as a basic skill. In short, there is a demand for people who have both mathematical and computer ^, sk-ills in all fields.

Specific *enliven of the Program

a. To develop an understanding of computer knowledge and

skills necessary in the bteinemand technical areas.

b. To apply and extend mathematicalskills'usimg the

computer and data* processing tmiheiquee am.,the vehicle.

c. To deVelop basic .job entry skills and knowledge for

the fields of data processing and ***linter programilmg.,

d. To'dovelop positive attitudes al;Out the role and

function of computers and their operations. 351

sai Attachment 02 -,(COnita,1,.%.,

a ac. To develop the bne lo:Mkil10'.;niiinflii .to innatlOn

efficioni,11:4itic 4ligiws**0* iit; "consumer iii .* 00001"r oriented *arid

, f. To develop at'underetandiare,thefitarioun employment

opportunities and job requiremOnti:for all levels ,of

direct and indiemt coMpiter-utillzatiod. w.

mhh AV10/74

0.

352 f ii J%., n.

Lartoi cyr A coulaSial -% - ff.

1.

Course #1

Course #3

CoOrse*O4C

Suggested Grade Level Placement ofCourses__ -_-...... -.-...-, ,17.,...... Course #1,Grades 9 or 10

Course #2,Grades 10or 11 \

Cburse #3;Grades 11 or 12

Course #4,Grade 12

Cy

\

353 ,.. :441 Oalthtig.:"" Ut44/0Vititt. 1.4.41tt. 4 #4,141.4'sW$M?,Krt, Ititttrryild LETTEI( _ FEDERAL AND STATF ASUIsTANCEPR

. ,.;,,, .,,t , .,,, .,.,,1. - .. , , 4 4.4,..4.....4.., ' I, ..: ,. . 111(4 MikiffittOriegili.11.1,(1ntlf.cory...... low . , '` 1 .:\.ropr,!....1...:.1.C.Clat II: (4 4. , ., CONTINUINd ' A .:14:DPr, USE :ONP4-.. boNEW i'...ors. .r;-:. 1.11:1 I ().L. 89-313)- Handicapped F.:. rA Tit).It ESE-% Title ILI Rec /d tih-,11.3ndicapped Act , (r,:xt 14\ 91-230)' V. Programs : negul r Occup/Voe. Occup/Voe. . - e0:,r;t1 __40. 14Drh T; tl e Title.,:bSOE Code . EducationakAgency(s).---Addrossr Apt aye Prorcr. Newark Schop1 .District Data Processing & Computer 83 East,Men::Street. Programming (USOE Codes- SeeAttached) laware. 19711 .' I ro -ctLcri:L'o»(:.;) - Address W. DPI USE OULY, (Signature ants Date) . Off.chool, \etc.) Glasgow High School State/ Stiperiiiiior 1901 South College , f Newark,Deldware 19711 State DirectOr.,

, , c't-ent, State S.uperi;itenIdent.7t.'; .4 . T WM. MOP. ..nee. Par tic xv,4nt.4 ( 6.Programi.tevol- . Sub 'GiatidI -*Prpjte:t (: ,tat. r.01/Vocz.t.ional/ 0 I 1 .Total. -1CO:tt,' Cur1-2.(.u1,1r) ...Total Occup/Voc., Element4ry_yd, . :, Business - Technical a. Randirarged Other (Mathrelated) b. Divadvantaued 41.41m.ft Secondary Ed,i- DistApitt:',001Z. a. lianclicappe,:t: b. Disadvantaged Duration of Project Szecial Schools Post 3econdary, Jappro Fromv_9/1/75 as Apprentice t b. Trade 1:i:tensibn To:1 6/30/76 Adult Eaucaticn I 4'. a. Handicapped b. Di sacivanta"qed ;Pe ' Pl. fr ' to,chrtt fc.r:,,It (not tomc'eeeditkbty6oviittennacteli). VII of the ,Civil ; ',axe ;nth Title VI and 13<,ot.,tile Education11mendmenitsi.of, 1972 (PA. 9241S):' ,,,a)./:41.1091?0":4 of the,ovartinentof HEW- C rant Da by c; plu,suitnt/ to the Regulations 354 2( \ ;11,4- 14V1.' al Couta J.ignat 16-1)0t0^ 1 :0..4.1.,,ot 1 (:.1t,Y1.1t..11:0 /6" Ddt.:62) .5 4i ( ATTACHMENT, / . .. AnkiW'':,:t, 7.4'''' . . d.',$.4!7V ;300 Course #1 - Introduction.,to DataProcessing and Computer COliii,: -.)."-,,,;,,0'*.:4s.Vf: (03.17010000)/(03.17040000), , ,,,..,..0,:'4;;;,.4 , . '''' Course #2 - Data Processing "ie Systems and-Introducciry Comimiteli17.1,1:.J.,.., ,,k., , fe: 72Programming ,

(03.17020000)/(03,17040000) -.,,, : :,-..-7.,,,Np,A4,E. . , ., . , ,:%-g-..,th4NTI441Ukirs.;,..,.,,.,- ...,2-0,1,...7:-.4- Course #3 r ComputerOriented Mathematics and Programming I AdvatiCed;ComptF4T.,CtziTn.g.0,4 1 ,.. ; .,.i.q,,...,J.... , - . i . .f (03.17030000/16.04010000/(03.17040000- 4 . . :x-X Course . 04 - Advanced Computer V i 4a.,' .. ::- Programming II : ...2:;.C,4rit': (03.17040000)/(16.04020000

4

. Tota Time ptudents Minutes/Week Mit* eii,:;,it..t7'14-17`,;,. Course #1 9 wks. 250 250 1.5,625( Course 02 .,,,,, 18 wks. 50 250 i (additional lab) .6;250...... ,: 50 50 1,250 "k`f ..,, ,:ii:i7::,:::

i .. f'ourF.e 30 wks. I .40'..1 , 25 ' 250 , " 16- q250v. .":,rf''''';',!.. lab) . 25 50 ''1.250- '* ,,'..,,, , ,.... 1... TotalPupil Minutes v 301 625:.- --,,.....;,f.v.,. g:":. t'n I t : .. .;,-. .,-

'to be implvnientTd in11376 - , I Course #1 36 wks' 15 250 750 ri (additional 15 100 1,500'1' 'Total Pupil Minutes 5,250

mhh 12/10/04

355 LETTER OF INTENT FORM - Format for completing No. 8,.:Narrative /. 4:* s. M/CJOR J JECTIVES -19 MAJOR ACTIVITIES EVALUATION PROCEDURES businesssociety,In(NEEDS today's ASSESSMENT-GOAL)worldstudents computer need in both theoriented understanding1.0knowledge To develop and of skillsporilputeran' FOR 19 ofto1.0 computersthe Students many andinwill sciencevarious be exposed uses referenced/test.by1.0 staff Students developed will becritericn- evaluated - processing basictoeffectivelyof function computers knowledge and and and data skills- andnecessary technical in theareas. business tripsreadings,business..,-and1.2 Stddentsand research.speakers, willindustry developfield through 1.2 Students ability to start, skilleducationefficiently.interested areas in need intechnicalStudents further this j. usingmathematicaldata,1.1 Tothe processing apply computer skills and extendand skillsandflowcharting,problem on-line in solvingmathematics computer program through andtesting coding operationclear, enter-operate with a-computer. and end . knowledge asWho andskill.!Ina have computer both short, mathematicalskills thert in all a. demand -for people basic entrZ"Ztechniques as the vehicle. o develop biSic job k lls and - of computer programs. of1.3 programsActual printed wrttten results and run Theis'to purpose enable of athis student program to Computerofknowl data processingprogramming. and, for the fields 1.3 Students,Will operate and -with solutions: -:' . tecome.acquainted-with `N developmentsprogrammingprocessing, intechniques,.computer data sim61*ations.ordggenter topee-written interact with.viriousprograms in . - %**.r 'ZATZ, . the interaction of mathematics-ofcomputer, the job andandrequirements athe knowledge attitudes1.3and To functiondeveloi-j%Positive about of the computers role . field tripsthroughjob1.3 and andStudents research. readings,,speakersig6areer,operations will be exposedto " computerdata-processing,andnecessary programmingto enter the, standing1.4andtheir To develop ofoperations. the an'- variout.. under- . . fields. ' employment opportunities and . CADC J4 _indirect-joblevels requirements computer of direct utilization. for and all C.3 .) . .. ,.. ., - s.; t ...-., ..mityr:afre **-00..1. - led .7 TakVa.iaviba"...tr,-fRcEirigr.tltdiliiiiMMitilAillESSINN11111111111111111111111111111Wr... "- .. , _ ...... , ialis* f9.. 1.1.TTF.ft '1NGENT FOR1 -.1.ormai for (.,:ri.leting- Nr 1:arrativ( In(NEEDS today's ASSESSMENT-60AL) computer MAJOR PROBLEM(S) MAJOR OBJECTIVES-1.0 To devolopFOR 39 an -19 MAJOR ACTIVITIES stVALUATI6N PROCEDURES, ofknowledgeworldorientedin computers the need bu-i-ness society,'and both and skills basic data machinesstudents technicalinandcomputerunderstanding the skills business areas.knowledge necessary of and speakers,variousindustryinexposed1.0 scienceStudents used tofieldthrough business,theof.computers will trips.many readings, be andand by1.0'StUdents staff developed will test. skilleducationefficiently.processinginterestedeffectively areas in to need intechnical andfunction further this Students skillsextend1.1 mathematicalof busindss To apply and problemskillsand1.2 research. Students-will insolving mathematics through deve'l'op and clear,ability1.2 Students enter,' to start, mathematical.p.ndpeoplethereskill.knowledge iswho a ashavedemand a basicboth for In short, -processii.gascomputerstudents the techniques vehicle. andusing data the programs.testingcodingflowCharting, andof computeron-line program computer computer.operationoperate and with end a computer skills in 1.2 To develop basia . 1.3 Actual printed C) all fields. knowledgefieldsjob entry of for dataskills the and , and1.3 enterStudents pre-written will operate withwrittenresults solutions. and of runprograms Theprogram-is purpose ofto thisenable prograffiming.processing and computer simulations.interactprograms within order various to _ 'the-interaction.processing,programmingdeyelopmentsin.dataacquainteda student computer of totechniques,with become positieaedabout1.3 Tofund,t the denteattitudes ionrole lop of operationsspeakers,exposed1.3 Students to throughfieldjob` will andtrips readings,be career, and ofmathematicsdatanecessarycomputer, the processingjob requirementsandtoand entertheathe andknowledge various.employmentunderstandingoperations.1.4coMbuter To develop and of their anthe research. computer programming utilization.opperttnitfes.andindirectlevelsrequireMentS;for.all of computerdirect joband i . i..i.dt144114... M./ A1.1111311.Al % Iti X11.6.1%.,...414..k 4 mA, , 4,,,,,,, LEI'll:Ir Or .1t:Trtri 14)Jtm FOR -i FF.1)E.1(.11,L MID :Am A:;',1.:;'111.NCE PROG1i111:1S

'1.,1 "t t I/

t t 1 a 111: II 1, at N114 CUU111UI11G A.DPI ti= ON I. I 139-313Handicapped , t .7. Date Rep/ 1. .t cop-1,..1 Act. 1 -230) Fiscal Y ar , I1 It. Total nits ; a.i. 1' . 0,...s. . . v . . 41 !c - 1 .1.1. 011.1. ....01. 3., k:aucatIonal Agency( Audres L..--: :.1'.. 4.:,.,4.,.. Title.. :W4t44...Code

Data ProcesSing and Corrpu er - Newark Schoolistrict Prograwing 14 0201 & 14.0203'14.0204 Newark, Delawa e19713 / - rt... . WA: 0/11.Y(Sign ture anti/ bat,e) (t. , tc . ) / , Glasgow High -Sciool. state 4,1%. I 1901 South College Aven Newark, Delaware197,11 S /, Superintmiont

Li. 1'ro 9t .unevel -1'.0 t.:(..,1,'III. fill.t.rt:CLI.:11.01 .Sub CI .41". niniwk _Isle j. :. Cu:. Total:Iceni (Voc.qnly) ."(N-t .---t-4 . , Occupational/Vocational Element. ,z v I Business Ectucation- 'a. Panda. .. .t - $ ri,');',.

(.7:. !: 't,: Second.. rr, , iFn C. it1 a. lial.,,I,...... i b. in.r....,v....to d AlpI.% vt (*.

LIttrat t. 1.4.12.2.5.12).:41"'".)1-' D Apii..% . 1 t Pout, Scco;: i.l. v -----. From': 19/1/75 a., Aptircnt toe ._._ c.:1 tit'

1 Cond; t t...* lb/30/76 1). 11*,10 ..*.t en:A.on Adult: ,1n... t .. n 0 liejcc t . d a .isand 1,c...... d -._..r, h. Di- tuvdiltaqed 43' I .1.------,

t t -oxecsed twet t t. n t.tnr.) .

e 4.1 ; . 1. VI anI IL:,V. t.)1 t-he

. .tmenaztent )072 ,)2-3.1£1)ankl ull :.(....114 suant.t.c t h.It44tulat_itms of the").11,,rt.v...nt of IIL:W (45 CI ',art no) .

'VI' k:/. & ta..'11 PRO tAM COMPONENTS

I Total Time # Students Minutes/Wk. Minutes

Course #1 9°WkS.1c 250 250 "15;625

Course #2 18 Wks. 50 250 ,6;250 (additional lab) 50, 50 '1 ,2 50

Total Pulyil Minutes 23,125 Units 086

Implemented in 1976 CoutSie #3 36 wks.. 25 250 (additional lab) 25 50

IliElfmented in 1977 '.Coui*se 36 wIt'S4 15, 250 0 (additional lab) l 15 100

7.7

^359

,/ LETTEA-_,i 'INGENT FORM --Formal for emplt!Ing .Narrativ MAJOR. PROBLEM(S), _ MAJOR OBJECTIVES' worldoriehtinIn(NEEDS' today'sthe need d business society,ASSESSMENT- both Computer, basic machinesstudents GOAL), andcomputerunderstanding1.0 skills To developknowledge FORnecessary" of1 an .-la invariousexposed1.Q scienceStudents usedto business,the willbf,computers many be MAJOR andand *ACTIVITIES \EVALUATI'ON criterionreferencesby 1.0'Studentsstaff - developed' test, will PROCEDURES,' processingofknowledgeeffectively computers 'and to andanddatafunctionskills 1.1technicalin the business areas. and speakers,andindustry research. fieldthrough trips 'readings, knowledgeskilleducatioli_interestedefficiently. areas as in needin atechnical basicfurthet this Students computerstudentsskillsextend mathematicalof andusing business ddta the To apply and 'codingproblemskillsflow,Chatting,1.2 Students"will andin solving mathematicson -line programthrough deve'l'opcomputer and' . operationoperateclear,ability1.2 Students andenter,- towith endstart, a mathematical.4ndpeopleskill.computerthere whois skillsahave demand both in for In short, asprocessilig1.2 the vehicle. techniques To develop basic. programs.testing of computer 1.3computer. Actual printed d) Theall purpose fields. of this -job entryprograffiming.processingfieldsknowledge skills of and data forand thecomputer 'and`programs '1.3'enter' interactStudents inpre-wriften order willwith to operatevarious withwrittenresults solutions. and of runprograms .processing,devielopments'in,dataacquainted'progran0..s,toa student computer withto enablebecome 0, 'aboUtpositit'e1.3 theTo develop roleattitudes 0 operationsexposed1.simulation's. Students to jobthrough will and becareer,readings, 'the'interaction'programmingnecessarymathematicsofcomputer, the techniques, jobto of andenter'requirements,And athe knowledgethe operations.1.4coODutersan1d To.fuhdtion develop and of theiran research.speakers, field trips and fields.,`data-computer processing programming and opporttnities.andunderstandingindirectlevelsrequireMents:for.all-various.employment of-direct computer of the joband TOTAL PROPOSED PROGRAM COST

--Average Teacher Salary

State .$9288

Local. $2040

Program Pupil Minutes /Week

-Units' Costs

Division I 0.86 $7,987.68

Division II (3) 2.58 $3,547:50 (Level) it

TOTAL $11,535.18 TATE 01/1' '2* %fork SchoOl 'Oat (skid osPuitsiletis, from: Officeof Deputy Supt. DEPARTMENT.OFPUBLIC INSTRUCTION iek NERNommilimmo DOVER, DELAWARE NIOI

WAWA. 110141-11111 asamils c **Doti NOWISE INPW' van eirewostign Adion'x 00911 WA* ... .v assevaln svotemiltsHoll. OISTRIBUTION: . a Info June 19, 1975 a

Dr. George .V. Kirk' Superintendent ;,ewark School District 83 Last Main Street Newark, Delaware' 19711 (1 Distributed:

. Fo.,low Up Dear Dr. Kirk: filo

,The State Board of Education at 'itsmeeting on Juhe 19, 1975,- approved the following supplenienta'llist Of occupational- vocational ?rogra.s (h.B. 509) and units:I

Program UnitS School Code Prograni:-

. ' 1.95 Grasgou high. 09.0201 Child Care 14.0204. Data Processing-and CompUter Programming .87,

_.. ..S8 , Occupational Theater 17.9900 TM-

Please ihclude this addendum with youroriginal listing. Should tAere De, further questions; please contactMr. Cohrad C. Shuman, Directofof Vocational Education, under tdiose directiont:.0 programt'lwere approved and fpnds allocated.,

Sincere y,

andall L. Broyles Assistant .State Superintendent InstruCtional Services .;.)ranch'

RLB:egh

cc: Conrad C. Shuman

382 APPENDIX D6

o Motion to Board of.Education,to AmendtheBudgetforthe / - Purchase of Computer Hardware v*

e

`,4

..

r

c;

tr

363 NEWARK SOHO° t ginner OFFICE OF DEPUTY SUPDINTEPiDENT Newark, Delaware

May 5, 1975"

MEMORANDUM

TO: DR. KIRK

JOHN E. ALLEN

RE: COMPUTER EDUCATION AND COLLEGE AND CAREER SELECTION PROGRAM

. I would like to recommend-an atendment to the District Budget to provide 580,000 tcrpurchase computer systemslar Christiana High School and Newark -- 'High School comparable to the system how in operation In Glasigow Itigh'School. Acquisition of this equipment would make it poisibli to offer conipareblekOjreMe in data processing and computer education in all throe high 'charge. The oosi- puter system'at Glasgow High School-hes been in operation during the current school year and has been evaluated by the staff at Glisgow,-as well as Mr. -Neil Walrl, District Math Superviior. It hes been judged to be a successful and satisfactory approach to computer education. The cost of providing cers7 parable service through Project Delta would be S12,000 per school per year;. Cost of the equipmeritwould thus,be amortised In four. years. o 'I would recommend coritinuing.perticIptitionln Project Delta by providing one terminal in each high school so that we-may piirticipate,in any unique programs which Project Delta provides, particularly the college arid career selection program-which woUldte used in the high school guidanos program. ' This computerized guidance program wee utillied on a trial basis at Christiana, High School lest year and is highly endorsed by the guidance Staff.

1

. I believe by providing computers and terminals at Chrisitienri and Newark similar to the one at Glasgow and by participating in Project Delta through one terminal at each high school we will be able to offer an extensive and effective Computer education program.

JEA/m

364

4

4 0

APPENDIX D7

Computer Hardware Bid Notice

b.

a

365 vp NEWARK'SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENT Newark, DelaWare

May 22, 1975

MEMORANDUM

TO: .MR.WALZL

FROM: . JOHN E 2 ALLEN ;

. COMPUTORS FOR NEWARK AND. CHRISTIAN4 HIGH. SCHOOLS

-I would like for you to be responsible, for getting specifications developed and working with Bill Maurer- to obtain bids for the computors at Christiana and Newark High Schools.I think you should Consult with the Heads of the. Math Departmentsand the Principals at those schools to be sure that there is agreement as to the ki4d Of equipment a we are purchasing.I presume .we will purchase equipMent either exactly like Glasgow's or comparaMe to it.In_the event .Something other than the Wang systein is considered I would like for that to be brought to my attention for approval before the specs gb out. I would alsolike for you to make arrangements with Theresa. Green for our participation in Project Delta at all three high schools. We would need to liave one terminal in each high school located fOr use by the Guidance Department with the Career and College. Selection Program.

Coordinate this with the Principals and Guidance Departments of the . -respective high schools. Please keep me informed as you moveahead with these projects.

Nts". Bonney Dr. Thompson Freidly. Dr-. ,Aulettri- 388 4.4 NEWARK,SCHOOL DISTRICT tievark,Delaware QUOTATION REQUEST I No.

RE QUEST\OR QUOTATIONS QUOTATION MUST BE IN June 251_ 1975, 11:00 AM local time

TAX EXEMPT

Please i.;te r.) losec net, urAce F 0 BNewark School District. Newark, Delaware fortheiti,:i..tit-AA-Abed t;eloA No charge witl be awed for paZ,iii i ,i. ..1 tag( ita .ender cannot quote un the items listed and wishes to suLt tote goods. of .equal qua; ty, complete Ttescrip tons st.,,%..d Le, ...., 'ire pro.,ned 5,,Cstiru,OnSin case, where a general.description of items 4 offered to the velfidor_ he should identify his mercriatKlise hyis: rig manufacturer's model-number, etc; . . PRICES MUST RE FIRM 02,00' ...... 1707RICE 'ITEM-I-auoimmr I DESCRIPT(ON I DISCOUNT I NET PRICE

FOUR USER COMPUTER SYSTEM - CHS. &NHS» ... UPGRADE OF EXISTING SYSTEM AT GHS 1 i _I 1. Two 4-User Computer System for CHS and NHS and upgrade ofexisting;system atGlib I as tie: attached specifications. 1 L

Instructions to Sider are an integral part of this quotation revest. , 3: A Bil Bor or :ertified Check will be required to accompany your bid for 10% of thpt).'.a1stn cunt of *your bid. I 4. If you'aretht succes'sfUl bidder, aPerformance Bondfor 100% of 3= total will bP requieed. .5, instrUttion time to be'Drovided at each schools , 6. Bil pri include annual preventative maintenalice contract for yearfriom,date of inotlain: Sealed e::elcyes -ontaining the bid shall 'carry' a clear quotation '!.nthe lotwer-

le ft ...i la trAt : . . . Bid.: Four-User Computer System. 1 Due: June 25, 1975 11:00 AM local time I Addle :: i ti: Mr. W. L. Maurer, P,A. Newark School District 'Cover Letter (2) 83 E. Main 8-6. ,Specificp.tions (p), Newel s, DE 19711 ,:Instruclons to litidders (1)

THIS. IS NOT AN ORDER,

To:Office140. hpt Sitperinteudent 'of Schools, Nvwark..Schoot District, Newiirk.Delawar (

we quote you F.0.1-1., Newark SchoOlDistrict \

.. .

FIRM 0 Time reou redfor delivery -fsni the i,gt.1to,,reitttallora' reseiir1 cf order. PAP or this PrOr:.tcsc reSor\o:?

By by the Bow.' Jt Edui..ation c Newark. 'fist, ct. Di 1

1.1,ri 0 I NEWARK SCHOOLi.pISTRICT - I- -2 ti MARKT-BMA

'775

Vendor 1 ,3ubmitbrochure on any i em ,you are bidding:- -Address r

Fctr er Computer System City \, State Zip

Date \ -Area 'coal Telephone

I FourLire:.Cc. pater System each unit completely independent of the others. Each central pro,:essingunit (CPU)must have at,leasit14096bytes' ofmemory, expandable -in-140incremen s32,588bytes. An edit feature must beWiredinto the CPU. The CPU must. support the following peripheral devices: ,cathOde!ray tube display (16 lines x 64 characters pr line); an input keyboard consi!stng i of single keystroke Basic language ve hs; an 80 columill d_ of least one system must have the capability of ' supporting a flexible dYsc storage unit with the %Opacity of262,1414 bytes; single pr tiplemagnetic tape cassette driveL Tha units shall have hard wiredBasiinteztpietercapableof supporting string array manipulation and file handling on cassett 'without'prefOrmattirig.7 41 2 The system 'shallonsist of the following compohentst,

(\' \ WANG Modei 4.;'220ntegrated Control Module .2" 6

.(Keyboard.,, CRT & "Cassette) or equal f ; \ . i 1 ! Consisting f: . A) Aninput.keybbard containing most'of the BASIC' 1 - lang.uiceverbAand 'commands as single keystroke

er.tries, e..g., DIM, FOR, NEXT, PRINT, TRACE, I

...t..,..'. The keybbard contains all the alphabetic t onaracter e ',the following special' characters , and and the follpWiVig special characters+, , ; /,1r..-,(,)/1(,,' ), =,semicolon,'andperiod, i A t,n-key'keybdard for entry of -nuraerics, 0-9 ra.nd, aec.imal pdint. Trig fUnctiOns; exithmeti op rators,andcntrol'keys are also. standard

,o:, the. keyboard;" in additibn to sixteen special ' ,. . fl.,...ttion keys capable of accessing lo. user-defined. or.rations ,

1 p.,)mbined CathodeRak Tute_aisgle,v_andSing1L---- tql,..1.7.7tap,e Cassette brive.. The CRT must be

rifin.14e of`displayinga minimum'of16 lines, -

J..61\ cha.racterS each at one 'time. The.:CRT I. ust be $7)" diagonal.

\,

C.% I'

110

0 #.52,775

. ..-

. :m Description . tity t Unit Price.. Total Price ,, -

, . : . I . 1( con . inued) , . . ( C) A-Tape Cacsette.Drive, capable` of storing-

recalling data and program information for the t .''' System.. The Tape Drive must beable to drive ' ..

a cassette holding 150 of magnetic. tape on , dlich.can -e recorded la minimum' of 78,300 . bytes and transfer at a minimum effective . rate of 326 bytes/seat includingali'geps a ,

t . and.redundant racordin . Use of the Tape. ... , ,

Cassette Drive must not requireTreformattine. , ... of tapes . i

, ,

1

, . . . .

1 2 CPU IOC. .memory WANG Model 200S-1or 6 . 1 .

1 _. 1 - ...... t . .

. . . . 14 . . 3 Speed Printer - WANG Mode1.2231 or equal I 2 1 ;:x , , 1- .

1 Specifications.: ', :'

A\high-speed printer proVidipg comPlete.high- ., . ' ' 1 . ,, " ,spesd, alphanumeric printing capability to the , System; must print at a rate of 100 characters a per econd, using i matrix impadt printing. 4. . tee: ique which. can.generaie four carbon copies

in a dition -to the original; Must print wO , - sele table type sizes, composed either frOm a 5 ' x 7 dot matrix in- normal size; or-from a 1(2A 7 . dot mtrix in expand-ed size. 'Instructions;biust , cosi.:.,t of a. complete alphabetic and numeric cKara-t6f: Set, all printable undefprograM con- 4 -trol tri-An the.System., , , . ,

. , 1 . '' . . CPU, Stands -WANG Model 2290 ox'' equal 6

i ' .. .

r .4. .

3r.'.J'aM ONF SHALL CONSIST OF: . . , . .

\ 1 .7:11 tIK Xemory, WANG WCS/20 or ,;equal 5 2 .: . 0- '

A)' C..)nsple. . , . . . B). 12" Cathode Ray Tubeincorp6rating.a display, . *4 / ' . With' 16 lineSby._64 chara4ers per line. . p -C, :nput keytoard.of.typewriter characters and i . single keystroke BASIC language, er8s, - /

, / AA._- , -t"-,.'chide disk drive-apable e cf

. 1 s;',-:!,;:..:. .,.-oarams;and dat/ for tile System. The / . , IC:AdrIve must a storage capcmity of. r provide /. A . . 1 lr. Least =.-.62,144,bytes.-. Disk platters must . a, A 3i easily inserted in o d Amoviitl from the unit; .

, .- , 9 in4vidualplatters . _',..,n4-iruw-1) ! / 4. . -

f4R14,',"):'"775, . \" , vendor; .V

, , / . . am 't Ders-riptiop.. : .. .. ' .r 1 Quantity Unit Price, Total Pric:e": . / . . / t .

, , / . , . 5 (coninued; . % - . 4,- . must t Pormi(tied//automatically.by the uniit . . /- / A . . TheSystem *rust provide the capability .to 'read and write/Mani-sector records of anyI . ., leligthl'and.to use entire arrays as argmnnts./ . . . The system also must provide a hard-wir ed 1 /. . , _ .,

-in'rernal data, manageMent system, as wellas' i. , i' . . a: number ed;,,BASIC statements and ,commands.. ..

which permit the programmer to design his,/ , ., bwn disk managemetit-system. Finally, the i - ) ..vz.tem muss, provide a rapid platterto-platte - , e's . oackup capability' for at least trio of the ; . . ..

'three disk drives in the disk unit. Allof . - ":,4ese features, as well as all interfaceand .

. --onqol electronics, must be included ipthe .5 . oriicequotel'forrthe disk drive;none. should . he leonSidered1 optional, extras. . ''. 1

l . . 1 '

,, . . r . . , . 1 . F'.41::iole Disc Platter WANG Model WES/20 or ecTal 0 - .

. 4,

. ' 4 . a

/ % 4 s. , .. .. NN ,_ .- 7 , .-) .,'citAe . Magnetic Tape Cassette DriVe,WANG . ,. ' . . ;;Model. 2217ofequal -' .

) . . . , . . s Spe ..1 1.i.mtibns: , . - .': A ingle magnetic tape cassette .drive capable .

,..

. of .1-,orin=1 and recalling data and program in.: .

'P formati3r, for the System. The Tape Drive must t.

, . .1:,,n:+1.,,, to drive a' cassette holding 150' of 1

, - :: , :.ag:.,-7,-.1. tape pnwhith I.ould be recorded \ a, min- , .

% in= ._).1* '7 ,30t and transfer at an effec- i .. , ti.ve°2:2.;merAe of 326 bytes/sec including ,.

. ; v aLl.,!aps and redundant recording.. This unit :, - ioenot iequire preformatted tape13 ,

, , . ' .,,

.... !111.--...t;.-.._exL..,r, t ri 1111''''' wAiri itp'equal 2 . . i?t, . lc -:4,-.nf:c.: a f many as four systems t.) tilt! high : r

;pf:01 printer . , , . .-

' . . .9 fu..Cassette WANG M9del174 71250. o'e equal 36 . .

.

. . / , . 4 i . . . .

'

. \ a.

. f .

. N . /

, a , t. . .

. . .. 1 v° . . *

. s'' , .4 t$ . r . t . 1 . Venda'

1- 4. ...In 'Description, ...-___ Quanti _ t__Price-Total _Price

/ ALTERNATE BID- UPDATE-70E-EXIS INGSYSTEM AT GHS / . ,.., i 1 Edit Rom, 'RANG CharaetlEditor ROO; Option 3 . L__,.- or equal . , 3 i .// .. ERNATE / 2 Update 'Rom, .wi WANGtCharacte3./EditorRom, - Option 3 or equal / 1 , 1 , ,,, For modifing a WANG. 22000 (ex sting" equipment) . . to a 22b0C ,i I , MUS"-rRE' 'ADAPTABLE TO 'EXIST EQUIPMENT t"

1 / .

. 1 . ERNATE , . V I 3- High Speed Printer -; 1WANG ,,,;(. odel 2231,0r eclual . 'For rnocafing a WANG (existing eqUipment) . ....,..,..-- io- a 2200C.See,detailed specification for Item - - 4UST BE ADAPTABLETO EXI TING EQUIPMENT -'

. . / .. . \ . FTE, -4-K. Memory. Board WANGorequal

.ri , I'I 4,096Bytes of 'Me .7 . ; MUS.-BE.- ADAPTABT-/ :TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT. --;,'' . . .

ERNATF . ., 5 . Cer,tral i.ultiplxorSystem,WANG 2200 or equal _to ,7,onnei..t'up t3 'systems HighSpeedPrinter 1 .:_ _ - i RUST SF,ADAPTALE TO EXISTING EQUIRENT

. ...I_

., .

' . ----_ _ .

. > .

, - . . i

, . .

1 0.. i .

. . . .

. . . .

i -,,. 3 71

I , . -1, ._. . APPENDIX D8'

\'

Putchase Order fOr Computer 14 rdware .

1

1 _ . DEPT...0 PINAPiCiFORIM h71 t.7-7 PURCHASE ORDER PU11044110001111, IMPORTANT WNW v1".), Ai VEFER 41,, JOE `,,T ' *ati ti.atiatuart, 94.5201. AND MAR AU F T'J THIS F-OR PAYME fl OlOVO ORDER NUroUR NWT ANIAO ON AU Newark School District INVOKES. PACKING SUPS AND COOOESOK OENCE 83E, Main St, L Newark, DE 19711 DATE

. . .,. 'F.'WangLaboratories, Inc., 1 - PLEASE , '. Attn:Mr.Nelson Bookbinder DELIVER NewarkSchoolDistrict TO ., VENDOR t., 570 Lancaster Avenue TO: , ' 1 _Bryn Mairr 1 PA 19010 DE 19711 L-. LNewark, I AUTHORIZED DEPT. OR DIVISION SIGNATURES AX ' INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDOR CLEARANCE I ANY QUESTIONS ON THIS ORDER MUST BE REFERRED TO THE ORDERING AGENCY SIGNED DO NOT PLACE INQUIRIES THROUGH DIVISION OF ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT OF FINTANCE SIGNED 2 THIS ORDER AND THE PERFORMANCE THEREOF SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND GOV-

ERNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE I, THE ARCM. CE' ,I1FY THAT THIS PURCHASE ORDER IS ISSUED IN CONFORMITY WITH ALL PERTINENT STAT 3 SEPARATE INVOKES MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR EACH ORDER SUBMIT INVOICE VTES. THAT THE ITEMS DESCRIBED ARE REQUESTED FOR IN TRIPLICATE THE EFFICIENT OPERATION OF THIS DEPARTMENT AND ARE PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO THE FUNDS AND 4 ANYENICE CHANGES MUST BE CLEARLY NOTED ON ALL COPIES OF INVOICE APPROPRIATION INDICATED HEREON.

P.O NUMBER OEPT /DN./SEC.FUNDLINE 011./0 FUNCTION PROGRAM AMOUNT T/C APPROVED FOR AVAILABLE FUNDS-

01520195216)+0 016570 .2200 470,959.00 SIGNED SECRETARYOF DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE OR DESIGNEE. CONMflONS

I All POrrF, fOOSF.111.*,ri, Frsif it

7 POWP

1 PUIC.ASI U/OkI .,1 ,,t.

DIPAIIIM4N1 PURCHAS,EJORDER TOTAL $ 70,959.00 0111MANFMEMERSAW 7

. OATE0F1P0 CONTRACT 0 . SHIP VIA DELIVERY DATE TERMS

WO ITEM OBJECT 0111r, DESCRIPTION QUANTITYUNIT PRICE AMOUNT AS PER YOUR BID QUOTE FOR QR'52775OPENED JUNE 25,1975: 1 WANG Model2220Integrated Control Mcidu (Keyboard, CRT and Cassette) 6' 2895.01 $17,370.00

Delivery as follows: 3- Newark High School Delaware Ave., NeWaxk 3- Christiana High School Salem Church'Road

2 CPU 4K Memory Wang Model 2290S-1 2316.01 13,896.00

Deliiery as follows: 3- Newark High School 3- Christiana High School

3 High Speed Printer - Wang Model2231 2 184.5 6,369:00 (ryasfollows: 1 - Newark High School 1 --;.Christiana high. School

-continued- 31 3 TOTAL..$

VENDOR'S COPY #tatt of113tlawitrt , PURCHASE ORDER NO. 0152Q1 -CONTINUATiON-SHEET PAGE -2 w*Or PAGES PURCHASE ORDER

cHDOR:WangLaboratories, Inc.

ITV., OSIEeT DESCRIPTION mmflyy ma AMOUNT . I .. .

4 . . CPU Stands - Wang MOdel 2290 6 241.25 *47.50

. . Delivery as follows: 3 - Newark High School

3 - Christiana High School ^ 7

CPU 8K Memory, Wang, WCS/20 2 9650.00,19,300.00

Delivery as follows: 1 - NeWirkHigh School . .. , i - Christiana High School . / . . , ,, -..` . Flexible Dis6 Platter Wang Model'AES/20 10 N/C /vic,

Delivery as fdllows: 5 - Newark High Schad]. / 5 - Christiana High School / . . -/ i

. -Single4lagnetsic.Tape'caSSetteDriye, Wang .Model 7 -. / 2217 . 1302475-2-/605'50- J.:. .,. ..' Delivery..as-f011ows::- 1--;;- Newark High School . ...._ .,-, ,_ . _____--- -, .f''' -- '44Christiana:High School

..;' . . . 2 4.1..50 2,123.00 8 MilltiplexprO*Igt: ..'i-. . . // .

Deliv.ery asilalowa:y'v1 =-Neway*High bohool

. l - Christiana High School

. 9 75 It. cassitte.1144g Nodeq:1/ -1250. '30 N/C -.,..:- ".--y ... ; "-.

. . Delivery aivfOliowsr 15' Newark HigITSChoOl . , '.- ,15 -'3CTLitstiana High School.

. , ,

.

,

. , ,-, .

Delivery of the, following to: Glasgow High Schodl , , . 1901 S. College Ave. ,'' Newark,4DE _. . 4V 4.)

V . . .

, ALt. 1 EdiPRom,"Wg Character Editor ROM, .Option -3 3 386.001,158,00

ALt. 2- Update, Rbm. with Wang Character Editor Ran, Option, ''',

'e . . 3. 1*,41115cliiSing a WANG 2200B, to a 2200C I 900.0p,-.9oo.op -

ALt. 3 High Speed Printer - Wang'Model 2231.For modifyint ,

, 1 .01811,503184.50 ,d,Wang,2200B to a 2200C- . A;.t.. 4 i 4-K MemoryBoard,Wing - L , - 1' I 544.00,1544.00 ALt. 5 Central Multiplexor System, Meng-220a ./ 1 1061.501061.50

, .

,,, ,,'.i ° .

374'41 , 4 g Zr TOTAI;THIS PAGE

VENDOR'S,COPY I 'APPENDIX D

Letter Orde Proj ct Delta Terminals!

A e.

,-/

0

z

315

1 fi NEWARK SCHOOL. DISTRIC1 7,11' NEWARK: DELAWARE 19711.

TELEPHONE 302 731.2009,------,114.' te.-:,

, A, %Pt"' ( /,,.^ '-o to .../..r.41--:, / May 30, 1975 ;,,

Mrs.. Teresa Green, Director

Project DELTA , Aoom_248, Du" Pont Hall -Universityiof_Delaware------Newa7fkl,--Delayare 19711

Dear Mrs. Green:

The _Newarlt, School District would like to particiipa.Lein Project DELTA for the 1975-76 schoolyear. -Our needs are

(a) Christiana High Scho61-= two "terminals (b) Glasgow High School,- one terminal (c) Newark High School one terminal.

It is QUI' understanding that the cost is- $3,000per terminal. a total -of $12.000. The locations for the - terminals has not been CleterMined as lyet,, but will be. established within the ne:ct fe4,weeks.

-In additiOn to the services that have, been offered- by Project DELTA in previous years, weare assuming _Una a college/career 'guidance package will be available during the 1975-76 school year, 1r 'the guidance package will not be available, please let us know imme4ately, as our decisiontoParticipaXe is partially. based on the availability of this packag(i and our needs will not be 'the same.

Sincbrely,

F. Neil Walz1 Supervisor; of Mathematics ENW:bap

.cc' Dr. Allen Mrs. Bonney Mr. Freidly 316 -THE'DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF

DISTRICT COMPUTER EDUCATION PROGRAM.

APPENDIX E a.

_Evaluation

Summary Results of Workshop Participants', inservice and Workshop Opinion Survey

Summary Results of Fall Survey of Workshop Participants' APPENDIX El

0

Summary_ Results Of Workshop Participants' Inservice and

a

0

A

O

0

4.

3'7 8 1. CuNrUCER WORKSHOP SUMMARY SHEET-NUMBEROF RO451 ONSES-.

.

NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT NEWA-RK,TDEL-AWARE

INSERVICE-AND WORKSHOPOPINION SURVEY

(Please indicate your responseon the scale provided)

20 Preparation by leader: r , 4 2 .1 g .. Addquate ',Inadequite.

15 . 5 Inclusion o . , pertinent topics: 5 4 3 2 1 Sufficient Insufficient 11 9. Budgeting of time: 5 4 3 '.- 2 1

With Wisdom . Wasteful

16' if. . Explanation of ObjectiVes:, 5 4 2. " 1 Thorough Incomplete

. , 17 '2, i Patticipant's Awareness of Objectives: 5. 4 3 2' r 1 P . Clear 9' Vague ,12 -2 'Length of Time of Workshop: 5 1 -5_. -4 . 3 2 , -' I. Sufficient Too Short, .18 2 . .., Physical, facilities: 5 4 3 2 1

Suitable . Unsuitable ,. . 18 2 . 'Resource materials and/or personnel: 5 4 '3 2 1 Available ,Lack frig 9 10' . Variety of Activities: . S 4 3 2 . 1 0 'Sufficient Insufficient 11 '8 Accomplishment of Objectives: 1 .5 4 3 -2.. 1 Too a great extent --Not at All a4 5 . "Take,Homen plans o1 ideas: 5 4' 3 . 2 1 . 'Useful . "Round'Tile"

.ENTS: . (Use back of ,page)

' Strengths of Workshop

weaknesses of Workshop

Suggestions for 1975-76 (PLEASE GIVE THCJUGHT TO THIS. YOUR SUGGESTIONSWILL BE 4. USED IN PLANNING FOR NEXT YEAR. *:THIS" IS' YOUR . OPPORTUNITY FOR INPUT 411 THE DISTRICT'SINSERVICE PLANNING. THANK YOU. )

. -.::,"). 330 . WORKSHOP . P22 NAME AND76TNUMBER OF 4p1TSHOP Bf'HING INaRVICS WORK:AOF SUMMARY-MIEET-PEHCENTAGE diRIMOIISES7-

NEWARK-SCHOOL DISTRICT NEWARK, DELAWARE ,"

INSERVICE AND WORKSHOP OPINION SURVEY

(Please- indicate your response on-thescale proviaed),9 4

100$ Preparation by. leader: 5 4 3 2 c' Adequate' Inadequate 75%' 25% Inclusion- -pertinent topits: 5 4 3 2 1 Sufficient Insufficient'

' 555 BUdgeting of time: . 5 . 4 3 2." 1 With Wisdom asteful -80% 20% 4. Explanation of Objectives: 5 4 J 2 Thorough' Incomplete

5. Participant's Awareness of Objectives:.' 5 4 3 2 ;,Clear , 'Vague 60% "25% 10% 6. Length of Time of Workshop: 5% 5 4 . 3 2 1 . Sufficient Too Short 90% 10% 7; Physical facilities: 5 4 : 3 , 2 1 Unsuitable 90% 10% 8. Resource materials and /or personnel:. 5 4 3 2 Available Lacking- 455 .5% 9.. Vat 'ety of Activitils: 5 4 3 2. Sufficient ' Insufficient. 55% 40% 5%. 0. AccomplEshmentfor Objectives: , 5 4 3 2 r , - Too a.great extent Notlat All ,..,--.. 70% 25% 5% / 1. "Take, Home" plans or ideas: 4 3 Z . Useful "Found i:De"

It-)MMENTS.: (Use back of page)

Strengths of Workshop

Weaknesses of WorR'S-hapr.-=7.-__

3.' Suggestions for'19.75216 (PJEASE GIVE THOUGHT. TO THIS. YOUR SUGGESTIONS WILL BiE USED.. IN PLANNING FOR NEXT YEAR. THIS ,IS -YOUR OPPORTUNITY FOR INPUT IN THE DISTR'fCT'SINSERVICE 4PLANNING. THANK YOU.) (

Imjh 380- WORKSHOPr #22 1/75 "NAME AND/OR NUMBER OF WORKSHOP A SPRING INSERVIQE TRAINING WORKSHOP (Workshop422)

SUMMARY OF COMMENTS UNDER WEAKNESSES OF WORKSHOP

Too Many participants

2. None!

None 3. 7

A. NotWisLe'to.have "experts" inclass with people who "know. nothing;!"

SUMMARY OF COMMENTS UWDER STRENGTHS OF WORKSHOP1%

ri 1. Sufficient ,bardwaPe

Handston. experienceavailable'

3. I learned something newM!

Best Ilve ever been to

5. An ppportunity was provided .tohave halids7-On experiences and apply theoriesto my ,parei:Cular field.

6. A knowledgeable instructor whowas well versed- excellent equipment. v 7'. This workshop was/eXCellent. I would like to participate in more-workshopsol). the same subject matter with the same persons in charge.

3 1 0 'COMPUTR\TRAINING,WORKSHOPYQRTEAcHERS . PRELIMAWREPO T

During the week of June ,'1975, a fifteen.hour . workshop was conducted at Glasgow High School. The-.pFpose , / -, _ ,f . . , of theworkshopw was to train non-mathematics orientedlY.

,' .' teachersin' theuse of\tie codputer.:Thirty teachers (nine.'

/ . \ from Christiana High,elevenfrom Glasgow High,; and ten from

,, .- Newark.High) attended the workshop. Mr. Carl Jadobsbn, ,a. \ matbematios teachei at.-G1 sgow High'waStheinstructor. Activities incJuded abrief-Survey'of the hi, torical

'develOpment of computers aid the growth, ofcomputer . utilization (ee ducational and\ ,adMinistrative), in the Newaiqc , 0' ,chool DistriCt. The participants "ere then given instruction' can the use of the Wang 2200 coputer.: Following machin0 --- . familiarization, the participants wereintroducedtoir-4 .BASIC , computer.languaga and were given/4n opportunity. to/ write (2, , .., .. A 0 i . i J'''.. A programs. Finally, theparticipa ts.,,were,madb*. aware of .the'',/ canned programsavailableand were given. an' opportunityto .try,,N\ .-/ . \ 6 - .s. , -. , . ---7-J&

several for their leactions/ . . .`` . .1) \" . .0,o , I Throughout, theiv07kgh6P7Was.MAducted infOTmally-. The

O usual method bt instr dtion was,forhalf the particilialit'S to- I . . , tz r , beworking independently machines while tie instructor

- ' .1 .' , ,,----,-, was wor k`:ing more formally tbe,i4maining-Tialf4 In this 4 r way, hands-on time on.theniChineswas. maxiitized.

-"1

.1t

O Participants were .given an, opporturiity toev auatd the

Niorhshop at i,ts conclusien,0 Except Tol&the length . majority of tfie participants rated-the workshop aboveaverage Comments concerning Mr. Jacobson'spreparation and method of presentation . \ wereextremery positive.

Weakneetes_noted were mostly-related to toamany participants

land a lace,,, of time.' / ,. ,4 , i sv, . 4 Summery sheets f4participants' responsesareatt d4ed, ' .: 1 . ',. ' I3ased on the re'onses of the'participahts, additi nal J . -wol*shopS(will'be pl rkned . . for the 1975/7P'schboa year. . ,. . .,

8/ /7D

e ' v.

' I

4 COMPU/ER'PRikINING WORKS'HOP SU,MM1ARY. SHEET-NUMBER'OF"' ,RESPONaES NEWARKSCHOOL-.D1STRICT 'NEWARK,DELAWARE

. INSERVICE AND 'WORKSBdP OPINION SURVEY \ 1* (Please ihdicate your. response on the, scaiTe, provided)

. ,-- \ ,r . 2'2, ',..1 6 parat.;ion by, leader: 5 )-4; i2 ,1 A Adequate . Inadequate _.\--1,-'3_',___ 13.

lc:Ix:Sion of pertiflefit topics: 5 4 3 2 ". 1 1 k Sufficien Vn'aufficient ,4, t.' 11 : 8. 8 1 i Bladgeting of t,ime:- 5 i 4 . 3 2 - 1

With Wisdom , 'WasteNI -'- I 23 ! '-'2 1,Explanation of' Obje t yes : 5 ! 4 3 <2 :i. - ,'. .,. Thorough Incomplete , .., q, ; , 24 2 2 .', Part-i-cipan's ATIareness of Objectiyes: . 5 4 3 '2 . 1 :, Clear /4 ,Vague t 8 5 ' 4 5 - 6 .:. Length of Time ,of Workshop: 5. . 4 2 1 a4fficient , - Tob Short I * '18 5 2 c 1 facillt1e4: 5,. 4 1 '- .".1 $1:r% 2. 1.1 `,44r--- S'ill.,,table .7 Unsuitable 25 § .. . -Iesokirce materials. and/orpersonnel: 5 /4 2 1- , , N\r4ilabple Latking 4 . ' ;9 Variety of' ActiN:ritle_ 5 A 2. 1 SI\fMfent , Insufficient' i 9 3- . Accoliplishment of Objectives 4_,______±21' 1 TO,o a g-r6at-- extent' - Not at All, -- 0 J. .1. ,6 7 2 -,, "Take Home" plans orJteas: 5 ; 4 31 2 1 ils7I. ''u1TTT--- "R and Pi le" ,' . .- ! /,

: (Use .beCk of pa

. ! .S treng 0-1s. of : WOrkShopi:

' I Weaknesss, ,- i 1 1 f WorkshciP. 1 ,, , I , .1 ,I. SuggustiOnst for 1975776,:$ / , / \.' IPLEASE -GIV.ETildUgHT Tol THIS. SUGGESTIONWILL .BE Lei USED IN .,A,NNIN,,G rFOR ,NEXT YEAR,, T JS YO '1 ' I OPPORTUNI 1 fOR4iNZUT...1-N THE DISTi3ICT-tS ERVICE /I_ PLAII,NING. 'I HANK' YOU. ) ...... : ------7.-=-3:8- qjh i /75. NAME AND/OR:NUMBER OF _WO-RKSI:Op- COMPUTE;13 TRAINING WORKSHOP, SUMMARY SHEET-PERCENT OF.RESP9NSES NEWARK SCHOOL DISTRICT NEWARK,, DELAWARE O

INSERVICE AND WORKSHOF.OPINI6N SURVEY .

' (Please indiCate Your response on the scale Provided)

79% 21%' . Preparation by -leader: .5' i-. 3 2- A _. Adequate Inadequate 46% .46% 7% : ."Incluiion of pertinent topics: 5 : 4 3 2 . ). Sufficrent i insufficiegt

'39% 29% 29% 4% '- *-- .

Budgeting' of, time: 5 4 . .. 3 . 2 1

VTEhWisdord- :. Wasteful .82% 11% 7% ... Explanation of bbjeCtives:- '4 3 2 , 1 Thorough -Incomplete -86% 7% 7%. Participant'sAwargness;of'Objectives: 5 4 i'.!,3, 2 1 . .' Clear . . Vague .

-29% ...- 1.8% ';'.14% 18.% 21% Length of Time of Workshop: -5 -' 4 . 3 Sufficient, Too, Short. -..64% 18% la% 7%'

Physical facilities: $. 4. . '3 .'l 'Suit'abl.e Unsuitable

. 54% 32% 14% .

.-Resouite Materials.and/Or-persoftnel: 5 4 ..- 3 2 ...; 1 0- - Available, . Lacking . 59% . 33k 1% . Variety of Activities: .0 5 -A 3Q2 1, Sufficient' Insufffcieqt 561 33%_____711%-_

ccOmplishmentof Objectives: 5 .4 - -,3 2 . '1 7 Tooagreat extent, - Not- at A-1-1-.--- 42% 23% 27% 8

e node plans 6r ideas: '- 5 4 3 2 - . -1 useful "Round File". 3

'OMMaTS: (Use back of page)

Streagths.of_Workshop..:

We'aknesSes of Workshop 0 O (RLEASE GIVE THOUGHT TO THIS. YOUR SUGGESTIONS WILL BE USED IN PLANNING- EOR NEXT YEAR. THIS IS YOUR OPPORTUNITY FOR INPUT iN THE .DISTRICT'S INSERVICE PLANNING. THANK YOU.) 3 8 ri

V75 4. NAME AND /OR' NUMBER OF WORKSHqP- COMPUTER TRAINITG WORKSHOP

. SUMMARY-' OF COMMENTS UNDER STRENGTHS. OF WORKSHOP

. .

The time devoted to partidinnts Whowere not "coMptiter- e minded."-

2. 'Time was available to discuss computer applicationswith , . -others: . ' , ,. ' 3. You received both eplanation and practicalapplication. 1; .. 1 I-Ovas great-for the novice:.

The instructor worked atour level. - 5.- Carl Jacobson did an excellent4job presentingthe material.

6. The instructor was patient, knowledgeable,and well-versed.

7.- We were able to work with, teachers,in various 'fields of 2 and from dilferont.schooh'helpedto improve 'communication 'and as'sociations: helpedto exchange

.forfor progyams.

t. 8. A good experience,* I hOw havea good attitude toward

'computers and :complIter know-how. , 9, Meeting the_objectives--- :-- ---10: The divers-ity-of -peOPie paraCipatirkg.

.11. The length. - .-

4 . J?. Excellent instrUctoinstructor- activities were made.enjoyable- 0 13. Carl was-well prepared and Able to communicate the'subject; r matter 'to, even those of us who have grown stale in themath- . orientation: The experiun-ce-iris --"w-e-t " " myappetite

topwerhaps StUdf, the area further.

4 14. Good presentation

, 15, Aq.enthusiastic'and knowledgeable instructor:.

A .good' man.!

16: 7fiLcohesive, intetested group-of students.

a. 17: insight into-the world olcomputers

. 18.: A-gOod exposure."' , '4., . . % . . -. 19. The mini-ourse waS well-organized and proceededquite

. rapidly from total ignorance. (On my part) tosome so±t Of undei.standing.,

20. Carl easily understo6d.

. GOodins-e uctor

e -

COMPUTER TRAINING WORKSHOP

SUMMAY OF COMMENTS UNDER WEAKNESSES CT-WQRKSHOP.

,

1. The workshop was_great e:wept for number of people and-

too, few computers. Also some more people.tO help ,Carl

would have been good.. 1 2. .There should have been moreinstructors to give more individualizatio

3.. More' time fbr neophytes' IS needed; .

1. -Too many people Per-instructor, A limit of 15 wouldbe

better. Also, it -would be nice to go '2 weeks.

Possiblysomeone to aid yhile welre working on the

ersand-the insfructbr is lecturirg,,

I W.ould like to work on a more 'advanCed level of programming

-so that P improve my quiz and. test programs. Also; I.would:

like-to supei-vise the studdnt's.operation of the computer

to get a better,gnderstanding'of their capabilities.

.:The_ workshop- probably was "too short for those people who

gefinitely want to Use computer's in their program.-

8. -Too, many peciples- not enough time on machine.

0.: Not enough:time..

10. A longer time :is, needed for_more_programmin 4.. e 11. _Some of us needed more tdime. \ 6 12. .Too much

13. Some,inactive\spots during the "shift changes" from the

,

machine group tq the "litenine. grbup. . ti

-3-38 14.Some diffict4ty, in .hearing while the machine group was at work. 15. The instructor couldprobably have used knowledgeable______--A aides in instruction of operation, of machinetouse time more efficiently* le: More time, more machines.

4.. -1-7-.7 Not --enough "computbrs:-. e

18.'studgefing,of time7 handouts on instructionswod1dbe tiseful.

_ _ 19. Needed more time to °completely understand how toprogram

2 r andoscore tests-. 20. Too -short in length.

D. .

FNW:bap. 8/1/75

II

1 . .' ev / / 4-

. / compuE4 TRAINING MORKSHO?

SUMMARY OF SUGGESTIONS Fai"19'75-76-

1. Repeat he same procedure.

. , . 2continuation., Perhaps-a -ofthis wbuld'be desirable

3.: I strongly suggest a similiar experience for al; culty Members at each high school. AS an educational tool, we:

probably have hardly begun to explore the possibilities of Computer. 7 . 4.. Bring back the same instructor- - he is excellent.

itp. 5. There is a need for an extended workshop to tore fullylearn

a computer language, v

6. For those,-- who. are going to use computersduring theyear, 0 hold another high level .workShop.

iold:a workshop for each teacher ,in the distrIct,

8-. Compile an actual list .of progi-As useful to particular_

.course or subject matter..

, 9. Plan a 3=Fweek 'Workshop next year.

10. English, math, arid other 'teachers to work separately and

decide if and how the computer can be used.in their classes..

A

o O

9 APPENDIX._ E2

r , Summary ResUlts of Fall Survey of Workghop'Participants

a

e

a

a. Y

9 3 9,1 SUMMARY '111S'ET NUMBER OF RESPONSES NEWARK SCHOOL DISTAIU.'

. OFFTCE-OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES NEWARK, DELAWARE'.

. October ?q, 1978 . 2 $ MEMORANDUM TO: Participants of Computer EdIrcationWorkshops

7 ,W.. FROM: F. Nei lNal zl (pt

RE: Follow-uPSurveY

In order to find .out what impact was made by the computer education .work- shops held last spring and summer, it is necessary that I receive some feed= back From You. Thei,efore, would you plediTtake la few minutes to answer the Followjng questions: .After completing the*egtions, please return the sheet

to me at the Administration Building. -

Thanks:.

I. Which workshdp did you attend?

\ , . , 2.. ' Based on your experiences in the workshop do you think you can? v---... . a. operate the -in-house computer in Your sc ool? Yes 51 Not 6t', Have you? Yes 29'. No 28 b. Write a simple program in WIC? .....--Tre-g- lii: No1.2_ . _ . ave you? Yes 79 NO2R , c. Explain to 'anothe,r perSon howto operate the in-house ... . computer? Yes, 45 No 12, . ; A. Have you? - Yes 25 No 32

O 3. Have you discussed computers and their uses with our classes? Yes 3_L No 20

4. If your,answer to #3 is no, do you plan to in the future? fYes 14 No 6

5. ,Have you made, use of any computer applications in your classes? 4 %s 19 No 38.

0 If your answer is yes, please list the.applications.

undecided' 6. If y9Or answer to #5 is no, do you plan to in the Future.? Yes 20 No 10 8

7. Are any of your students using the computer in- conjunction I with your course? Yes 23 No 34

. Have you develoOd any computer apiffications for use in areas other than instruction? (grading, etc. )` Yes 4.9Noy 38

If your,answer is'yes,* please lfSt the applications.

. .

9.. Are'you familiar with the Computer Curriculum Guide?-- Yes 45 No 12

10. Please list any additionalncoanentsyou deem appropriate, 39e4 mhh. 10/23/75

Alt *SUMMARY. SIIEET . -PEIICEINT- OF 15,SPONSES' PFWARKSCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES 4 NE(.4ARK, -DELAWARE .1. .1

'October 23,1975

EHORANDUM TO: Participants of Computer Education Workshops- Id . FROM: F. Neil Walzl J. RE. Fol I ow -up Survey In order to find out what impact was made by the computereducatiOn_work- shops heldlasst spring and summer, ,"-i-t _i_s nec.essary that I receive some feed- \ back from you,Therefoh, would -you. please tale a few minutes to answer the following questioris.After completing the queitions, please- return the sheet , . _ t , s to me at. the. Administration Building. 4,-,-... e

';' 4 ., Ilk Thanks. . .1. Which workshop-did you attend? . ... . 0 you can? , v ,:. 2. Based on your. experiences in the workshop do you- \ .a. operate the in--house computes in yoUr school ? - . Yes 89% No "11% . ' Have you'?,. '1' es 51/ No 49% b. Write a simple-program in BASIC? Yes ya%.,No 21% Have you? Y@s 51% No, 49% c. Explain to another' person how too operate the in-house °computer:° Yes 79% No 21% Have you? Yes 1411% No 56%

3. Have you discusse.d-coinputersand their uses with your classes? Yes d'.% No *3.51 4: If your answer to #3 is no, do you plan to in the future? . Yes 214010 U.%

5. Have you made Ltse of-any computer applications -in your classes? Yes 33% No 67% your answer is yeS,please list- the applications.

.. b . . 4 undee tded 6. If your arswer to 1/5 is no, do you plan to in the future? Yes 3.5% No lb% 14%

. 7. Are any of your students using the'computer`in conjunction wi th your course? . 110% No 60% ... 8. Have you developed any computer applications, for use in areas _ - - other than instruction?(grading,etc.) Yes 33% No 67,0 If your answer is yes, please list the applications.

9. Are you familiar with the Computer' Curriculum Guide? les:79VN 21% 10, ..Please list any additional comments you deem appropriate. - 393 mhh f0/23/73 I

v ,6. el 4

.GOMPUTER.EDUClATION WORKSHQP.FOL SURVEY'

SUMMARY" OFCLASS APTLICkIONS

Octbbor.,J97.5 %. 60 y

,.. Eva3:uation of'de.terminants,;, . --- n. . , : Finding Slope and y-intercept I ,N &ripe Factorizati, on ., ';, i Canned programs: Onibm41Market, sycho-logy Review .' /' -

, Limit program ,Graphing Review questionsfor English gramma'r

Simulation's for Engligh grammar I ft/ Random test generatori e

EValUation of data eases,

Multiple choice review questions for German

, PrObability

Pascal's Triangle.. Fadoring exercises . Compound interest

'Use canned programs for aerospace course 4 Frlograms for solution oT physics problems. Input-output of functions ,

. , Calculus.ltmit demorst'rations ie Basic Skills drills,

Basic Skills homework checks

4 '394,

I

.. 0, a.

4 2

COMPUTER EDUCATION WOK8HOP POLOW-UP. SURVEY ____

SUMMARY' OF OTHER APPIAdAIPIQN8 o

.1.. ,Grading -applqic at ipn-S (7)

-2. Stati's\ti.cal °anal.ySis of et,s fordriver education t 3. Record keepingforcheA club

. att.endence . 5, Introduce th0 nontp.uter club A, to..the-Sci-Fi

"No f1 Ba'seb.a-11 statisticskeeping - 9 i* . adminis tar7g

...;r:.4

4.

.tom a

A 1

. -3-95-

a

A